Sibanye Gold Limited: Driefontein Operations Integrated Water and Waste Management Plan

SIBANYE GOLD LIMITED: DRIEFONTEIN OPERATIONS INTEGRATED WATER AND WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN

DRAFT INTEGRATED WATER AND WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN

20 November 2020

Draft Integrated Water and Waste Management Plan

Project: Driefontein Operations IWWMP Report Title: Amendment of the Driefontein Operations IWWMP, Gauteng Province Client: Sibanye Gold Limited Project No: SIBY#005 Compilation Date: 20 November 2020

Status of Report: Draft IWWMP for Public Review

Verification Capacity Name Signature Date

By Author The EAP Gerlinde Wilreker 19 October 2020

Reviewed Legal Michael Hennessy 05 October 2020 by: Director

Authorised Chief Bradly Thornton 19 November 2020 by Executive Approved Client Simone Liefferink by

Copyright © 2020 Kongiwe Environmental (Pty) Ltd All rights reserved. Absolutely no part of this report may be reproduced, distributed, or transmitted in any form or by any means, including photocopying, recording, or other electronic or mechanical methods, without the prior written consent of Kongiwe Environmental (Pty) Ltd. All content and methodologies remain intellectual property of Kongiwe Environmental (Pty) Ltd. Where applicable, the contents of this document are confidential and protected by legal privilege and must not be distributed to other parties without prior written permission. This report is to be used for the sole purpose intended and should not be used for any other purpose without prior written permission

Table of Contents

CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION ...... 1 1.1 Activity Background ...... 1 1.2 Regional Setting and Location of Activity ...... 1 1.3 Property Description ...... 1 1.4 Purpose of the IWWMP ...... 11 1.5 Applicant Details ...... 11 CHAPTER 2: CONCEPTUALISATION OF THE ACTIVITY ...... 12 2.1 Project Description ...... 12 2.2 Extent of Activity ...... 14 2.3 Key Activity Related Processes and Products ...... 16 2.3.1 Mining Method ...... 16 2.3.2 Processing Facilities ...... 19 2.3.3 Rehabilitation ...... 19 2.3.4 Water Treatment ...... 20 2.3.5 Key Water Uses and Waste Streams ...... 20 2.4 Organisational Structure of Activity ...... 23 2.5 Business and Corporate Polices ...... 24 CHAPTER 3: REGULATORY WATER AND WASTE MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK ...... 26 3.1 Legislative Setting ...... 26 3.1.1 The National Water Act, 1998 (Act No 36 of 1998) ...... 26 3.1.2 National Water Act Regulations and Guidelines ...... 26 3.1.3 Aide Memoire 2006 Guidelines ...... 26 3.1.4 GN2834 ...... 26 3.1.5 GN991 ...... 27 3.1.6 WRC (Volumes 1 – 5) –Sludge Guidelines ...... 27 3.1.7 Department of Health 11/2/5/513: Irrigation Guidelines ...... 28 3.1.8 National Environmental Management: Waste Act ...... 28 3.1.9 GN704 ...... 30 3.1.10 GN1560: Dams with a Safety Risk ...... 30 3.2 Section 21 Water Uses ...... 30 3.3 Existing Lawful Water Uses ...... 41 3.4 GN704 Exemptions and GNR509 General Authorisations ...... 41 3.5 Generally Authorised Water Uses ...... 46 3.6 Possible New Water Uses to be Licenced ...... 46 3.7 Water Uses to be Amended ...... 46 3.8 Waste Management Activity (NEMWA) ...... 52 3.9 Waste Related Authorisations ...... 52 3.10 Other Authorisation (EIAs, EMPs, RODs, Regulation) ...... 52 CHAPTER 4: PRESENT ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS ...... 53

4.1 Climate ...... 53 4.1.1 Regional Climate ...... 53 4.1.2 Evaporation ...... 53 4.1.3 Rainfall ...... 55 4.1.4 Incidence of Extreme Weather Conditions ...... 58 4.2 Topography ...... 58 4.3 Geology ...... 60 4.3.1 Witwatersrand Supergroup...... 60 4.3.2 Ventersdorp Supergroup ...... 61 4.3.3 Transvaal Supergroup ...... 61 4.3.4 Karoo Supergroup ...... 61 4.3.5 Structural Geology ...... 62 4.3.6 Ionizing Radiation ...... 67 4.4 Soils, Land Use, and Land Capability ...... 69 4.4.1 Soils ...... 69 4.4.2 Pre-Mining Land Capability ...... 72 4.4.3 Land Use ...... 73 4.5 Biodiversity ...... 74 4.5.1 Flora ...... 74 4.5.2 Animal Life ...... 79 4.5.3 Aquatic ...... 91 4.6 Surface Water ...... 94 4.6.1 Catchment area ...... 94 4.6.2 DWS Classes and Resource Quality Objectives ...... 95 4.6.3 Surface Water Use ...... 95 4.6.4 Surface Water Runoff ...... 95 4.6.5 Surface Water Quality ...... 97 4.6.6 Water Quality Assessment ...... 97 4.7 Groundwater ...... 104 4.7.1 Aquifer Type ...... 104 4.7.2 Weathered and Fractured Karoo and Transvaal Formations Aquifer ...... 106 4.7.3 Groundwater Recharge ...... 106 4.7.4 Aquifer Characterisation ...... 109 4.7.5 Groundwater Vulnerability...... 109 4.7.6 Aquifer Susceptibility ...... 109 4.7.7 Groundwater Quality ...... 109 4.7.8 Geochemistry ...... 118 4.8 Air Quality ...... 120 4.9 Visual ...... 123 4.10 Heritage ...... 124 4.10.1 Heritage ...... 124 4.10.2 Paleontology ...... 125 4.11 Noise ...... 125

4.12 Socio-Economic Background ...... 129 4.12.1 Demographic Profile ...... 130 CHAPTER 5: ANALYSES AND CHARACTERISATION OF ACTIVITY ...... 134 5.1 Site Delineation for Characterisation ...... 134 5.2 Water and Waste Management ...... 134 5.2.1 Process Water ...... 134 5.2.2 Waste Water Treatment ...... 140 5.3 Stormwater Management ...... 140 5.3.1 2# Shaft ...... 142 5.3.2 4# Shaft ...... 142 5.3.3 5# Shaft ...... 142 5.3.4 7# Shaft ...... 142 5.3.5 8# Shaft ...... 142 5.3.6 9# Shaft ...... 142 5.4 Waste Management ...... 150 5.4.1 Domestic and Industrial Waste ...... 150 5.4.2 Mine Residue Disposal Sites ...... 150 5.4.3 Waste Rock Dumps ...... 150 5.4.4 Tailings Facilities ...... 150 5.4.5 Waste Recovery and Reduction ...... 150 5.5 Operational Management...... 151 5.5.1 Organisational structure of activity ...... 151 5.5.2 Resources and Competencies ...... 152 5.5.3 Education and Training ...... 152 5.5.4 Identification of Environmental Training Needs ...... 153 5.5.5 Competence Training ...... 153 5.5.6 Internal and External Communication ...... 153 5.5.7 Awareness Raising ...... 154 5.6 Monitoring and Control ...... 154 5.6.1 Data Management ...... 154 5.6.2 Reporting ...... 154 5.6.3 Monitoring Techniques and Procedures ...... 155 5.6.4 Monitoring Schedule ...... 155 5.7 Surface Water Monitoring ...... 155 5.7.1 Wonderfonteinspruit ...... 156 5.7.2 Shafts, Settling Pond and Final Discharge ...... 156 5.7.3 Wastewater Treatment Works ...... 156 5.7.4 Rock Dump No. 6 ...... 157 5.7.5 Loopspruit ...... 157 5.7.6 Quantity ...... 160 5.7.7 Quality ...... 160 5.7.8 Sampling and Analysis ...... 161 5.8 Groundwater Monitoring ...... 161

5.8.1 Quality ...... 165 5.8.2 Sampling and Analysis ...... 166 5.9 Biomonitoring ...... 166 5.9.1 Methods and Materials ...... 166 5.9.2 Assessment sites ...... 166 5.10 Waste Monitoring ...... 168 5.11 Auditing ...... 168 5.12 Risk Assessment / Best Practice Assessment ...... 169 5.12.1 Safety, Health, Environment and Community Policy ...... 169 5.12.2 Environmental Policy Statement ...... 170 5.12.3 Risk Assessment Methodology ...... 170 5.12.4 Significance of Possible Impacts ...... 171 5.12.5 Possible Impacts on the Environment ...... 172 5.12.6 Risk to the Environment ...... 172 5.13 Assessment of Level and Confidence of Information ...... 177 CHAPTER 6: ISSUES AND RESPONSES FROM PUBLIC CONSULTATION PROCESS ...... 178 6.1 Summary of Issues Raised by I&AP’s ...... 179 6.2 Submission of the Application ...... 179 6.3 Identification of Stakeholders ...... 179 6.4 Land Claims Enquiry ...... 180 6.5 Public Participation Materials ...... 180 6.6 Draft IWWMP Phase ...... 181 6.7 Final Amendment Report EMPr Consultation...... 184 6.8 Consultation during the decision-making phase ...... 184 CHAPTER 7: WATER AND WASTE MANAGEMENT ...... 185 7.1 Water and Waste Management Philosophy (process water, storm water, groundwater, waste) 185 7.1.1 Environmental Management Systems ...... 185 7.2 Strategies ...... 185 7.3 Performance Objectives / Goals ...... 186 7.4 Measures to Achieve and Sustain Performance Objectives ...... 188 7.5 IWWMP Action Plan ...... 190 7.6 Control and Monitoring ...... 192 7.6.1 Monitoring of Change in Environmental Baseline Information ...... 192 7.6.2 Audit and Report on Performance Measures ...... 192 7.6.3 Audit and Report on Relevance of IWWMP Action Plan ...... 193 CHAPTER 8: CONCLUSION ...... 194 8.1 Regulatory Status of Activity ...... 194 8.2 Statement on Water Uses requiring Authorisation, dispensing with licencing requirement and possible exemption from regulation ...... 194 8.3 Section 27 Motivation ...... 194 8.4 Key Commitments ...... 200 CHAPTER 9: REFERENCING ...... 201

Figures

Figure 1-1: Site Locality Map ...... 10 Figure 2-1: Infrastructure map...... 15 Figure 2-2: Sibanye organisational structure (annual report, 2016) ...... 23 Figure 3-1: GNR 704 and GNR 509 Regulated Areas ...... 45 Figure 3-1: Annual rainfall totals for the area ...... 56 Figure 3-2: Mean monthly rainfall for the area ...... 56 Figure 3-3: Daily rainfall measured at the Kloof weather station ...... 57 Figure 3-4: Topography and drainage ...... 59 Figure 3-5: Conceptual Hydrogeological Model (MvB Consulting, 2017) ...... 63 Figure 3-6: Soil classification ...... 71 Figure 3-7: Vegetation map...... 75 Figure 3-8: Illustration of NFEPAs for the project area (Yellow circle) (Nel et al., 2011) ...... 91 Figure 3-9: Quaternary catchments ...... 96 Figure 3-10: Surface water monitoring locations ...... 98 Figure 3-11: Driefontein Mine boreholes ...... 111 Figure 3-12: Groundwater quality trends – 2018-2020 ...... 117 Figure 3-13: Noise Monitoring locations...... 128 Figure 3-14: Driefontein Operation Footprint in relation to the Merafong City Local Municipality ...... 130 Figure 5-1: Water balance process flow diagram ...... 135 Figure 5-2: 1# Shaft and DP 1 Plant existing and proposed stormwater measures (SRK, 2018) ...... 141 Figure 5-3: 2# Shaft existing and proposed stormwater measures (SRK, 2018) ...... 144 Figure 5-4: 4# Shaft existing and proposed stormwater measures (SRK, 2018) ...... 145 Figure 5-5: 5# Shaft existing and proposed stormwater measures (SRK, 2018) ...... 146 Figure 5-6: 7# Shaft existing and proposed stormwater measures (SRK, 2018) ...... 147 Figure 5-7: 8# Shaft existing and proposed stormwater measures (SRK, 2018) ...... 148 Figure 5-8: 9# Shaft existing and proposed stormwater measures (SRK, 2018) ...... 149 Figure 5-9: Driefontein Organisational Structure ...... 152 Figure 5-10: Surface water monitoring locations ...... 159 Figure 5-11: Boreholes North-West of the Gatsrand ...... 164 Figure 5-12Boreholes North-East of the Gatsrand ...... 164 Figure 5-13: Boreholes South of the Gatsrand ...... 165 Figure 5-14: Loopspruit biomonitoring points ...... 167 Figure 5-15: Wonderfonteinspruit biomonitoring points ...... 168

Tables

Table 1-1: Description of the Property...... 1 Table 1-2: Contact Details ...... 11 Table 2-1: Driefontein mine surface infrastructure and areas (ha) disturbed ...... 13

Table 2-2: Summary of classification of different sludge streams ...... 22 Table 2-3: Potential management options for different sludge streams Sludge sample ...... 22 Table 3-1: Summary of Water Uses licensed ...... 31 Table 3-2: Summary of Water Uses licensed exclude and sold to FWGR ...... 40 Table 3-3: Proposed GNR 704 exemptionsand GNR 509 General Authorisations ...... 42 Table 3-4: Proposed amendments ...... 47 Table 3-5: Separation of irrigation volume per type of irrigation ...... 51 Table 4-1: Evaporation for the area ...... 54 Table 4-2: Wind speed (m/s) and direction near Driefontein Gold Mine...... 54 Table 4-3: Average potential A-pan evaporation...... 54 Table 4-4: Summary of the details of the rainfall stations...... 55 Table 4-5: Storm rainfall depths for the project area ...... 57 Table 4-6: 24-Hour storm rainfall depths ...... 58 Table 4-7: Historical development of Driefontein Gold Mine ...... 74 Table 4-8: List of alien plant species identified in the study area, at Driefontein Gold Mine ...... 79 Table 4-9: Faunal species (families for invertebrates) identified within the various habitat types and total species numbers for the study area...... 79 Table 4-10: Mammal species recorded within the area ...... 81 Table 4-11: Herpetofauna species recorded in the study area ...... 83 Table 4-12: SASS scores from the sampling points of Driefontein Gold Mine ...... 84 Table 4-13: Red Data mammals potentially occurring in the study area ...... 85 Table 4-14: Conservation important bird species that could occur in the study area ...... 88 Table 4-15: Red Data and protected macro-invertebrates with a possibility of occurrence in the study area ...... 90 Table 4-16: Summary of the Present Ecological State of the SQRs associated with the Driefontein project area ...... 92 Table 4-17: The Present Ecological Status of the Mooirivierloop 2018/2019 ...... 93 Table 4-18: The Present Ecological Status of the Loopspruit Main 2018/2019 ...... 93 Table 4-19: The Present Ecological Status of the Upper West Loopspruit 2018/2019 ...... 93 Table 4-20: The Present Ecological Status of the Kraalkopspruit 2018/2019 ...... 94 Table 4-21: Water quality for discharges from the Shafts, Settling Pond and to the Wonderfonteinspruit 99 Table 4-22: Water quality of the Wonderfonteinspruit ...... 100 Table 4-23: Water quality for the wastewater treatment works discharge effluent ...... 101 Table 4-24: Water quality for Rock Dump No. 6 ...... 102 Table 4-25: Water quality for 5# PCD and Kraalkopspruit ...... 103 Table 4-26: Groundwater level monitoring data ...... 108 Table 4-27: WUL groundwater monitoring quality limits ...... 112 Table 4-28: Driefontein study area groundwater qualities – Driefontein WUL Limits ...... 115 Table 4-29: Driefontein study area groundwater qualities – SANS 241 Guidelines ...... 116 Table 4-30: Geochemistry sample sites ...... 119 Table 4-31: Acid Base Accounting results ...... 119 Table 4-32: Pollutant sources ...... 121 Table 4-33: Noise sources and mitigation measures ...... 126

Table 4-34: Noise monitoring results...... 129 Table 4-35: Population Distribution ...... 130 Table 4-36: Household size ...... 131 Table 4-37: Socio-Economic Profile Surrounding the Region: Types of Human Settlements...... 131 Table 4-38: Access to Basic Services ...... 131 Table 4-39: Female and Child Headed Households ...... 132 Table 4-40: Education Attainment Levels ...... 132 Table 4-41: Employment ...... 133 Table 4-42: Monthly Household Income ...... 133 Table 5-1: Average daily, monthly and yearly water balance ...... 136 Table 5-2: Details of the surface water monitoring points ...... 158 Table 5-3: Instream Surface Water Quality Parameters ...... 160 Table 5-4: Monitoring Parameters for Discharge Mine Water and Treated Waste Water ...... 161 Table 5-5: Groundwater Monitoring Points ...... 162 Table 5-6: Groundwater Quality Parameters ...... 165 Table 5-7: Biomonitoring assessment sites ...... 167 Table 5-8: Risk Assessment Criteria ...... 170 Table 5-9: Significance rating ...... 171 Table 5-10: Results of the Screening Level Risk Assessment ...... 173 Table 6-1: Activities undertaken and to be undertaken during the public participation process ...... 178 Table 6-2: Public places where the Draft Amendment Report and EMPr can be accessed ...... 182 Table 6-3: Summary of PP activities during the Amendment Phase ...... 183 Table 6-4: Summary of PPP activities that will be undertaken during the Final Amendment Report & EMPr Phase ...... 184 Table 7-1: Key performance areas and objectives/goals ...... 186 Table 7-2: Key performance areas and objectives/goals ...... 187 Table 7-3: Measures to achieve and sustain performance objectives ...... 188 Table 7-4: IWWMP Action Plan ...... 190 Table 8-1: Section 27 Motivation ...... 194

Appendices

Appendix A: EIA Project Team CV’s

Appendix B: Maps

❖ Appendix B1: Locality Map ❖ Appendix B2: Project Infrastructure map

Appendix C: Public Participation Information

❖ Appendix C1 – I&AP Database ❖ Appendix C2 – Land Claims Letters ❖ Appendix C3 – Background Information Document ❖ Appendix C4 – Newspaper Advert ❖ Appendix C5 – Site Notice Report and Map ❖ Appendix C6 – Announcement Notifications ❖ Appendix C7 – Organs of State Correspondence ❖ Appendix C8 – Minutes of Meetings and Presentations ❖ Appendix C9 – Comments and Responses Report

Appendix D: Specialist studies

❖ Appendix D1 – Surface Water Study ❖ Appendix D2– Groundwater Assessment ❖ Appendix D3 – PCD Design and assessment Report ❖ Appendix D4 – Soil Assessment Report ❖ Appendix D5 - WWTW Design Review Report

Abbreviations

ABBREVIATION/ SYMBOL DESCRIPTION AMD Acid Mine Drainage ARD Acid Rock Drainage CE Critically Endangered CMS Catchment Management Strategies DHSWS Department of Human Settlements, Water and Sanitation DWS Department of Water and Sanitation EMPr Environmental Management Programme EN Endangered FWR Far West Rand FWGR Far West Gold Recoveries IWRM Integrated Water Resources Management IWUL Integrated Water Use Licence IWWMP Integrated Water and Waste Management Plan Mamsl Metres above mean sea level MAE Mean Annual Evaporation MAP Mean annual precipitation mSv/a Milli Sievert per annum NEM:BA National Environmental Management: Biodiversity Act, 2004 (Act No.10 of 2004) NEM:WA National Environmental Management: Waste Act, 2008 (Act No. 59 of 2008) NFPA National Freshwater Ecosystem Priority Area NGO Non-Governmental Organisations NNR National Nuclear Regulator NWA National Water Act, 1998 (Act No. 36 of 1998) NERS National Water Resource Strategy PES Present ecological status PM Particulate Matter PPP Public participation process SAAQIS South African Air Quality Information System SCC Species of Conservation Concern SCS Soil Conservation Service SLP Social and Labour Plan SWMP Surface Water Management Plan TDS Total Dissolved Solids TSF Tailings storage facility VU Vulnerable WMA Water Management Area WML Waste Management Licence WRG West Rand Group WWTW Waste Water Treatment Works

Page | ix

CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION

Kongiwe Environmental (Pty) Ltd (‘Kongiwe’) was appointed by Sibanye Gold Ltd (trading as Sibanye- Stillwater, hereafter Sibanye) to amend the existing Integrated Water Use Licence (IWUL) (Ref No. 10/C23E/ACEFGIJ/4527) and Integrated Water and Waste Management Plan (IWWMP) for the Driefontein Operations in Gauteng.

1.1 Activity Background

Driefontein Operations (hereafter referred to as Driefontein) is an operational, underground gold mine with the primary activities being the mining and processing of gold. Driefontein was established in 1981 with the merger of the West Driefontein and East Driefontein mines. In January 1998, Gold Fields Limited (Gold Fields) assumed management responsibility for the operation and became a wholly owned subsidiary in May 1999.

Driefontein Mine has a Water Use Licence (WUL) (10/C23E/ACEFGIJ/4527) that was approved on the 09th March 2017. The Integrated Water Use Licence Application (IWULA) was submitted in 2010. To address gaps and unachievable licence conditions an amendment application was submitted to the Department of Water and Sanitation (DWS), a division of the Department of Human Settlements, Water and Sanitation (DHSWS) in May 2017, however no decision to date has been received. Subsequently further licencing requirements have been identified related to new water use projects as well as existing water uses.

Further to this, assets of the Driefontein Mine have been sold to Far West Gold Recoveries (FWGR) , namely Tailings Storage Facilities (TSF) No. 3, 4 and 5, No. 2 and 3 Plant, and associated pipelines between infrastructure. Some of these assets are water uses which need to be excluded.

It is therefore the intention is to submit a new WULA to the DWS to ensure any existing gaps are covered and future water uses are considered.

1.2 Regional Setting and Location of Activity

Driefontein is situated approximately 10 km east of the town of Carletonville and 55 km south-west of Johannesburg. The regional setting of Driefontein is shown in Figure 1-1. The mine is located within the Merafong City Local Municipality.

1.3 Property Description

The project is considered a “Brownfield Project". The project is located on farms Oog van Wonderfontein 110 IQ, Vlakplaats 112 IQ, Smalplaats 353 IQ, Driefontein 353 IQ, Oog van Elandfontein 114 IQ, Leeupoort 356 IQ and Kraalkop 147 IQ.

Page |1

Table 1-1: Description of the Property. Farm Farm Name Farm ID Infrastructure Title Deeds Landowner Portion Oog van Wonderfontein Oog van 110 IQ 88 Mining Right Area Wonderfontein No windeed info Oog van 110 IQ 89 Mining Right Area T55717/1986 WEST WITS PROP TRUST PTY LTD Wonderfontein Oog van 110 IQ 51 Mining Right Area T5774/1972 Wonderfontein FAR WEST RAND DOLOMITIC WATER ASSOC Oog van 110 IQ 71 Mining Right Area T117725/2004 SIBANYE GOLD LTD Wonderfontein Oog van 110 IQ 72 Mining Right Area T117725/2004 SIBANYE GOLD LTD Wonderfontein Oog van 110 IQ 70 Mining Right Area T37519/1974 FAR WEST RAND DOLOMITIC WATER ASSOC Wonderfontein Oog van 110 IQ 69 Mining Right Area T2731/1972 FAR WEST RAND DOLOMITIC WATER ASSOC Wonderfontein Oog van 110 IQ 68 Mining Right Area T27452/1975 FAR WEST RAND DOLOMITIC WATER ASSOC Wonderfontein Oog van 110 IQ 67 Mining Right Area T27452/1975 FAR WEST RAND DOLOMITIC WATER ASSOC Wonderfontein Oog van 110 IQ 0 Mining Right Area Wonderfontein T39894/1980 FAR WEST RAND DOLOMITIC WATER ASSOC Oog van 110 IQ 97 Mining Right Area Various REPLACED Wonderfontein No windeed info Oog van 110 IQ 60 (RE) Mining Right Area T43570/1982 FAR WEST RAND DOLOMITIC WATER ASSOC Wonderfontein

Farm Farm Name Farm ID Infrastructure Title Deeds Landowner Portion Oog van 110 IQ 87 Mining Right Area T16632/1936 BANK STATION HOTEL PTY LTD Wonderfontein Oog van 110 IQ 117 Mining Right Area T15558/1972 FAR WEST RAND DOLOMITIC WATER ASSOC Wonderfontein Oog van 110 IQ 116 Mining Right Area T18482/1970 FAR WEST RAND DOLOMITIC WATER ASSOC Wonderfontein Oog van 110 IQ 141 Mining Right Area T13810/1979 Wonderfontein JUNO EXPLORATION PTY LTD Oog van 110 IQ 142 Mining Right Area T117725/2004 Wonderfontein SIBANYE GOLD LTD Oog van 110 IQ 144 Mining Right Area T117725/2004 Wonderfontein SIBANYE GOLD LTD Oog van 110 IQ 145 Mining Right Area T117725/2004 SIBANYE GOLD LTD Wonderfontein Oog van 110 IQ 146 Mining Right Area T117725/2004 Wonderfontein SIBANYE GOLD LTD Oog van 110 IQ 147 Mining Right Area T117725/2004 SIBANYE GOLD LTD Wonderfontein Oog van SIBANYE GOLD LTD 110 IQ 148 Mining Right Area T117725/2004 Wonderfontein Oog van SIBANYE GOLD LTD 110 IQ 135 Mining Right Area T117725/2004 Wonderfontein Oog van 110 IQ 128 Mining Right Area Wonderfontein No windeed info Oog van Elandsfontein 114 IQ 0 (RE) Mining Right Area T99282/2004 SIBANYE GOLD LTD Driefontein Mining Right Area, SIBANYE GOLD LTD Driefontein 113 IQ 1 (RE) TSF 3 (Dormant), T135699/2006 WR 1, WR 2, WR 5,

Farm Farm Name Farm ID Infrastructure Title Deeds Landowner Portion WR 6, WR 7, WR 13, Wearne Crushers, WR 4, Borrow Pit, Velodrome and Driefontein Plant 2. Tailings Dam No. 3 and Waste Rock Dump 5 Mining Right Area, SIBANYE GOLD LTD WR 8, WR 9, Driefontein 113 IQ 2 WWTW 8#, T117644/2004 Driefontein 6#, Driefontein 8# Driefontein 113 IQ 3 (RE) Mining Right Area T117644/2004 SIBANYE GOLD LTD Driefontein 113 IQ 14 Mining Right Area T80737/1988 ESKOM HOLDINGS LTD Driefontein 113 IQ 7 Mining Right Area T42036/2008 Sibanye Gold SIBANYE GOLD LTD Ltd Driefontein 113 IQ 18 Mining Right Area No windeed info Driefontein TAXI RANK FRUIT VEGETABLE WHOLESALE CC (Platinum Driefontein 355 IQ 29 Mining Right Area T35160/2011 Wholesalers) Mining Right Area, SIBANYE GOLD LTD RWD 1 (TSF 1&2), Driefontein 355 IQ 0 (RE) T117644/2004 RWD 2 (TSF 1&2), TSF 2, WR 12 Driefontein 355 IQ 8 (RE) Mining Right Area T117644/2004 SIBANYE GOLD LTD Mining Right Area, SIBANYE GOLD LTD Driefontein 355 IQ 2 (RE) T24887/2008 Driefontein 4# Driefontein 355 IQ 4 (RE) Mining Right Area T117644/2004 SIBANYE GOLD LTD

Farm Farm Name Farm ID Infrastructure Title Deeds Landowner Portion Mining Right Area, SIBANYE GOLD LTD TSF 1, WR 11, Driefontein 355 IQ 5 (RE) T117644/2004 Driefontein Plant 1 and Driefontein 1# Driefontein 355 IQ 10 (RE) Mining Right Area T117644/2004 SIBANYE GOLD LTD Driefontein 355 IQ 11 (RE) Mining Right Area T117644/2004 SIBANYE GOLD LTD Driefontein 355 IQ 12 Mining Right Area T117644/2004 SIBANYE GOLD LTD Driefontein 355 IQ 13 Mining Right Area T117644/2004 SIBANYE GOLD LTD Driefontein 355 IQ 15 Mining Right Area T117644/2004 SIBANYE GOLD LTD Driefontein 355 IQ 18 Mining Right Area T117644/2004 SIBANYE GOLD LTD Driefontein 355 IQ 22 (RE) Mining Right Area T117644/2004 SIBANYE GOLD LTD Driefontein 355 IQ 25 Mining Right Area T18750/1971 Eskom Driefontein 355 IQ 26 Mining Right Area T40134/1974 TELKOM S A LTD Driefontein 355 IQ 28 Mining Right Area T1501/2011 Eskom T13632/2000 Driefontein 355 IQ 30 Mining Right Area TAXI RANK FRUIT VEGETABLE WHOLESALE CC T35160/2011 Driefontein 355 IQ 31 Mining Right Area No windeed info T36154/1984 Driefontein 355 IQ 20 Mining Right Area MURRAY & ROBERTS CEMENTATION PTY LTD T44389/2012 Driefontein 355 IQ 21 Mining Right Area T73112/1987 GOLDEN DRIES DEVELOPMENTS CC Driefontein 355 IQ 32 Mining Right Area No windeed info Driefontein 355 IQ 33 Mining Right Area No windeed info Driefontein 355 IQ 34 Mining Right Area No windeed info Driefontein 355 IQ 35 Mining Right Area No windeed info Driefontein 355 IQ 36 Mining Right Area No windeed info Driefontein 355 IQ 37 Mining Right Area No windeed info Driefontein 355 IQ 38 Mining Right Area No windeed info Leeuwpoort

Farm Farm Name Farm ID Infrastructure Title Deeds Landowner Portion Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 12 Mining Right Area T119866/2001 OBERHOLZER DANIEL FREDERICK Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 3 (RE) Mining Right Area T67/1969 MALHIL TRADING GROUP CC Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 13 (RE) Mining Right Area T96202/1995 PAGE BASIL GRAHAM Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 20 Mining Right Area T4323/1969 MOOLMAN ANNA SOPHIA Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 21 Mining Right Area T34813/1969 MALHIL TRADING GROUP CC Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 22 Mining Right Area T33209/1977 MOOLMAN JOHANNES ALBERTUS Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 30 (RE) Mining Right Area T39305/1996 VAN HEERDEN DAVID STEFANUS JACOBS T38553/1981 Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 31 (RE) Mining Right Area VAN DER BERG TIMOTHY T32989/2020 Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 32 Mining Right Area T53606/2006 ETSEBETH JAN MARTHIENUS MAGHIEL T38553/1981 Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 38 (RE) Mining Right Area VAN DER BERG TIMOTHY T32989/2020 T93576/2001 Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 33 (RE) Mining Right Area THEUNISSEN HERMANUS GERHARDUS T82918/2015 T18465/1989 Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 34 Mining Right Area VAN DER LINDE HENDRINA MAGDALENA T85234/2018 T23593/2003 Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 35 (RE) Mining Right Area KLEIMSTRAAT PROP PTY LTD T42937/2012 T23593/2003 Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 36 (RE) Mining Right Area KLEIMSTRAAT PROP PTY LTD T42937/2012 Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 70 Mining Right Area T2286/1972 FAR WEST RAND DOLOMITIC WATER ASSOC Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 71 Mining Right Area T2286/1972 FAR WEST RAND DOLOMITIC WATER ASSOC T88146/2003 Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 72 Mining Right Area KOEN JAN GEORGE T164400/2004 T41510/1982 Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 73 Mining Right Area MITCHELL JOHAN WILHELM CHRISTIAAN T85823/2006 Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 76 Mining Right Area T121250/2001 NICO M VAN RENSBURG CC

Farm Farm Name Farm ID Infrastructure Title Deeds Landowner Portion Mining Right Area, Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 77 WR 14, Driefontein T100573/2004 SIBANYE GOLD LTD 5# Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 78 Mining Right Area T2441/1906 No windeed info Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 79 Mining Right Area T82198/2013 SOUTH AFRICAN NATIONAL ROADS AGENCY SOC LTD Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 80 Mining Right Area T9042/1916 No windeed info Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 81 Mining Right Area T82330/2008 SOUTH AFRICAN NATIONAL ROADS AGENCY SOC LTD Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 82 Mining Right Area T32230/1948 No windeed info Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 83 Mining Right Area T40542/2007 SOUTH AFRICAN NATIONAL ROADS AGENCY SOC LTD Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 84 Mining Right Area T5903/1918 No windeed info Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 85 Mining Right Area T32229/1948 No windeed info Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 86 Mining Right Area T72494/2009 SOUTH AFRICAN NATIONAL ROADS AGENCY LTD T32229/1948 Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 87 Mining Right Area SOUTH AFRICAN NATIONAL ROADS AGENCY LTD T38901/2016 Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 88 Mining Right Area T36903/2009 SOUTH AFRICAN NATIONAL ROADS AGENCY LTD Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 11 Mining Right Area T119866/2001 OBERHOLZER DANIEL FREDERICK Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 15 Mining Right Area T97317/1993 DE BLO CC Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 16 Mining Right Area T903/1926 ENGEL JOHN PETER Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 39 Mining Right Area T11500/1985 ANGELFISH INV 267 CC Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 40 Mining Right Area T93576/2001 DE KOCK MARTHINUS LOURENS Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 41 Mining Right Area T18465/1989 VAN DER LINDE HENDRINA MAGDALENA Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 42 Mining Right Area T23593/2003 KLEIMSTRAAT PROP PTY LTD Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 43 Mining Right Area T23593/2003 KLEIMSTRAAT PROP PTY LTD Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 45 Mining Right Area T18332/1974 STRYDOM HENDRIK JOSEPHUS Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 46 Mining Right Area T88973/1995 RICHTER ALWYN BERNARDUS Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 47 Mining Right Area T144344/2002 KOTZE GERHARDUS DIRK Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 48 Mining Right Area T22672/1989 CONTRACT ENGINEERING & MINING CC Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 49 Mining Right Area T44302/1981 BOTHA JAN HARM

Farm Farm Name Farm ID Infrastructure Title Deeds Landowner Portion Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 50 Mining Right Area T44341/1993 OOSTHUIZEN CHRISTIAAN LOURENS Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 51 Mining Right Area VAN LOGGERENBERG STEPHANUS ERASMUS ALBERTUS Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 52 Mining Right Area T11500/1985 ANGELFISH INV 267 CC Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 53 Mining Right Area T9309/2001 RONGE JACOBUS PETRUS Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 54 Mining Right Area T11500/1985 ANGELFISH INV 267 CC Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 59 Mining Right Area T37450/1997 DE AKKER TRUST Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 17 Mining Right Area T5903/1918 REPUBLIEK VAN SUID-AFRIKA Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 10 Mining Right Area T99878/1996 BRANDON NELLMARIE JOAN Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 8 Mining Right Area T26742/1988 BOTHA JAN HARM Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 62 Mining Right Area T26159/1999 NEL NICOLAAS JOHAN JACOBUS Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 64 Mining Right Area T63850/1991 BOTHA JAN HARM Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 65 Mining Right Area T63850/1991 BOTHA JAN HARM Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 66 Mining Right Area T13828/1989 BOTHA JAN HARM Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 68 Mining Right Area T43997/1997 SMITH ELISE Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 69 Mining Right Area T10078/1994 VAN HEERDEN CORNELIA CAROLINA Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 29 Mining Right Area T44302/1981 BOTHA JAN HARM Leeuwpoort 356 IQ 28 Mining Right Area T15748/2018 BRADFORD PALM CC Blyvooruitzicht Mining Right Area, WR 3, Demolished Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ 6 Shaft 2, Driefontein T127658/2004 Sibanye Gold Ltd Plant 3 and Driefontein 10# Mining Right Area, Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ 7 TSF 5 (Dormant), T127658/2004 Sibanye Gold Ltd Tailings Dam No.5 Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ 19 Mining Right Area T117645/04 Sibanye Gold Ltd Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ 20 Mining Right Area T117645/04 Sibanye Gold Ltd

Farm Farm Name Farm ID Infrastructure Title Deeds Landowner Portion Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ 21 Mining Right Area T117645/04 Sibanye Gold Ltd Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ 22 Mining Right Area T117645/04 Sibanye Gold Ltd Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ 5 Mining Right Area T46676/1999 ANGLOGOLD ASHANTI LTD Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ 8 Mining Right Area T411/1933 NORTJE ELIZABETH MARGRITHA Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ 9 Mining Right Area T14225/1943 BLYWONDER TRUST PTY LTD Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ 10 Mining Right Area T29774/1966 BLYVOORUITZICHT GOLD MINING CO LTD Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ 13 Mining Right Area T46676/1999 ANGLOGOLD ASHANTI LTD Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ 24 Mining Right Area T022832/1937 BLYWONDER TRUST PTY LTD Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ 31 Mining Right Area T14828/2002 VISSER THOMAS Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ 32 Mining Right Area T121670/1998 KNIGHT & SON DEVELOPMENTS CC Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ 53 Mining Right Area T9660/1957 PINS TRADING PTY LTD Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ 60 Mining Right Area T5061/1957 RAND WATER BOARD Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ 62 Mining Right Area T46676/1999 ANGLOGOLD ASHANTI LTD Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ 77 Mining Right Area T156334/2000 ESKOM HOLDINGS LTD Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ 78 Mining Right Area T156335/2000 ESKOM HOLDINGS LTD Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ 104 Mining Right Area No windeed info Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ 105 Mining Right Area No windeed info Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ 107 Mining Right Area T52222/2019 SOUTH AFRICAN NATIONAL ROADS AGENCY SOC LTD Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ 89 Mining Right Area T70231/2008 MAHNE JOHANNES Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ 112 Mining Right Area No windeed info Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ 111 Mining Right Area No windeed info Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ 110 Mining Right Area No windeed info Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ 109 Mining Right Area No windeed info Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ 108 Mining Right Area No windeed info Leeudoorn Leeudoorn 351 IQ 0 Mining Right Area T178480/2004 SIBANYE GOLD LTD Kraalkop Kraalkop 147 IQ 24 Mining Right Area T87545/2006 DE VILLIERS ABRAHAM HENDRIK

Farm Farm Name Farm ID Infrastructure Title Deeds Landowner Portion Kraalkop 147 IQ 55 Mining Right Area No windeed info Mining Right Area, Kraalkop 147 IQ 48 9# PCD, Driefontein T100793/04 Sibanye Gold Ltd 9# Kraalkop 147 IQ 6 Mining Right Area T45846/1989 NATIONAL GOVERNMENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF SOUTH AFRI Mining Right Area, Kraalkop 147 IQ 28 T100793/04 Sibanye Gold Ltd WWTW 5# Mining Right Area, Kraalkop 147 IQ 46 T100793/04 Sibanye Gold Ltd 5# PCD Kraalkop 147 IQ 65 Mining Right Area T23343/2018 USMAN MOHMMAD Smalplaats Smalplaats 353 IQ 0 Mining Right Area T117645/04 Sibanye Gold Ltd Vlakplaats Mining Right Area, RWD (TSF 4), Stormwater Dam 4 (TSF 4), TSF 4, WR 10, WWTW 7#, Vlakplaats 112 IQ 0 Driefontein 7#, T106845/04 Sibanye Gold Ltd Tailings Dam No. 4, No 4 Tailings Dam Return Water Dam, No 4 Tailings Dam Stormwater Dam West Driefontein West Driefontein 117 IQ 0 Mining Right Area T127658/2004 Sibanye Gold Ltd

Figure 1-1: Site Locality Map

1.4 Purpose of the IWWMP

The IWWMP was initially drafted in 2010 by Golder Associates as a technical supporting document for the IWULA as required by the National Water Act (Act No. 36 of 1998) (NWA). The complete application was submitted to the DWS (then DWAF) for licensing and approval. Sibanye was granted a WUL (10/C23E/ACEFGIJ/4527) on 09th March 2017 in terms of Chapter 4 of the NWA.

In order to support an IWUL technical supporting documentation is required. The DWS requires this in the form of an Integrated Water and Waste Management Plan (IWWMP). The report to follow has been developed using the DWA 2008 guidelines for the development of an IWWMP.

The objectives of the IWWMP are to:

❖ Manage the water and waste on the site in support of integrated water resources management (IWRM) by: ▪ Identifying the potential pollution sources, and ▪ Setting appropriate and effective action plans for the control thereof.

1.5 Applicant Details

The contact details of the responsible environmental personnel at Driefontein Operations are shown in Table 1-2 below.

Table 1-2: Contact Details Applicant: Sibanye Gold Ltd: Driefontein Division Registration No.: 2002/031431/06 Primary Contact: Grant Stuart Alternative Contact: Hennie Pretorius Head Office Address: Libanon Business Park, 1 Hospital street, Libanon, Westonaria, 1780 Postal Address: Private Bag X5 Westonaria, 1780 Telephone: 011 278 9600 Fax: NA E-mail: [email protected]; [email protected] Mine Address: Driefontein Mine, Carletonville Central Co-ordinates of the 26°23'23.51"S Mine: 27°29'21.56"E

Page | 11

CHAPTER 2: CONCEPTUALISATION OF THE ACTIVITY

This section describes a very broad description of the activity(ies), processes and products. It also provides the background information of the organizational structure of the water user i.e. Sibanye and all the business and corporate policies related to the environment.

2.1 Project Description

The Driefontein Operations undertake underground mining and gold processing activities with an EMPr (GP 30/5/1/2/2(51) MR) that was approved on the 16th of February 2012. This also contemplated the reclamation of mineral wastes on surface including tailings and waste rock. Driefontein Operations have been operational for over 50 years.

Driefontein Gold Mine is located in the West Wits Line gold field. There are 12 shafts of which only 5 are currently operational. At present No. 1, 2, 4, 8 and 5 are operational. No. 9 is non-operational but acts as a support shaft for No. 5. No. 10 is a pumping shaft. No. 6 and 7 are planned to be demolished and capped as they are no longer needed to access the mining areas.

The mineral deposit exploited at Driefontein mine is gold-bearing reefs from the Ventersdorp Contact Reef (VCR), Middlevlei Reef (MR) and Carbon Leader Reef (CLR). The mine produces mainly gold and gold-bearing slag, but silver and other by-products are also produced.

The mine’s infrastructure includes:

❖ Gold plant; ❖ Shafts and associated infrastructure; ❖ Rock dumps; ❖ Tailings Storage Facilities (TSF); ❖ Stormwater management systems; ❖ Sewage treatment plants; ❖ Water treatment plant; ❖ Power lines; ❖ Backfill Plant; ❖ Roads

The areas disturbed by various components of the mine surface infrastructure are listed in Table 2-1. It should be noted that the following infrastructure has been sold to the Far West Gold Recoveries (FWGR) to implement the West Rand Tailings Retreatment Project (WRTRP) and will be included in a simultaneous amendment application by FWGR: TSF no. 3, 4 and 5, No. 2 and 3 Plant, associated tailings and water conveyance and management infrastructure.

Table 2-1: Driefontein mine surface infrastructure and areas (ha) disturbed Mine Surface Infrastructure Area Disturbed (ha) Area Included in EMP Amendment Gold Plant 1 33.0 Assay Laboratory 2.5 Geological Centre 2.3 Main Stores 14.5 Ekuthuleni Residence 22.9 Masizakele Residence 35.7 Tsepong Residence 9.3 Phomolong Residence 16.0 Letsatsing Residence 36.9 Salvage Yard 6.5 East Security Complex 4.6 West Security Complex 3.9 East Waste Disposal Site 13.4 West Waste Disposal Site 10.0 No. 1 Tailings Dam 130 No. 2 Tailings Dam 141,3 No 1 Shaft Rock Dump 14,3 No 2 Shaft Rock Dump 16,1 No 4 Shaft Rockfill 4,4 Explosives Magazine 2,3 Golf course 75,7 Main Offices 8,8 No 1 Shaft and training centre 101,7 No 2 Shaft and Main Sewage works 35.3 East Village 108,0 No 5 Shaft Complex and No. 5 Ventilation Shaft 34.7 No 5 shaft sewage works (decommissioned) 10,5 West Village 26.4 No 4 Shaft 16.5 No 1 Shaft and Hostel 69.8 Settling ponds 35.1 Canal 2 Return Water Dam 46.7 No. 11 Shaft Complex 27.7 No. 12 Shaft Complex and Dump 70.1 No. 13 Shaft 14.8 Letsatsing Village 70.3 Rethabile (No 7) Shaft and Sewage works 37.2 Khomanane (No 8) Shaft Sewage works 0.3 Khomanane (No 8) Shaft Rock Dump 5.6 Khomanane (No 8) Shaft Complex 23 Hostel complex 27.9 Explosive site 6.4

Mine Surface Infrastructure Area Disturbed (ha) No 6 Shaft 26.9 Hospital 9 No 10 Shaft rock dump 27.4 No 10 Shaft complex and rock dump 88.5 No 9 Shaft sewage works 1.3 Area sold to FWGR Gold Plant 2 28.4 Gold Plant 3 16.5 No. 3 Tailings Dam 123 No. 4 Tailings Dam 211 No. 5 Tailings Dam and Settling Dams 103

2.2 Extent of Activity

Driefontein mine property extends over an area of approximately 8 597 ha. The mine surface infrastructure has disturbed approximately 2 045.6 ha excluding roads.

Page | 14

Figure 2-1: Infrastructure map.

2.3 Key Activity Related Processes and Products 2.3.1 Mining Method

Longwall underground mining methods are employed. On surface reclamation is undertaken either mechanically or through the use of hydraulic reclamation methods. It should be noted that all tailings facilities are planned to be reclaimed by FWGR in future using hydraulic reclamation methods, however there has been and may be further reclamation implemented by Sibanye to support the operations and the concurrent rehabilitation plans, both of which will be updated in the mining plans and concurrent rehabilitation plans.

Mineral Processing

Driefontein comprises three primary metallurgical plants and a secondary recovery plant, only the Driefontein No. 1 Plant remains Driefontein’s while No. 2 and 3 Plant have been sold to FWGR. Plant processing consists of three-stage crushing, SAG milling followed by hydrocyclones, pulp thickening, air- agitated leaching, Carbon in pulp (CIP) plant, elution, electrowinning and smelting.

Crushing

Run of mine ore as well as ad hoc surface material is crushed as needed to minus 19 mm by a series of three crushing stages: primary jaw crushers; and secondary and tertiary cone crushers with intermediate wet screening. Washings from the wet screening stages and from conveyor systems are separated into sand and slime fractions by means of spiral classifiers.

The final products from the crushing section are:

❖ Fines: minus 19 mm material which is conveyed to fourteen fine ore silos near the milling section; ❖ Pebbles: minus 150 mm plus 50 mm material which is conveyed to six pebble silos near the milling section; and ❖ Crusher classifier overflow: slurry containing approximately 10% solids which is pumped to the thickener circuit.

Milling

The milling circuit consists of two 180 ton per hour refurbished SAG mills (240 000 tons per month). Each milling unit is a closed circuit with a cyclone cluster comprising 6 inclined cyclones. The ore is ground to a final product size of 80% finer than 74 microns and the pulp overflows to the thickeners section via a linear screen.

Thickening

Thickening takes place in three Supaflo high rate thickeners. The thickener underflow pulp is pumped to the leaching circuit passing through two linear screens with 500 μm cloth apertures for the removal of woodchips. The thickener overflow is returned to the milling circuit as dilution water.

Leaching

The leach circuit consists of sixteen 1 200 m3 air-agitated leach tanks with 60º conical bottoms. Gold dissolution is achieved during a 36-hour retention period at a cyanide concentration of 200-300 ppm average.

The leached slurry gravitates to a pump cell circuit, which consists of eight 125 m3 mechanical agitated tanks filled with carbon at a concentration of 20-40 g/ℓ approximately. The carbon is removed from the pump cell circuit on a batch basis. Gold is stripped from the carbon in an elution process and precipitated from the elution solution in a continuous electro-winning cell. The gold sludge is filtered and calcined at 650 ºC to oxidize any other base metals that may be present. After the elution process, the carbon is re- activated in an electrical kiln at 650 ºC and returned to the adsorption circuit.

Backfill preparation

The CIP residue is fed to the air agitated stock tank. There are 14 primary cyclone clusters, only 12 are operated at the designed throughput rate of 333 t/h. The primary cluster removes -10µm material. Primary cyclone overflow gravitates to the thickener. The primary cyclones underflow gravitates to the secondary cyclones sump were it is diluted with process water, and is fed to the 12 secondary cyclones. The aim is to remove -10µm (excess from primary cyclones) and -45µm material. 10 secondary cyclones are used. The overflow gravitates to the stock tank to dilute and balance the level. The underflow of the secondary cyclone is a feed to batching tanks.

The underflow of the secondary cyclones is fed to feed box. Ferrous sulphate will be made up and stored, and will be added to the batching tanks in a liquid form. When the batch is tested and ready, it will be transferred to the transfer tank, which is able to handle about 5 or 6 batches (450 tons).

If the batch is bad, it is rejected to disposal tank. Batches are fed to a three-optioned diverter, which feed to transfer tank 1 and 2, or residues disposal tank. After transferring a batch, a line has to be flushed with water diverted to disposal tank. When the transfer tank is full, it is transferred to number one shaft storage tank. The line is automatically flushed after transferring.

Primary cyclone overflow and shafts spillage are fed to the thickener. The operating density is 1.400 – 1.450 t/m3. When the backfill is standing for few hours and when the shafts are not ready to receive backfill from the plant, the thickener will be operated on circulation.

Thickener overflow will gravitate to the process water tank to balance water needed for inlet dilution, secondary cyclone dilution and flushing water. Excess water from the process water tank will be bypassed to the mill dilution tank.

The distribution box is used to collect spillage, thickener underflow, rejected batches, flush water, and CIP residue feed. The distribution box is flexible, can feed to stock and disposal tank as the situation demands.

The diesel-operated generator will be initiated only when the power has tripped while transferring to the shaft. The engine is connected to high-pressure pump used for flushing water.

CIP tails Stock tank Bypass Disposal tank

U/f Primary cluster Cyclones (14) O/f High rate Thickener

U/f O/f

Secondary Cluster sump Dilution Process water Dilution tank

O/f Secondary Cyclones (10)

U/f Auto sampler 1

Batching tank Batching tank 1 2

Pneumatic Diverter

Rejected batch Auto sampler 2

Figure 2-2: Backfill Process Flow sheet.

Storage of chemicals

The following potentially dangerous or toxic chemicals are used in the processing:

❖ Hydrochloric acid: Acid is transported to the mine by road tankers and stored in tanks in a bunded area with a capacity of 110% of the tank capacity. This area is inside the plant security area which is fenced and security-controlled. Spills from offloading or leaks drain into a sunken sump from where the chemicals are recycled. ❖ Cyanide: Cyanide is transported to the mine by road tanker and is stored in two storage tanks within a concrete lined storage area. The tanks are in a security fenced area. Spillages drain to a sump and are pumped back into the storage tanks.

Other chemicals that are stored in a locked chemical store include zinc dust, borax, sodium carbonate, sodium nitrate, lead nitrate and ferrous sulphate.

2.3.2 Processing Facilities

No. 1 Plant

No. 1 Plant receives ore from several underground shafts as well as surface resources on site as well as from suitable third party sources. The original plant was commissioned in 1972 and has been upgraded several times. In September 2003, two single stage SAG mills operating in closed circuit with hydrocyclones replaced the conventional crushing and milling circuits. Cyclone overflow is screened to remove trash ahead of the two high rate thickeners; air agitated leaching and AAC Pump Cell carbon in pulp (CIP) adsorption. Loaded carbon is forwarded to the centralised elution facility located at No 1 Plant for acid treatment, Zadra elution and electrowinning. Eluted carbon is thermally regenerated and returned to the adsorption circuit. Gold-bearing cathode sludge is recovered by washing, filtration, drying and smelting to produce. Tailings from the Pump Cell circuit are either pumped directly to the slimes dam, or cycloned and pumped underground as backfill. Water recovered from the slimes dams is recycled to the plant for use as process water.

The initial design capacity of 230 000 tons per month has gradually been increased to the current maximum capacity of 240 000 tons per month. The LoM plan assumes a recovery in excess of 97%, in line with historical performance adjusted for projected head grades. Overflow material is processed at No. 2 Plant. No 2. Plant has been sold to FWGR.

2.3.3 Rehabilitation

Rehabilitation consists of the following activities:

❖ Removal of residue stockpiles / waste rock deposits (including in wetlands and their associated buffer areas); ❖ Rehabilitation of borrow-pits; ❖ Removal of and changes to mine infrastructure, including water management infrastructure;

❖ Backfilling of shafts and other holings with non-hazardous material (building rubble, waste rock etc.); ❖ Potential capping of shafts; ❖ Vegetation management including removal of alien and invasive species as well as planting of appropriate species; ❖ Temporary pollution prevention areas to facilitate the removal of impacted material; ❖ Rehabilitation of footprints, ensuring effective drainage and vegetation cover; and ❖ Soil rehabilitation where required.

2.3.4 Water Treatment

The treatment of mine fissure water is aimed at the removal of salts and heavy metals to ensure that potential future contaminants present in discharge streams are reduced. The treatment of the mine service water will remove the uranium amongst other metals and salt build-up from this process stream and this should reduce any impacts that may result from the accidental release of this water.

Driefontein Gold Mine has an existing water treatment plant that treats the clean fissure water pumped from underground for distribution as potable water. The water is distributed across the mine.

Process water is recycled on the mine through a transfer station situated at the water treatment plant. Water can be recycled to anywhere on the property. However, even with recycling and reuse considerable quantities of water are still discharged to the Wonderfonteinspruit via the settling ponds.

Water treatment also takes place at three wastewater treatment works (WWTWs). The treated sewage effluent is discharged into the Wonderfonteinspruit in combination with the underground mine process water and fissure water from the No. 2 and 8 WWTWs, while the No. 5 WWTWs discharges into the Klein Wes Rietspruit. The water is treated to remove nutrients and E.coli to acceptable standards for release into the receiving environment. Sewage sludge is disposed of on the tailings facilities, but it is aimed to process the sludge for beneficial use.

2.3.5 Key Water Uses and Waste Streams 2.3.5.1 Water Uses

The NWA defines water uses in Section 21 as relating to the consumption of water, as well as activities which may affect water quality and the condition of the resource itself. The water uses currently authorised in the Driefontein WUL include:

❖ 21 (a) – abstraction of water; ❖ 21 (c) and (i) – water course crossings; ❖ 21 (e) – engaging in a controlled activity; ❖ 21 (f) – discharging waste or water containing waste into a water resource through a pipe, canal, sewer, sea outfall or other conduit; ❖ 21 (g) – disposal of contaminated water and mine residues; and

❖ 21 (j) – abstraction of underground water to continue mining.

2.3.5.2 Waste Stream Identification and Characterisation

Domestic

Domestic waste includes general household waste (including plastic, cans, paper and glass) and garden refuse (including leaves, grass cuttings, branches, tree cuttings and wood products).

Industrial

Industrial waste includes:

❖ Salvageable waste; ❖ Rubber; and ❖ Waste tyres.

Hazardous industrial waste on the mine includes:

❖ Hydrocarbon waste (spillages and used oil); ❖ Old vehicle batteries (light vehicles and trucks); ❖ Waste such as fluorescent tubes, oil contaminated soil, oil tainted paper/plastic, rags, chemical bottles (glass and plastic), empty oil bottles, asbestos waste and contaminated PPE; and ❖ Contaminated chemical containers.

Mine waste

The two main mine related waste streams are:

❖ Waste rock; and ❖ Tailings.

Waste classification is detailed in Section 4.7.8.

Sewage sludge classification

According to Volume 1 of the Sludge Guidelines1, wastewater sludge has to be analysed and classified to determine the most appropriate management option/s for the sludge. Different sludge management options are described in the Sludge Guidelines, including the relevant legal requirements, management and monitoring requirements.

Sibanye-Stillwater has indicated that beneficial use of the sludge is at this stage the preferred management option. However, the feasibility of this management option will depend on sludge quality and classification.

If this option is found feasible, Volume 4 of the Sludge Guidelines will apply and it will resort under “on-site land application of sludge”.

The different sludge streams were therefore classified in terms of its Microbiological class, Stability class and Pollutant class and appropriate management options were identified based on the classification.

❖ Microbiological class. The Microbiological class of sludge is determined by the presence and concentration of faecal coliforms and viable helminths ova in the sludge. The microbiological analytical results indicate that the viable helminth ova and the faecal coliforms detected in the different sludge samples varied between 0 and 24 viable ova/g and 23,077 – 145,455 CFU/g, resulting in the following Microbiological class classification ❖ Stability class. Vector attraction reduction criteria are used to determine the stability of sludge. There are 10 possible vector attraction reduction options which can be implemented by the sludge producer to stabilise the sludge. If the sludge producer complies with the preferred vector attraction reduction option 90% of the time, the sludge is classified as Stability class 1. Indicators which can be used to evaluate the stability of sludge include pH, total solids, volatile solids and volatile fatty acids.

Table 2-2: Summary of classification of different sludge streams Microbiological Stability class Pollutant class Classification class Driefontein Mine B 1 / 2 a B1a #2 Shaft

A summary of the potential management options for the different sludge streams are presented in Table 2-3.

Table 2-3: Potential management options for different sludge streams Sludge sample

Classification Management options

Driefontein Mine #2 Shaft B1a Agricultural use, Beneficial use

Beneficial use options are the most sustainable management options and these include:

❖ Agricultural use; ❖ Once-off high rate application (rehabilitation and remediation of nutrient depleted soils, mine dump rehabilitation); and ❖ Continuous high rate application (instant lawn cultivation, fodder cultivation, irrigation of fruit trees).

However, due the elevated helminth ova and faecal coliforms present, certain restrictions will apply for beneficial use and must be considered prior to use.

Sludge combustion is another potential management option. Due to the high quality sludge, especially the Pollutant class, there will be limited environmental impact through air emission.

Currently Driefontein is testing the further processing of the sludge so as to address the biological contaminants such that it may be used for additional beneficial uses.

2.4 Organisational Structure of Activity

Figure 2-2 represents the organisational structure available to implement and manage water and waste related activities. Further detail is presented under the Operational Management section of this IWWMP (Section 5.5).

Figure 2-3: Sibanye organisational structure (annual report, 2016)

2.5 Business and Corporate Polices

The key policy applicable to this IWWMP resides within Sibanye’s Vision and Values. Sibanye’s business model is to optimise its operations by managing the fundamental inputs of safety, cost, grade and tonnes and, by leveraging its low-cost operating expertise, to realise additional value from new acquisitions. Sustainability is achieved by investing in organic projects and making value-accretive acquisitions which support the ability to continue paying industry leading dividends. Sibanye views proactive stakeholder engagement as a critical factor in ensuring business stability and sustainability.

Sibanye’s key corporate policy statements that relate to water and waste management include:

❖ Code of Ethics; ❖ Policy Statement: Compliance Management; ❖ Policy Statement: Ethics and Corporate Governance; ❖ Policy Statement: Human Rights; ❖ Policy Statement: Material Stewardship; ❖ Policy Statement: Responsible Business; ❖ Policy Statement: Risk Management; ❖ Policy Statement: Security; ❖ Policy Statement: Stakeholder Engagement; ❖ Policy Statement: Sustaonable Development; ❖ Policy Statement: Responsible Sourcing of Platinum / Palladium.

CHAPTER 3: REGULATORY WATER AND WASTE MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK

3.1 Legislative Setting 3.1.1 The National Water Act, 1998 (Act No 36 of 1998)

In respect of the above and in terms of Section 40 of the National Water Act, 1998 (Act 36 of 1998) (NWA) the mine requires a water use licence (WUL). Section 21 of the NWA describes those water uses that need to be authorised as:

❖ (a) taking water from a water resource; ❖ (b) storing water; ❖ (c) impeding or diverting the flow of water in a watercourse; ❖ (d) engaging in a stream flow reduction activity contemplated in section 36; ❖ (e) engaging in a controlled activity identified as such in section 37(1) or declared under section 38(1); ❖ (f) discharging waste or water containing waste into a water resource through a pipe, canal, sewer, sea outfall or other conduit; ❖ (g) disposing of waste in a manner which may detrimentally impact on a water resource; ❖ (h) disposing in any manner of water which contains waste from, or which has been heated in, any industrial or power generation process; ❖ (i) altering the bed, banks, course or characteristics of a watercourse; ❖ (j) removing, discharging or disposing of water found underground if it is necessary for the efficient continuation of an activity or for the safety of people; and ❖ (k) using water for recreational purposes.

3.1.2 National Water Act Regulations and Guidelines

The protection of water resources is fundamentally related to their use, development, conservation, management and control. A series of measures which are together intended to ensure the comprehensive protection of all water resources are to be developed progressively within the contexts of the national water resource strategy (NWRS) and the catchment management strategies (CMS). Several of these have replaced existing guidelines and regulations.

3.1.3 Aide Memoire 2006 Guidelines

The Aide Memoire 2006 guidelines were drafted to help with the compilation of a water quality management report. This report however has now been replaced by the integrated water and waste management plan which encompasses the Department of Water Affairs Best Practice Guidelines.

3.1.4 GN2834

Government Notice 2834 (27 December 1985) was promulgated in terms of the Water Act, 1956 (Act 54 of 1956) for the erection, enlargement, operation and registration of water care works. These regulations are

still in place meaning that any potable waterworks or wastewater treatment works must be registered in accordance with this regulation. In addition the operators of these works must be registered accordingly. Government Gazette 28557 was promulgated for comment but has not yet been implemented. This will replace GN 2834.

The sewage works have been registered and classified in terms of R 2834.

3.1.5 GN991

Part of the development of the NWRS and CMS includes the classification system for water resources. The system in place provides guidelines and procedures for determining different classes of water resources.

Government Notice 991 (Government Gazette 18 May 1984 No 9225) in terms of section 21(l)(a) of the Water Act, 1956 (Act 54 of 1956) refers to the requirements for the purification of waste water or effluent in the form of the General and Special effluent standards. This regulation was repealed with the promulgation of the NWA in 1998 which brought in the Reserve requirements.

Reserve is defined as the quantity and quality of water required to:

❖ Satisfy basic human needs by securing a basic water supply as prescribed under the Water Services Act, 1997 (Act No. 108 of 1997) for people who are now or who will, in the reasonably near future, be relying upon; taking water from; or being supplied from the relevant water resource; and ❖ Protect aquatic ecosystems in order to secure ecologically sustainable development and use of the relevant water resource.

The classification system means that water resources may now have different water resource objectives, so that instead of simply applying the General or Special effluent standards water use licence standards may differ from one water resource to another.

3.1.6 WRC (Volumes 1 – 5) –Sludge Guidelines

TT261/06 refers to Volumes 1 to 5 of the updated sludge guidelines for the classification and disposal of domestic wastewater treatment sludge. These guidelines have replaced TR851/97 and comprise the following volumes:

❖ Volume 1: Selection of management options; ❖ Volume 2: Requirements for the agricultural use of sludge; ❖ Volume 3: Requirements for the on-site and off-site disposal of sludge; ❖ Volume 4: Requirements for the beneficial use of sludge; and ❖ Volume 5: Requirements for thermal sludge management practices and for commercial products containing sludge.

Sludge from the drying beds at Driefontein Number 2 Shaft sewage works has been classified and is discussed in Section 2.3.5.2 of this report.

3.1.7 Department of Health 11/2/5/513: Irrigation Guidelines

These guidelines refer to the irrigation of domestic wastewater and were developed in 1978 by the Department of National Health and Population Development. It is understood that these have not been updated.

Irrigation at Driefontein mine is done under the conditions of the existing IWUL which encompasses these guidelines.

3.1.8 National Environmental Management: Waste Act

The National Environmental Management: Waste Act (Act No. 59 of 2008) (NEM:WA) was promulgated for the management of waste. The definition of waste in NEMWA is:

“waste” means any substance, whether or not that substance can be reduced, re-used, recycled and recovered—

(a) that is surplus, unwanted, rejected, discarded, abandoned or disposed of;

(b) which the generator has no further use of for the purposes of production;

I that must be treated or disposed of; or

(d) that is identified as a waste by the Minister by notice in the Gazette, and includes waste generated by the mining, medical or other sector, but—

(i) a by-product is not considered waste; and

(ii) any portion of waste, once re-used, recycled and recovered, ceases to be waste;

Section 4(b) of NEMWA states:

4. (1) This Act does not apply to —

(b) residue deposits and residue stockpiles that are regulated under the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act, 2002 (Act No. 28 of 2002);

The above implies that the rock dumps and tailings facilities do not require licensing under NEM:WA, however other wastes such as the sewage works and solid waste disposal sites will. Section 44 describes the co-operative governance issues related to waste management licenses.

44. (1) For the purposes of issuing a licence for a waste management activity, the licensing authority must as far as practicable in the circumstances, co-ordinate or consolidate the application and decision-making processes contemplated in this Chapter with the decision-making process in Chapter 5 of the National Environmental Management Act and other legislation administered by other organs of state, without whose authorisation or approval or consent the activity may not commence, or be undertaken or conducted.

(2) If the licensing authority decides to issue a licence it may, for the purposes of achieving coordination—

(a) issue an integrated licence jointly with the other organs of state contemplated in subsection (1), which licence grants approval in terms of this Act and any other legislation specified in the licence; or

(b) issue the licence as part of a consolidated authorisation consisting of different authorisations issued under different legislation by the persons competent to do so, that have been consolidated into a single document in order to ensure that the conditions that are imposed by each competent authority are comprehensive and mutually consistent.

(3) If an integrated licence contemplated in subsection (2)(a) is to be regarded as a valid authorisation or approval for the purposes of other legislation specified in the integrated licence, then the decision-making process for issuing that integrated licence must comply with both the requirements of this Act and of that other legislation.

(4) An integrated licence must—

(a) specify the statutory provisions in terms of which it has been issued;

(b) identify the authority or authorities that have issued it;

I indicate to whom applications for any amendment or cancellation of the integrated licence must be made; and

(d) indicate the appeal procedure to be followed.

(5) An integrated licence may be enforced in terms of this Act and any other Act in terms of which it has been issued: Provided that a condition of an integrated licence may only be enforced in terms of the legislation that authorises the imposition of such a condition.

(6) Where an integrated licence procedure or a consolidated authorisation procedure is established in terms of this section, the provisions of this Chapter must be read with the necessary changes as the context may require to enable a single application procedure or combined application procedure to be followed.

(7) An integrated licence must be regarded as an integrated environmental authorisation contemplated in section 24L of the National Environmental Management Act.

It must also be noted that Section 74 allows for an application for exemption from NEM:WA to be made.

74. (1) Any person may apply in writing for exemption from the application of a provision of this Act to the Minister or, where the MEC is responsible for administering the provision of the Act from which the person or organ of state requires exemption, to the MEC.

(2) An application in terms of subsection (1) must be accompanied by—

(a) an explanation of the reasons for the application; and

(b) any applicable supporting documents.

3.1.9 GN704

In terms of Section 26(1) (b), (g) and (i) of the National Water Act, (Act No. 36 of 1998) Government Notice 704 regulations were made in respect of use of water for mining and related activities aimed at the protection of water resources. These include locality, use of material, capacity requirements of clean and dirty water systems, protection of water resources and security. The Best Practice Guidelines have encompassed the regulations however a mine may apply for an exemption from the requirements of regulations 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10 or 11. The DWS is currently updating these regulations however these documents are only in the comments phase.

Driefontein Gold Mine submitted a GN704 exemption application to the DWS Gauteng Regional Office on the 15th March 2010.

3.1.10 GN1560: Dams with a Safety Risk

Section 117 of the NWA defines a dam with a safety risk as to mean any dam which can contain, store or dam more than 50 000 cubic metres of water, whether that water contains any substance or not, and which has a wall of a vertical height of more than five metres (Dam with a Safety Risk). In terms of section 120 of the NWA, any Dam with a Safety Risk must be registered within 120 days after the date on which such dam become capable of containing, storing or impounding water.

Regulations relating to Dams with a Safety Risk were published in terms of the Water Act under Government Notice Regulation 1560, dated 25 July 1986 (GNR1560) and are still valid under the NWA.

In terms of regulation 2 of GN1560, the Director General of the DWA must classify every Dam with a Safety Risk on the basis of its site and hazard potential. This has not yet been done however Driefontein mine undertakes to provide the DWA with such information as may be requested by it in order to classify any Dams with a Safety Risk.

Regulation 4 of GN1560 provides that no person may begin with any construction work on a Dam with a Safety Risk without a permit issued by the Minister of Water Affairs and Environment, however all the dams on Driefontein mine were constructed prior to this regulation being promulgated. Any new dams such as stormwater dams, pollution control dams or return water dams are designed so that they comply with the legislation and would be classified and registered as part of the project, as necessary.

A programme to assess, classify and register the tailings facilities will be undertaken. Currently the Driefontein dams are audited on an annual basis. The latest tailings facility status report is attached as Appendix K.

3.2 Section 21 Water Uses

Table 3-1 summarises the water uses identified on Driefontein mine, either already included in the WUL or included in the water use licence amendment application.

Table 3-1: Summary of Water Uses licensed Water Use Description Volume / Capacity Coordinates Property Section 21(a) – Taking water from a water resource Shaft No.8 Discharge and mining 8 030 000 m3/annum 26° 21’54.07’’S 27° 28’ 17.44E Portion 3 of Driefontein including reclamation, 113IQ rehabilitation and mineral processing Shaft No. 8 Water Plant Domestic use and mining 10 950 000 m3/annum 26° 21’52.10”S 27° 28’15.25”E Portion 3 of Driefontein including reclamation, 113IQ rehabilitation and mineral processing Shaft No.10 Discharge and mining 2 555 000 m3/annum 26°23’53.54”S 27°25’46.85”E Portion 1 of Driefontein including reclamation, 113IQ rehabilitation and mineral processing Section 21 (e) - Engaging in a controlled activity Wastewater irrigation Irrigation using treated A maximum of 1 095 000 N/A N/A Vlakplaats 112/1; wastewater and mine m3/annum Driefontein 355/0, 2, 5, 6 process/ underground and 8; water of the slimes dams, Driefontein 113/1 and 2 roads, footprints, rock Leeuwpoort 356/77 dumps, rehabilitation Kraalkop 147/46 and 48 areas, sports fields and Blyvooruitzicht 116/6 golf course for the irrigation of vegetation and for dust control as well as the rehabilitation of slimes dams and other impacted areas.

Water Use Description Volume / Capacity Coordinates Property Section 21 (f) - Discharging waste or wastewater containing waste into water resource Wastewater Discharge Discharge of mine A maximum discharge of 26°20’54” S 27°25’49” E Vlakplaats 112/1 process water to the 25 550 000 m3/annum Settling ponds from the No. 8 and 10 Shaft minewater abstraction points and then into the Wonderfonteinspruit via a canal system Discharge of treated A maximum discharge of 26°21’49” S 27°27’40 E” Driefontein 112/2 wastewater from 2 190 000 m3/annum Komanane (No.8) Shaft Sewage Works to settling ponds and then to Wonderfonteinspruit via a canal system Discharge of treated Water Use has ceased 26°20’46” S 27°29’14” E Vlakplaats 112/1 wastewater from and plant will be Rethabile (No. 7) Shaft demolished Sewage Works to settling ponds and then to Wonderfonteinspruit. Discharge of treated A maximum discharge of 26°25’28” S 27°29’31” E Kraalkop 147/28 wastewater from 73 000 m3/annum Hlanganani (No. 5 Shaft) Sewage Works to settling ponds and then to Loopspruit. Discharge of treated A maximum discharge of 26°23’01” S 27°30’14” E Driefontein 355/8 wastewater from Pitseng 1 825 000 m3/annum

Water Use Description Volume / Capacity Coordinates Property (No. 2) Shaft Sewage Works to settling ponds and then to Wonderfonteinspruit. Fissure water Discharge of fissure and 10 000 000 m3/annum 26°20’57” S 27°28’24” E Driefontein 355/5 mine water water to the Wonderfonteinspruit Section 21 (j) - Removing, discharging or disposing of water found underground if it is necessary for the efficient continuation of an activity or for the safety of people Removing water from Removal of groundwater A maximum removal of 26°21’58.69” S 27°28’18.26” E Driefontein 355/5 underground from the Bank and 22 008 500 m3/annum Oberholzer compartments at No. 8 Shaft (North/ Khomanane Shaft) Removing water from Removal of groundwater 13 541 500 m3/annum 26°23’53.54” S 27°25’46.85” E Driefontein 113/1 underground from the Bank and Oberholzer compartments at No. 10/ Thabelang Shaft Section 21 (c) and (i) - impeding or diverting the flow of water in a watercourse; and altering the bed, banks, course or characteristics of a watercourse No 6 Rock dump Operation, removal, Wonderfonteinspruit Mid-point: 26°23'27.19"S Mid-point: 27°26'31.59"E Driefontein 113/1 Wetland1 rehabilitation and Catchment Start: 26°24'29.96"S Start: 27°27'5.44" maintenance of End: 26°21'29.56"S End: 27°25'44.28"E infrastructure within the wetland and associated

1 This activity is spread across the WUL and the rehabilitation is authorised as per the GA dated 16-09-2019.

Water Use Description Volume / Capacity Coordinates Property buffer area. This includes historic rock dumps, railway embankments, tailings, pollution/impact prevention infrastructure, canals, pipeline routes and other infrastructure. Golf Course Wetland Operation, removal, Wonderfonteinspruit Mid-point: 26°22'30.92"S Mid-point: 27°27'52.47"E Driefontein 113/2 rehabilitation and Catchment Start: 26°23'48.92"S Start: 27°28'2.76"E maintenance of End: 26°21'27.00"S End: 27°27'27.21"E infrastructure within the wetland and associated buffer area. This includes historic rock dumps, pollution/impact prevention infrastructure, railway embankments, tailings, canals, stormwater infrastuctue, Golf Course, pipeline routes and other infrastructure. No. 4 Shaft Wetland Operation, removal, Wonderfonteinspruit Mid-point: 26°22'51.84"S Mid-point: 27°31'4.37"E Driefontein 355/ 0 and 8 Buffer rehabilitation and Catchment Start: 26°22'54.91"S Start: 27°31'4.13"E maintenance of End: 26°22'46.04"S End: 27°31'6.52"E infrastructure within the wetland and associated buffer area. This includes various pipeline routes,

Water Use Description Volume / Capacity Coordinates Property pollution/impact prevention infrastructure, roads, stormwater, waste management areas and other infrastructure. Pipeline Routes Wetland Operation, removal, Wonderfonteinspruit Mid-point: 26°23'37.01"S Mid-point: 27°30'24.84"E Driefontein 355/ 0 1 rehabilitation and Catchment Start: 26°23'28.34"S Start: 27°30'2.65"E maintenance of End: 26°24'1.04"S End: 27°30'26.63"E infrastructure within the wetland and associated buffer area. This includes various pipeline routes, pollution/impact prevention infrastructure, roads, stormwater and other infrastructure. Pipeline Routes Wetland Operation, removal, Upper West Loopspruit Mid-point: 26°24'24.16"S Mid-point: 27°30'10.22"E Leeuwpoort 356/ 3 and 2 rehabilitation and Catchment Start: 26°24'10.59"S Start: 27°30'25.32"E 21 maintenance of End: 26°24'51.49"S End: 27°30'13.38"E infrastructure within the wetland and associated buffer area. This includes various pipeline routes, pollution/impact prevention infrastructure, roads, stormwater and other infrastructure.

Water Use Description Volume / Capacity Coordinates Property Driefontein No. 5 Shaft Operation, removal, Kraalkopspruit Mid-point: 26°25'15.81"S Mid-point: 27°30'10.19"E Kraalkop 147/46 Wetland rehabilitation and Catchment Start: 26°24'58.01"S Start: 27°30'23.25"E Leeuwpoort 356/77 maintenance of End: 26°25'38.67"S End: 27°30'6.45"E infrastructure within the wetland and associated buffer area. This includes historic rock dumps, pollution/impact prevention infrastructure, clean and dirty water infrastructure including dams and canals, pipeline routes and other infrastructure. Driefontein No. 5 Operation, removal, Kraalkopspruit Mid-point: 26°25'27.82"S Mid-point: 27°29'30.46"E Kraalkop 147/28 WWTWs Wetland rehabilitation and Catchment Start: 26°25'26.53"S Start: 27°29'30.08"E maintenance of End: 26°25'29.21"S End: 27°29'30.18"E infrastructure within the wetland and associated buffer area. This includes pollution/impact prevention infrastructure, clean and dirty water infrastructure including dams and canals, pipeline routes and other infrastructure. Driefontein No. 9 Shaft Operation, removal, Elandfonteinspruit Mid-point: 26°25'30.26"S Mid-point: 27°28'59.62"E Kraalkop 147/48 Wetland rehabilitation and Catchment Start: 26°25'11.15"S Start: 27°29'1.92"E maintenance of End: 26°25'47.13"S End: 27°29'2.59"E

Water Use Description Volume / Capacity Coordinates Property infrastructure within the wetland and associated buffer area. This includes historic rock dumps, pollution/impact prevention infrastructure, clean and dirty water infrastructure including dams and canals, pipeline routes and other infrastructure. Section 21 (g) - Disposing of waste in a manner which may detrimentally impact on a water resource2 Tailings Dam No. 1 Disposal of gold plant 2 080 135 m3/annum 26°22’08.92’’S 27°29’26.28”E Driefontein 355/5 slurry Tailings Dam No. 2 Disposal of gold plant 2 080 135 m3/annum 26°22’17.18’’S 27°30’09.23”E Driefontein 355/0; slurry Driefontein 355/8 Mine underground Disposal of gold plant 40 000 tonnes/annum 26°22'50.85"S 27°30'56.77"E Driefontein 355/5; workings slurry as backfill into the Driefontein 355/8; mined out underground Driefontein 113/2; workings Kraalkop 147/28 No. 1 & 2 Tailings Dams Collection of 5 275 m3 26°21’48.43” S 27°30’9.05” E Driefontein 355/0 Return water dam No. 1 contaminated water No. 1 & 2 Tailings Dams from tailings facilities for 13 151 m3 26°21’50.00” S 27°30’21.00” E Driefontein 355/0 return water dam No. 2 recycle and reuse Ithembalethu (No 9) 22 948 m3 26°25’28.00” S 27°29’.37” E Kraalkop 147/28 Shaft Pollution

2 The railway line at Driefontein was constructed from waste rock and covers the length of the Driefontein site, it has largely been removed but there will be some areas where further removal/ reclamation and rehabilitation will still take place

Water Use Description Volume / Capacity Coordinates Property Containment Dam (ISPCD) Hlanganani (No 5) Shaft 36 060 m3 26°23’54.85” S 27°25’12.09” E Kraalkop 147/28 Pollution Containment Dam (HSPCD) Settling ponds Collection, settling and 29 565 000 m3/annum 26°21’12.40” S 27°25’52.46”E Vlakplaats112/1 storage of water before maximum discharge to the Wonderfonteinspruit No. 1 & 2 Tailings Dam Containment of excess 144 473 m3 26°21’50.00”S 27°30’21.00” E Driefontein 355/0; Buffer Dam water to prevent Driefontein 355/8 spillages Pitseng (No 2) Shaft Disposal of sewage 1 084 m3/annum 26°23’02.76’”S 27°30’12.44” E Driefontein 355/8 sludge drying beds sludge into the sludge during beds and removal of this sludge for use on tailings dam (above). Waste Rock Dump 1 Waste Rock Dump No disposal 26°24'22.21"S 27°26'4.46"E Driefontein 113/1 footprint Waste Rock Dump 2 Waste Rock Dump No disposal 26°24'4.71"S 27°25'59.11"E Driefontein 113/1 footprint Waste Rock Dump 4 Waste Rock Dump No disposal 26°23'31.12"S 27°25'59.95"E Driefontein 113/1 footprint Waste rock dump 6 Waste Rock Dump No disposal 26°22’59.77” S 27°26’05.77” E Driefontein 113/1 footprint Waste rock dump 8 & 9 Waste Rock Dump No disposal 26°21’47.18” S 27°27’51.54” E Driefontein 113/2 footprint and remainder of waste rock Waste rock dump 11 Waste Rock Dump No disposal 26°22’51.96” S 27°29’28.88” E Driefontein 355/5 footprint

Water Use Description Volume / Capacity Coordinates Property Waste rock dump 12 Waste Rock Dump No disposal 26°22’46.99” S 27°30’09.76”E Driefontein 355/0 footprint Waste rock dump 13 Waste Rock Dump No disposal 26°22'18.77"S 27°26'20.44"E Driefontein 113/1 footprint Waste rock dump 7 Waste Rock Dump No disposal 26°22'29.08"S 27°26'28.28"E Driefontein 113/1 footprint Waste rock dump 5 Waste Rock Dump and No disposal 26°22’48.59” S 27°25’42.87” E Driefontein 113/1 old infrastructure footprint No. 2 Shaft Waste Rock Waste Rock Dump No disposal 26°22'48.61"S 27°25'15.71"E Blyvooruitzicht 116/6 Dump footprint and remainder of waste rock No. 7 Shaft Waste Rock Waste Rock Dump No disposal 26°20'53.08"S 27°29'10.78"E Vlakplaats 112/0 Dump footprint and remainder of waste rock No. 5 Shaft Waste Rock Waste Rock Dump No disposal 26°25'18.77"S 27°30'5.49"E Kraalkop 147/48 Dump/ No. 14 footprint and remainder of waste rock No. 6 Shaft Waste Rock Waste Rock Dump No disposal 26°22'37.56"S 27°28'10.12"E Driefontein 113/2 Dump footprint and remainder of waste rock No. 9 Shaft Waste Rock Waste Rock Dump No disposal 26°25'29.47"S 27°28'57.39"E Leeuwpoort 356/77 Dump footprint and remainder Kraalkop 147/46 of waste rock West Driefontein caves Not functional - historical No disposal Driefontein 355/5 disposal of gold plant slurry

Table 3-2: Summary of Water Uses licensed exclude and sold to FWGR Water Use Description Volume / Capacity Coordinates Property Section 21 (g) - Disposing of waste in a manner which may detrimentally impact on a water resource Tailings Dam No. 3 Not functional 26°22’17.00’S 27°26’58.68”E Driefontein 113/1; Driefontein 113/2 Tailings Dam No. 4 Disposal of gold plant 330 000 tonnes/month 26°20’52.28’S 27°27’26.12”E Vlakplaats 112/0 slurry Tailings Dam No. 5 Not functional 26°23’49.03’S 27°24’52.11”E Blyvooruitzicht 116/6 No. 4 Tailings Dam Return Collection of 31 231 m3 26°20’38.69’ S 27°26’34.8” E Vlakplaats 112/0 water dam contaminated water No 4 Tailings Dam storm from tailings facilities for 114 801 m3 26°20’31.00’ S 27°26’239.00” E Vlakplaats 112/0 water dam recycle and reuse No. 5 Tailings Dam Return 50 281 m3 26°24’06.43’ S 27°24’25.75” E Blyvooruitzicht 116/6 water dam (north, central and south) Waste rock dump 5 Mining the area 594 000 m3 26°22’46.69” S 27°25’44.41” E Driefontein 113/1

3.3 Existing Lawful Water Uses

In terms of Section 32 of the Act, existing lawful water use (ELU) is defined as follows:

Water use which has taken place at any time during a period of two years immediately before the date of commencement of the Act (1 October 1996 to 30 September 1998) and which was authorised by or under any law which was in force immediately before the date of commencement of this Act, or which has been declared an existing lawful water use in terms of Section 33 of the Act.

Prior to 1999 dewatering of the mine took place under Sections 12B and under section 21 of the Water Act of 1956 which required the purification and disposal of water for industrial purposes. However these water uses are now included in the IWULA.

3.4 GN704 Exemptions and GNR509 General Authorisations

GNR 704 of the NWA provides regulations on the use of water for mining and related activities aimed at the protection of water resources. The regulations came into effect on 4 June 1999. In terms of regulation 3 of GNR 704, exemption from the requirements of regulations 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10 or 11 may be applied for through a motivation to the DWS. The main focus is on regulation 4 (a) and (b), which states that no person in control of a mine or activity may –

a) locate or place any residue deposit, dam, reservoir, together with any associated structure or any other facility within the 1:100 year flood-line or within a horizontal distance of 100 metres from any watercourse or estuary, borehole or well, excluding boreholes or wells drilled specifically to monitor the pollution of groundwater, or on water-logged ground, or on ground likely to become water-logged, undermined, unstable or cracked; and b) except in relation to a matter contemplated in regulation 10, carry on any underground or opencast mining, prospecting or any other operation or activity under or within the 1:50 year flood-line or within a horizontal distance of 100 metres from any watercourse or estuary, whichever is the greatest.

Infrastructure which pre-dates 4 June 1999 can be exempted from GNR 704.

GNR 509 provides the regulated area of a watercourse for section 21 (c) and (i) of the NWA as:

a) The outer edge of the 1 in 100 year flood line and/or delineated riparian habitat, whichever is the greatest distance, measured from the middle of the watercourse of a river, spring, natural channel, lake or dam; b) In the absence of a determined 1 in 100 year flood line or riparian area the area within 100 m from the edge of a watercourse where the edge of the watercourse is the first identifiable annual bank fill flood bench; or c) A 500 m radius from the delineated boundary (extent) of any wetland or pan.

This notice replaces GNR 1199, however, the following exclusion applies to rehabilitation activities:

a) This General Authorisation does not apply to the use of water in terms of section 21 (c) or (i) of the Act for rehabilitation of a wetland as contemplated in GNR 1198.

GNR 509 further states that if a risk assessment indicates a low risk, then a General Authorisation (GA) is applicable. Figure 3-1 indicates the GNR 704 and GNR 509 regulated areas. Table 3-3 provides the proposed GNR 704 exemptions and GNR 509 GA.

Table 3-3: Proposed GNR 704 exemptionsand GNR 509 General Authorisations Activity Motivation/Reason for Exemption Footprint areas of WRD 1, WRD 2, Velodrome WRD, Wearne Crushers WRD, WRD 5, WRD 6, WRD 7, WRD The activities are visible on 1996 aerial imagery and 8, WRD 13, WRD 14 and WRD 17, are located within therefore pre-date GNR 704. the floodline, 100 m or 500 m horizontal distance from a watercourse. It should be noted that the All of the mentioned WRDs have either been completely Wearne Crushers WRD belongs primarily to Wearne’s reclaimed, or are in the process of being reclaimed. This Crusher/ Readymix, however, Sibanye-Stillwater will will be followed by rehabilitation. The WRDs are assist with the final footprint rehabilitation to align therefore considered low risk. with the greater catchment rehabilitation of the wetland associated with WRD 6. 10# Shaft infrastructure located within a 100 m or 500 The activity is visible on 1996 aerial imagery and m horizontal distance of a wetland. therefore pre-dates GNR 704. The activity is visible on 1996 aerial imagery and Discharge canal for the 10# Shaft located within the therefore pre-dates GNR 704. floodline, 100 m or 500 m horizontal distance from a watercourse. The canal is lined and is therefore considered low risk. The activity is visible on 1996 aerial imagery and therefore pre-dates GNR 704. Driefontein Golf Course located within the floodline and within a 100 m horizontal distance from a The Golf Course is irrigated with effluent from the 2# watercourse. WWTW, which is approved in the 2017 WUL.

The activity is considered low risk. The activity is visible on 1996 aerial imagery and therefore pre-dates GNR 704. Discharge canal for the 2# WWTW used to irrigate the Golf Course located within the floodline and within a The irrigation of the Golf Course with effluent is 100 m horizontal distance from a watercourse. approved in the 2017 WUL.

The canal is lined and is therefore considered low risk. The activity is visible on 1996 aerial imagery and therefore pre-dates GNR 704.

Settling Ponds located within the floodline, 100 m or The Settling Ponds are approved in the 2017 WUL. 500 m horizontal distance from a watercourse. The Settling Ponds play a significant role in the improvement of the water quality prior to discharge to the Wonderfonteinspruit.

Activity Motivation/Reason for Exemption 8# WWTW located within the floodline or 100m The activity is visible on 1996 aerial imagery and horizontal distance from a watercourse. therefore pre-dates GNR 704. Canal/channel to the east of TSF 2 located within a The canal/channel conveys clean runoff from the East 500 m horizontal distance from a watercourse. Driefontein Village and is therefore considered low risk. Stormwater management measures surround the 4# Shaft Cooling Plant located within a 500 m Cooling Plant. The site drains west away from the horizontal distance from a watercourse. wetland and is therefore considered low risk. Backfill pipeline between DP 1 Plant and 4# Shaft The pipeline is regularly inspected and maintained and located within a 500 m horizontal distance from a therefore considered a low risk. watercourse. Underground mining located below the floodline or Underground mining pre-dates GNR 704. 100m horizontal distance from a watercourse. Service water pipeline between 2# Shaft and 5# Shaft The pipeline is regularly inspected and maintained and located within the floodline, 100 m or 500 m therefore considered a low risk. horizontal distance from a watercourse. 5# PCD located within the floodline, 100 m or 500 m According to SRK (2018), the activity pre-dates GNR 704. horizontal distance from a watercourse. According to SRK (2018), the activity pre-dates GNR 704.

There is a low risk to receiving environment and downstream water users in terms of water quality.

There is generally a low volume of water in the PCD throughout the year, which would result in rapid deterioration of the liner.

The PCD reduces flows which is likely to be more Re-lining of the 5# PCD. negative than positive to the downstream water users.

The upstream WRD 14 has mostly been reclaimed, which has removed a large portion of the upstream dirty source.

5# Shaft is nearing closure (2028) and the capital layout to re-line the PCD for such a short period of time, is unlikely to be feasible. It is likely to be more feasible for the capital to be used for rehabilitation of WRD 14 and the remaining 5# Shaft infrastructure. Ventilation shaft terrace and water reticulation systems at 5# Shaft located within the floodline or According to SRK (2018), the activity pre-dates GNR 704. 100m horizontal distance from a watercourse. WRD 14 and access road located within the floodline According to SRK (2018), the activity pre-dates GNR 704. or 100m horizontal distance from a watercourse. 5# Shaft access road located within the floodline or According to SRK (2018), the activity pre-dates GNR 704. 100m horizontal distance from a watercourse.

Activity Motivation/Reason for Exemption 5# WWTW and associated infrastructure located The activity is visible on 1996 aerial imagery and within the floodline or 100m horizontal distance from therefore pre-dates GNR 704. a watercourse. Dam located on a watercourse immediately below 5# The activity is visible on 1996 aerial imagery and WWTW, and therefore, located within the floodline or therefore pre-dates GNR 704. 100m horizontal distance from a watercourse. Pipeline from 5# Shaft to 5# WWTW located within The activity is visible on 1996 aerial imagery and the floodline or 100m horizontal distance from a therefore pre-dates GNR 704. watercourse. 9# PCD located within the floodline or 100m The activity is visible on 1996 aerial imagery and horizontal distance from a watercourse. therefore pre-dates GNR 704. Service water pipeline between 2# Shaft and 5# Shaft The activity is visible on 1996 aerial imagery and located within the floodline or 100m horizontal therefore pre-dates GNR 704. distance from a watercourse

Figure 3-1: GNR 704 and GNR 509 Regulated Areas

3.5 Generally Authorised Water Uses

Discharges from Rethabile (No 7) and Hlanganani (No 5) Shaft sewage works fall within the parameters set out in General Authorisations, Government Notice No 399, 26 March 2004 and the extension thereto, (Government Notice No 313, 20 March 2009). However all the water uses have been included in the 2017 approved WUL.

3.6 Possible New Water Uses to be Licenced

There are no new water uses to be authorised. Existing lawful water uses have been included in Table 3-1.

3.7 Water Uses to be Amended

Several conditions contained in the WUL required amendments due to:

❖ Conditions requiring clarification to allow for implementation; ❖ Clerical mistakes; and/or ❖ Conditions being impractical or not-implementable.

It should be noted that Sibanye has applied for the amendment to most of these conditions as per the updated corrections submitted to the DHSWS on the 31st July 2017 after consultation with the DHSWS. The conditions for clarification, amendment and correction as per the latest external audit are listed in Table 3-4 below.

Table 3-4: Proposed amendments Page Condition No. Amendment type Title Original Statement Proposed Amendment Comments/ Justification In order to ensure compliance from as early The Licensee must as possible with the WUL conditions it is appoint an requested that the first audit be conducted independent The Licensee must allow internally such that the licensee is better external auditor to for an internal audit to informed of the exact WUL requirements and conduct an Annual be conducted within the implementation thereof. audit on compliance three (3) months of the

with the conditions date of licence issuance. An external audit conducted within a year of this licence. The will allow the auditor to measure compliance first audit must be An independent external Annexure I, External and of the implementation of recommendations 4 Part 9, Section 52 conducted within audit to be conducted Condition 11 internal audits of the internal audit report, as well as three (3) months of within twelve (12) evaluate the completion of the majority of the date of this months of the date of the required studies and the execution of licence issuance licence issuance. recommendations in the reports, most which and a report on the is scheduled within six months of licence audit must be Alternating internal and issuance. submitted to the external audits per

Provincial Head annum. Mostly within a year the DWS also conducts within one month a WUL audit on the newly issued of finalization. WUL. No. 10 shaft water uses No. 8 shaft water The coordinates for the water uses at the Annexure II, should have the Coordinates of No. uses two shafts have been swopped around. 6 Condition 1, Part 9, Section 52 coordinates: 8 and No. 10 shaft 26°21’54.07”S Please note these have been updated in Table 2 26°21’54.07”S 27°28’17.44”E Section 3.2. 27°28’17.44”E No. 10 shaft water No. 8 shaft water uses uses: should have the

26°23’53.54”S coordinates: 27°25’46.85”E 26°23’53.54”S

Page Condition No. Amendment type Title Original Statement Proposed Amendment Comments/ Justification 27°25’46.85”E Open area where drainage is blocked by the rock dump Open area where and where the drainage is blocked by railway line runs the elevated railway; 2 over the top of the concrete pipes have The original rock dump has been reclaimed rock dump; 2 been constructed Annexure III, and just the footprint is remaining. Description/ name concrete pipes have underneath the elevated 8 Condition 1.1, Part 9, Section 52 of watercourse been constructed railway line to channel Table 3 Water from the upstream area is channelled through the dump the water into a underneath the elevated railway line. to channel the proposed pipeline for water and a river diversion over proposed pipeline the reclaimed rock for river diversion dump’s footprint area. over the rock dump footprint areas. The The commencement of commencement of any further activities the water use listed associated with the in Table 3 is subject Rectification of reference to the activity as water use listed in Table to Submission and per the minutes of the DWS meeting on the Annexure III, Commencement of 3 is subject to 9 Part 9, Section 52 approval of further 21st f June 2017. The water use has already Condition 2.6 water use submission and approval studies and commenced as the DWS is aware of, rather of further studies and information the condition refers to any further activities. information requirements listed requirements listed in in point 2 of this point 2 of this appendix. appendix. Annexure III, Damage to Structures must not Structures must not be As per the Government Regulation No. 704 of 10 Part 9, Section 52 Condition 3.2.3 infrastructure due be damaged by damaged by floods 1999 for the Regulations on Use of Water for

Page Condition No. Amendment type Title Original Statement Proposed Amendment Comments/ Justification to flood event floods exceeding exceeding the magnitude Mining and Related Activities Aimed at the the magnitude of of floods occurring on Protection of Water Resources, Condition 6 (f) floods occurring on average once in every 50 stipulates that water systems should ensure average once in years. serviceability for a “maximum flood with an every 100 years. average period of recurrence of once in 50 years.” The values displayed in Table 6 reflect that of domestic wastewater. Water irrigated on the slimes dam (mine process water) derives from the return water dams and will not comply with the domestic waste water The quality of the standard. The mine does not have control The quality of the domestic water containing over this water quality, however the water wastewater containing Annexure IV, waste irrigated may irrigated on the slimes dams is contained Water Quality for waste irrigated may not 15 Condition 3.1, Part 9, Section 52 not exceed the within the TSF complex. It is requested that Irrigation exceed the following Table 6 following values or the water quality standard for the irrigation of values or range: See Table range: See Table 6 mine process water on TSF’s is waived. 6 in WUL in WUL As confirmed in the minutes of the DWS meeting on the 21st of June 2017, the volume separation between TSF vs other irrigation is separated in Table 3: Separation of irrigation volume per type of irrigation. Discharging waste or Discharging waste or water Annexure V, Definition of Section water containing Please refer to the definition as per the 19 Part 9, Section 52 containing waste into Section 21 (f) 21 (f) water into water National Water Act No. 36 of 1998. water resources. resources. Annexure VI, Coordinates of No. 26°25'16.73" S 26 Condition1.1, Part 9, Section 52 15 Waste Rock Undetermined Please add the coordinates 27°30'06.72" E Table 12 Dump No. 14

Page Condition No. Amendment type Title Original Statement Proposed Amendment Comments/ Justification All mine water discharges will be monitored so as to quantify the risk to the receiving environment. Toxicity testing of mine process water not being discharged will not reveal useful information as these streams do not enter the environment and are known to be 1. Toxicity sampling will toxic, hence them not being allowed to enter Toxicity testing on be done for discharges the receiving environment. tailings disposal only, including upstream complex monitoring and downstream Toxicity testing on groundwater is not a useful boreholes… sampling locations; test as this test is conducted using aquatic

2. Specific toxicity limits organisms that do not even occur in Toxicity testing must will be specified in the groundwater. Suitability of the groundwater for Annexure VI, be conducted WUL as

Therefore biannual toxicity testing of the mine water discharges concurrent with biomonitoring allows for a holistic evaluation of the risk to the environment and a more accurate interpretation of results.

Table 3-5: Separation of irrigation volume per type of irrigation Irrigated area Property Current WUL Total Irrigation Volume Proposed Amended Volumes

Tailings Storage Facility Vlakplaats 112 IQ Portion 0 Tailings Storage Facility Driefontein 355 IQ Portion 0 Tailings Storage Facility Driefontein 355 IQ Portion 5 790 834 m3/annum Tailings Storage Facility Driefontein 355 IQ Portion 8 1 460 000 m3/annum Tailings Storage Facility Driefontein 113 IQ Portion 1 Sports Fields & Haul Roads Driefontein 355 IQ Portion 5 669 166 m3/annum Golf Course Driefontein 113 IQ Portion 2

3.8 Waste Management Activity (NEMWA)

Mineral waste and general waste, are governed by the MPRDA and the National Environmental Management: Waste Act, Act 59 of 2008 (NEMWA). Waste streams are managed from source and are categorised into: general, hazardous and mine residue deposits and stockpiles.

3.9 Waste Related Authorisations

No Waste Management Licences (WML) have been issued to Sibanye’s Driefontein mine to date. The current waste activities and disposal facilities are managed according to the approved Environmental Management Programmes (EMPr) for mining. Any new mine residue deposit and stockpile will likely require a WML in terms of the NEM:WA and the regulations regarding the planning and management of residue stockpiles and residue deposits, 2015. It should be noted that Driefontein is registered on the South African/ Gauteng Waste Information System.

3.10 Other Authorisation (EIAs, EMPs, RODs, Regulation)

In addition to the 2017 approved WUL, Driefontein has the following authorisations in place:

❖ EMPr (GP 30/5/1/2/2(51 )MR) approved on the 16th of February 2012; ❖ Emergency diesel generator (Gaut 002/08-09/N0407); and ❖ Air Emissions Licence (WR/16-17/AEL10/3).

CHAPTER 4: PRESENT ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS

4.1 Climate

Climate data was updated with information from the Hydrospatial 2020 Surface Water Study.

4.1.1 Regional Climate

Driefontein Gold Mine is situated in the Highveld climatic zone (Schulze, 1974). Features of this zone are outlined below and information on the climate in the vicinity of the mine is provided in Weather Station is 37.1°C on 19 January 1973 and the lowest temperature recorded was -9.1°C on 2 June 1967. Table 4-1)

Features of the Highveld climatic zone as described by Schulze (1974):

❖ Temperate climate; ❖ Average annual precipitation ranges from 650mm (west) to 900mm (east); ❖ Rain generally occurs in summer from October to March; ❖ Rainfall is generally in the form of thunderstorms. These can be of high intensity with lightning and strong gusty south-westerly winds; ❖ Hail frequency is high tending to occur 4 to 7 times per season; ❖ An average of 75 storms occurs per year; ❖ In summer average daily temperatures range from 17 to 27°C with maxima of 38°C; ❖ In winter average daily temperatures range from 0 to 13°C with extreme minima of minus 13°C; ❖ Frosts may occur from May to September for about 120 days; and ❖ Light north-easterly and south-easterly winds prevail. However, strong gusty south• easterly winds often accompany thunderstorms.

4.1.2 Evaporation

According to the WR2012 study, Driefontein is located within evaporation zone 10A. Symon’s Pan (S-Pan) evaporation was obtained from the DWS Naauwpoort weather station (C2E009) at the Boskop Dam, which is also located within evaporation zone 10A. Monthly evaporation was available for the period of 1969 – 2019. S-Pan evaporation measurements tend to be higher than evaporation from natural open water bodies. To convert S-Pan measurements to open water evaporation, monthly conversion factors were used, which were obtained from the WR90 study. The monthly evaporation for the project is indicated in Table 4-1. The open water Mean Annual Evaporation (MAE) is 1 454 mm, which is double the MAP of the area. Evaporation is highest over the warmer months of September to March, and lowest over the cooler months of April to August.

Table 4-1: Evaporation for the area

S-Pan Open Water Evaporation Month Evaporation Evaporation Factor (mm) (mm)

January 190 0.84 159 February 161 0.88 142 March 149 0.88 131 April 116 0.88 102 May 96 0.87 83 June 77 0.85 65 July 86 0.83 71 August 120 0.81 97 September 160 0.81 130 October 187 0.81 152 November 191 0.82 156 December 201 0.83 166 Total 1 732 N/A 1 454

4.1.2.1 Monthly Mean Wind Direction and Speed

Generally winds in the area tend to be mild and blow in a north-easterly and south-easterly direction. Short- lived strong gusty winds often accompany thunderstorms. Northerly and north-westerly winds tend to predominate over the summer months, with south-westerly winds increasing during the winter months.

Table 4-2: Wind speed (m/s) and direction near Driefontein Gold Mine. Direction Site N NE E SE s SW w NW Potchefstroom Weather Station 3.2 3.2 3.3 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.3 3.5 Source: Driefontein EMP, Revision 3, MRIEM1/2 (October, 2008) - Weather Bureau data are based upon 3 observations a day over a 29 year period (1959- 1988)

4.1.2.2 Mean Monthly Evaporation

Potential A-Pan evaporation figures recorded for the area are high and indicate that the area is a water deficit area. The average annual A-Pan evaporation is 2 141mm.

Monthly average potential A-pan evaporation (mm) taken from the Potchefstroom Weather Station for the period 1957 to 1987 is set out in (Table 4-3).

Table 4-3: Average potential A-pan evaporation. Potential Evaporation (mm) Mean A-Pan Month January 235 February 195 March 175 April 137

Potential Evaporation (mm) Mean A-Pan Month May 115 June 93 July 110 August 156 September 204 October 239 November 233 December 250 Annual 2141

4.1.3 Rainfall

Rainfall for the study area was obtained from the WR2012 study for the South African Weather Service (SAWS) station: Blyvooruitsig (0474684 W), as well as from Sibanye for the Kloof weather station. The details of the weather stations are summarised in Table 4-4.

Table 4-4: Summary of the details of the rainfall stations

Station Name Station Number Station Location Rainfall Record MAP (mm)

4 km west of Blyvooruitsig 0474684 W Oct 1941 – Sep 2008 711 Driefontein Located at the Kloof - Dec 2013 – Feb 2020 920 Kloof Operation

4.1.3.1 Annual Rainfall

The annual rainfall totals for the area are indicated in Figure 4-1 Rainfall from the weather stations was not available for the period of 2008 – 2013. The driest year on record was 1945, where 415 mm was received. The two wettest years occurred recently, with the first being in 2014, where 1 145 mm was received, whilst the wettest year on record is 2016, where 1 534 mm was received. Due to the short record, as well as 2014 and 2016 being extremely wet years, the Mean Annual Precipitation (MAP) for the Kloof weather station is skewed, and therefore, the Blyvooruitsig MAP of 711 mm was adopted, as it is more representative of the long-term annual rainfall of the area.

Figure 4-1: Annual rainfall totals for the area

4.1.3.2 Monthly Rainfall

The mean monthly rainfall for the area is indicated in Figure 4-2. Rainfall is highest over the summer months of October to April, and lowest over the months of May to September. Due to the short record of the Kloof weather station, the Blyvooruitsig rainfall was adopted to represent the long-term monthly rainfall of the study area.

Figure 4-2: Mean monthly rainfall for the area

4.1.3.3 Daily Rainfall

The daily rainfall measured at the Kloof weather station over the past 6 years is indicated in Figure 4-3. The highest rainfall recorded in a 24-hour period is 123 mm, which occurred on 7 January 2017. Rainfall occurs mostly as thunderstorms, which are often brief and intense.

Figure 4-3: Daily rainfall measured at the Kloof weather station

4.1.3.4 Storm Rainfall Depths

The storm rainfall depths for the centre of the Driefontein mining right area was extracted from the Design Rainfall Estimation in South Africa software programme (Smithers and Schulze, 2002). The programme uses the six closest rainfall stations to a user specified position, to calculate the storm rainfall depths. The extracted storm rainfall depths for various recurrence intervals and storm durations are indicated in Table 4-5.

Table 4-5: Storm rainfall depths for the project area Storm Rainfall Depth (mm) Storm Duration 1:2 yr 1:5 yr 1:10 yr 1:20 yr 1:50 yr 1:100 yr 1:200 yr 5 min 9 12 14 16 19 21 23 10 min 13 17 20 23 27 30 33 15 min 16 22 25 29 33 37 40 30 min 21 28 32 37 43 47 52 45 min 24 32 37 43 49 54 60 1 hr 27 35 41 47 55 60 66 1.5 hr 31 41 48 54 63 70 76 2 hr 34 45 53 60 70 77 85 4 hr 41 54 63 72 84 92 101 6 hr 45 60 70 80 93 102 112 8 hr 49 65 76 86 100 110 121 10 hr 51 69 80 91 106 117 128 12 hr 54 72 84 96 111 122 134 16 hr 58 77 90 103 119 132 144 20 hr 61 82 96 109 126 140 153 24 hr 64 86 100 114 133 146 160 1 day 56 74 87 99 115 127 139 2 day 69 92 107 122 141 156 171

Storm Rainfall Depth (mm) Storm Duration 1:2 yr 1:5 yr 1:10 yr 1:20 yr 1:50 yr 1:100 yr 1:200 yr 3 day 78 103 121 138 160 176 193 4 day 84 113 131 150 174 192 210 5 day 90 120 140 160 186 205 224 6 day 95 127 148 169 196 216 237 7 day 100 133 155 177 205 226 248

4.1.4 Incidence of Extreme Weather Conditions

Data on storms for various return periods and intensities are presented in Table 4-6. From these data it can be noted that the highest rainfall event calculated for the area has a return period of 100 years (flood peak estimation in Southern Africa).

Table 4-6: 24-Hour storm rainfall depths Return Period (years) Rainfall Depth (mm) 2 51 5 68 10 84 20 103 50 135 100 167

4.2 Topography

The Driefontein Operations lie in an area of relatively flat to undulating topography in the north with Gatsrand ridge rising to an elevation of 1 740m in the south. Altitude ranges from 1 550m in the north to 1 740m on the top of the ridge to 1 630m on the mines southern boundary. The northern and southern slopes of the ridge are relatively steep sided and interspersed with rock outcrops (Figure 4-4.

Figure 4-4: Topography and drainage

The Loop- and Kraalkopspruit form a local catchment in the southern section of the mine, whilst the northern portion of the mine is drained by canals which lead to the Wonderfonteinspruit.

The majority of the mine's surface infrastructure has been developed on the top and northern slope of the Gatsrand ridge.

No. 1 and No. 2 tailings dams and Masakhane Shaft and Pitseng Shaft waste rock dumps have been developed on the flattish area in the northern section of the mine.

Hlanganani shalt and No. 5 ventilation shaft complex is situated in the southern section of the mine on the southern slope of the Gatsrand ridge. No. 13 shaft, Khomanane shaft, Bambisanani shaft, Rethabile shaft complexes are situated in the north eastern section of the mine. lthembalethu shalt is located near the mine's southern boundary.

A section of the Gatsrand ridge covers most of the northern, central and southern areas of the mine.

Thus, the topography of the mine consists of a relatively steep-sided, rocky ridge in the southern and south- western sections of the mine extending to more gently undulating areas in the northern and north-eastern sections.

Ridge elevations reach 1 740mamsl. The southern slope of the ridge has a fairly steep gradient and rocky nature and is sparsely covered by natural grassveld with scrub and small trees on rocky outcrops and in sheltered areas.

Elevations undulate down to 1 580mamsl in the north. Run-off from the mine's northern areas will drain towards the Wonderfonteinspruit and run-off from the mine's southern areas will drain towards the Loopspruit.

4.3 Geology

The geology description was taken from “MvB Groundwater Consulting, September 2018. Geophysical Survey to identify Drilling Targets at Driefontein Gold Mine. Report No.: MvB016/18/A015”.

Driefontein forms part of the Far West Rand Goldfields, of the Witwatersrand Basin. Exploration in the area dates from 1898 and mining started in 1945 when West Driefontein Gold Mine began sinking the #1 and #2 Shafts. Driefontein exploits three primary reefs namely the Ventersdorp Contact Reef (VCR) located at the top of the Central Rand Group, the Carbon Leader Reef (CL) near the base of the Group and the Middelvlei Reef (MR), which occurs stratigraphically some 50 m to 75 m above the CL.

The regional surface geology includes (Figure 4-5):

❖ Witwatersrand Supergroup (oldest). ❖ Ventersdorp Supergroup. ❖ Transvaal Supergroup. ❖ Karoo Supergroup (youngest).

4.3.1 Witwatersrand Supergroup

The Witwatersrand Basin is a thick sequence of shale, quartzite and conglomerate. There are two main divisions, a lower predominantly argillaceous unit, known as the West Rand Group and an upper unit, composed almost entirely of quartzite and conglomerate, known as the Central Rand Group.

The West Rand Group is divided into three subgroups namely Hospital Hill, Government Reef and Jeppestown. Shale dominate, but quartzite, banded ironstone, tillite and intercalated lava flows are also present. The rocks were subjected to low grade metamorphism causing the shale to become more indurated and slatier. The sandstone was recrystallised to quartzite.

The Central Rand Group is divided into the Johannesburg and Turffontein Subgroups and is composed largely of quartzite, within which there are numerous conglomerate zones. The conglomerate zones may contain any number of conglomerate bands, with individual bands interbedded with quartzite. The upper conglomerates are usually thicker with coarser fragments. An argillaceous zone known as the Booysens

Shale (also known as the Kimberley Shale) separates the Johannesburg and Turffontein Subgroups. The economic gold reefs are contained within the Central Rand Group.

4.3.2 Ventersdorp Supergroup

The younger Ventersdorp Supergroup overlies the Witwatersrand rocks. The Ventersdorp formations are composed largely of andesitic lava and related pyroclastics. The Ventersdorp Supergroup consists of the Platberg Group and the Klipriviersberg Group. The Klipriviersberg Group consists of the Alberton and Westonaria Formations.

4.3.3 Transvaal Supergroup

Overlying the Ventersdorp Lavas are the Black Reef quartzite and dolomite of the Transvaal Supergroup. The Black Reef quartzite comprises coarse to gritty quartzite with occasional economically exploitable conglomerate (reefs). The entire area was peneplained in post-Ventersdorp time and it was on this surface that the Transvaal Supergroup was deposited, some 2200 million years ago. The deposition commenced with the Kromdraai Member, with the Black Reef at its base. The Black Reef has eroded the Witwatersrand outcrop areas and as a result contains zones in which gold is present. The Black Reef is overlain by a dark, siliceous quartzite with occasional grits or small pebble bands. The quartzite grades into black carbonaceous shale. The shale then grades into the overlying dolomite through a transition zone of approximately 10 m thick.

Overlying the Kromdraai Member is the dolomite of the Malmani Subgroup of the Chuniespoort Group. The dolomite is approximately 1 500 m thick in the study area.

The dolomite is overlain by the Pretoria Group rocks. The Rooihoogte Formation forms the basal member of the Pretoria Group, consisting of the Bevets conglomerate, shale and quartzite. Overlying the Bevets conglomerate is shale and sporadically developed quartzite, referred to as the Pologround quartzite. Where developed, the Pologround quartzite is overlain by 150 m to 200 m of pink to purple shale, forming the basis of the Timeball Hill Formation. The shale is overlain by quartzite, which forms the linear north- westerly trending ridges referred to as the Gatsrant.

4.3.4 Karoo Supergroup

The Karoo Supergroup was deposited approximately 345 million years ago. It commenced with glacial period during which most of South Africa was covered by a thick sheet of ice. This ice cap slowly moved towards the south, causing extensive erosion as a result of accumulated debris at the base. This debris was eventually deposited as the Dwyka tillite. The Dwyka, which generally form an impermeable barrier to the downward percolation of groundwater, is absent in most parts of the study area. The Karoo strata filled the extremely rugged paleo-topography of the underlying karst dolomite to form a relatively even topography that is visible today.

4.3.5 Structural Geology

Several dykes divide the West Wits Line into a series of compartments. Driefontein mine straddles the Bank Dyke and is situated in Bank and Oberholzer dolomitic compartments. Both compartments are dewatered.

The Bank Fault defines the eastern limit of both the CL and the VCR at Driefontein. The faulting in the area is characterised by easterly striking, strike slip faults with horizontal displacements of up to 450 metres. Pilanesberg, Bushveld and Ventersdorp age dykes are also present, striking in a northerly direction, with the exception of some of the latter dykes, which strike in an easterly direction.

Four of the five TSF and WRD included in this study are located to the east of the Bank Dyke. It is only WRC 8/9 located to the west of the Bank Dyke, in the Oberholzer dolomitic compartment. The Bank dolomitic compartment is to the east of the Bank Dyke.

An east-west trending dolerite outcrop is found directly north of the Driefontein #5 and #9 Shafts. Several east-west dolerite outcrops were mapped in the Gatsrand ridges.

Figure 4-5: Conceptual Hydrogeological Model (MvB Consulting, 2017)

4.3.5.1 Surface Instability

The geological conditions, over the major part of the study area underlain by dolomite, favour the formation of conditions of surface instability. Surface instability consists of the formation of rapidly-forming sinkholes, which may have catastrophic consequences or it may consist of gradually forming doline subsidence's or depressions which have associated perimeter tension cracks.

It is important to understand the mechanisms associated with surface instability in order to predict what may happen to the ground surface instability in order to predict what may happen to the ground surface on closure of the mines and subsequent replenishment of the water levels.

Sinkholes and doline subsidence's take place as a result of a combination of a number of contributing factors as described below.

Sinkholes

Buttrick (1992) has suggested that the contributing factors described below combine to give rise to sinkhole formation. The action of a mobilizing agency (triggering mechanism) is very important in initiating the ground movement.

The following factors or characteristics need to be present in a soil and rock profile in order to provide favourable for sinkhole formation:

❖ Receptacles: in the form of fissures, voids or caves within bedrock or overburden which will receive mobilized materials ❖ Blanketing layer: which those geological materials which overlie the receptacles. The composition of the blanketing layer is important in contributing to the mobilising potential of these materials. For example, a sandy dolomite residuum will mobilize (erode) much more rapidly than a cemented ferricrete or a shale. ❖ Maximum agency trigger: is the most critical factor in initiating the formation of a sinkhole. Even if all the above mentioned factors are present o sinkholes may often not develop without a mobilising agency or trigger being present. Mobilising agencies include concentrated ingress of water into the profile as a result of surface ponding, ground vibrations, water level changes (drawdown or recharge) or any actions which result in the mobilisation of materials of the blanketing layer into a receptacle.

On dewatering of a compartment, materials of the blanketing layer mobilize into a receptacle at depth. Observations have shown that this action eventually stabilizes and arching conditions develop in the profile. This meta-stable condition may be disturbed by the development of additional mobilising agencies such as concentrated ingress of surface water or earth tremors.

Dolines

Doline subsidences form under different geological conditions to sinkholes. A doline is generally a large circular, oval or linear depression, which forms on the surface. The periphery of a doline is characterized by the presence of large tension cracks while in the centre of the doline vertical ground movements may be large but are usually non-differential, i.e. uniform.

Dolines are characterized by a zone of compressible material within the blanketing layer, which occurs between the original water table and the underlying incompressible bedrock. In this case the mobilising agency for instability is dewatering as withdrawal of groundwater will result in consolidation settlement of the potentially compressible materials between the original water level and the underlying incompressible bedrock. This settlement is reflected at the ground surface. Consolidation eventually ceases after a number of years.

Recharge of Water Table on Cessation of Pumping

On closure of any of the mines in a compartment, and the associated cessation of pumping, the water table will rise and in places it may return to its original level.

Information available from leveling surveys and visual observations undertaken since commencement of dewatering, indicated that from the early 1970's a meta-stable condition prevailed in the Venterspost Compartment. Between 1975 and 1978 large amounts of water flowed from the un-dewatered Gemsboklontein Compartment to the east, into the Venterspost Compartment at the Gemsbokfontein eye..

Beukes (date unknown) reports that the rise in water level in the Venterspost Compartment initiated a renewed cycle of ground movement in the form of sinkholes and more gradual surface settlements.

In terms of examining the potential for recharge of the water table to initiate further surface movements, it is clear that the rising water level will be the mobilising agency, which could disturb the meta-stable conditions that have developed during the period of dewatering.

From the above it is also evident that the nature and location of different types of movement will be difficult to predict.

While there has been the perception that there may be renewed sinkhole activity in the Gemsbokfontein West Compartment due to the onset of re-watering of the Ezulwini mine, a study by Jones & Wagener (2017) has shown that:

❖ Surface settlement is likely to be irreversible. Neither a rise in the ground level nor renewed subsidence is likely to materialise as a result of re-watering. In any event, the rate of such settlement, should any occur, will be slow and does not pose a threat to life or injury to persons provided adequate monitoring systems are in place. ❖ Reestablishment of the water table has the potential to destabilise existing voids in the overburden between the current (drawn down) level of the water table and the original (restored) groundwater

level. Voids in the overburden above the original water level will not be affected. ❖ The record of sinkholes that occurred during the 30 years of dewatering of the Ezulwini mine suggests that the likelihood of sinkholes of any size occurring over the bulk of the compartment is low provided no development takes place in these areas during the rewatering period. ❖ The Simunye development is situated in an area which is relatively stable. The majority of the developed area in Simunye, the largest residential area in this Compartment, is considered to have a low risk of any size sinkhole formation. This is presumably attributed to the large Karoo shale body that is present in this area ❖ As this area consists largely of open space (91%) any possible impacts should have few consequences. Particular attention though will have to be paid to the main residential areas (Simunye) and major transport routes (N12, R28 roads and the main railway line). ❖ Quick re-watering of the dolomite aquifer is expected to have less of an impact than a slow re- watering rate. Although there is no evidence of this, due to the fact that re-watering has never been done before, the erosion of the sub-surface takes place at the groundwater level and the sooner this level stabilises the less erosion takes place. The re-watering rate will be influenced by continued abstraction from the Compartment.

The Zuurbekom Compartment, unlike the Gemsbokfontein West Compartment, is a non-dewatered Compartment and the dolomite aquifer will not re-water, or minimal re-watering will occur. The level of the original water level is at or below the level of the rockhead meaning that re-watering of the area will have no effect on the stability of the overburden. The risk of sinkhole formation during and after closure of the shafts is therefore considered a very low risk.

Potential for Groundwater Recharge of Dewatered Compartments

There is extensive evidence to indicate that mining at or close to the Pilanesburg dykes has destroyed the compartment-forming characteristics of the dykes. In places, mine development has taken place through compartment-forming dykes. Wolmarans (1984) suggests that for this reason all compartments between the Klipriviersberg dyke in the east and Turffontein dyke in the west will eventually function as a single large mega-compartment. The eyes at those two dykes will control the water level within the large compartment. The Turffontein eye (elevation 1 417m) is likely to control the final water level within the compartments of the study area. Gradients in the water level between the Turffontein eye and the interior of the mega- compartment are likely to occur. Local groundwater "mounds" are also likely to develop during periods of higher rainfall and /or in areas where, dolomite bedrock (which is relatively impermeable) occurs at shallow depths.

Under the conditions described above, it is likely that the final water level in the mega• compartment will never again attain the level of the original water level. However, it is unlikely that the above conditions will represent themselves and research work would indicate that the compartments will indeed recharge to previous levels. Nevertheless, conditions of renewed instability as described earlier are likely to occur where the depth to the original water level is not too great, that is, towards the northern ends of all the compartments.

It is very difficult to predict how quickly and how high the water level will rise throughout the mega- compartment as this will be affected by:

❖ The degree and location of mining damage to the compartment-forming dykes; ❖ The degree of densification of the dolomite residuum as a result of dewatering; ❖ The contribution to recharge from stormwater through cracks produced by ground movements; and ❖ Rainfall variation.

4.3.6 Ionizing Radiation

Surface Water data was updated with information from the 2016 Radiological Public Safety Assessment.

of the Sibanye Driefontein Operations. The 2016 Driefontein Operations. RPSA was performed within the structures of a predefined safety assessment methodology. The methodology is systematic and resembles the IAEA ISAM safety assessment methodology developed for near surface radioactive waste disposal facilities. Slight modifications have been introduced to make the methodology more rigorous for typical mining and mineral processing operations.

4.3.6.1 Safety Assessment Results - Exposure Conditions

A discrete set of three exposure conditions were defined to evaluate the radiological consequences associated with the normal evolution of the system. It is believed that these exposure conditions are conservative, as well as reasonable comprehensive and representative of the broader set of potential exposure conditions associated with the area.

As expected, the potential radiological impact for each exposure condition is most significant in close proximity of the sources. The locations identified for the purpose of the assessment, were conservatively selected as close as realistically possible to the operational features of the Driefontein Operations., given the conditions assumed for the exposure condition. However, the decrease in the radiological impact with distance away from the facilities is significant.

Note that the dispersion characteristics of airborne dust and airborne radon is not necessarily the same, with the result that the area of highest impact associated with airborne dust dispersion and airborne radon dispersion is also not necessarily the same for the different exposure conditions.

The following were observed and concluded for the current operational conditions as well as the conditions and assumptions defined for the purpose of the different exposure conditions:

❖ Formal Residential Exposure Condition: Members of the public residing in formal structures in any of the residential areas in close proximity of the Driefontein Operations. will not be subject to a total effective dose of more than 250 µSv.a-1. This conclusion is valid for the current operational

conditions as well as the conditions relating to the WRTRP. The most significant contribution to estimated dose is from radon inhalation and ingestion for the 12 to 17 year age group, most likely to be observed in the East Village residential area. ❖ Informal Residential Exposure Condition: Members of the public residing in informal structures in the vicinity of the Driefontein Operations. will not be subject to a total effective dose of more than 250 µSv.a-1. This conclusion is valid for the current operational conditions as well as the conditions relating to the WRTRP. The most significant contribution to estimated dose is from radon inhalation and ingestion for the 12 to 17 year age group, most likely to be observed in the area between the Driefontein No.2 and No.5 shafts. ❖ Commercial Agricultural Exposure Condition: It is unlikely that members of the public practicing commercial agriculture near the Driefontein Operations. will not be subject to a total effective dose in excess of 250 μSv.a-1. This conclusion is valid for the current operational conditions as well as the conditions relating to the WRTRP.

4.3.6.2 Safety Assessment Results - Contribution of the Aquatic Pathway to a Total Effective Dose

The contribution of the aquatic pathway (surface water) was evaluated using the results from monitoring and sampling programmes. For this purpose, conditions and assumptions consistent with what can be regarded as a Subsistence Farmer Exposure Condition were used. This is a conservative assumption, assuming members of the public use water from the surface water (e.g. stream) to sustain a subsistence farm for all their annual food needs. A consistent set of data were used for ease of reference.

No attempt was made to define or subtract the contribution from natural background or other operations, which was viewed as very difficult for a complex and widespread operation such as the Driefontein Operations. Averages of available monitoring data were used and secular equilibrium with the parent radionuclide was assumed in cases were data was not available. Results of a dose assessment performed on the available surface water activity concentrations indicated that annual effective doses between 100 and 250 µSv.a-1 is possible. This confirms the notion that controlled and uncontrolled releases to the surface water bodies is a concern for mining and mineral progressing operations. However, it was demonstrated that the contribution of the aquatic pathway, even in combination with the atmospheric pathway, would not exceed 300 µSv.a-1.

4.3.6.3 Safety Assessment Results -Radiological Impact following the Implementation of the WRTRP

All the Driefontein components of the WRTRP were considered in the 2016 Driefontein Operations. Of these, only the reclamation and subsequent removal of the Driefontein No.3 and No.5 TSFs were judged to have the potential to influence members of the public.

It was illustrated that prominent receptor locations towards the north and east of the Driefontein Operations. will not be affected significantly by the implementation of the WRTRP.

Towards the west in the vicinity of the two TSFs that will be reclaimed, the positive radiological impact is significant, and one can expect a significant reduction in the total effective dose, especially through the atmospheric pathway.

It should be noted that this conclusion is also subject to the current understanding that the TSF footprint areas will be rehabilitated and cleaned, and that all contaminated material 2016 Radiological Public Safety Assessment of the Sibanye Driefontein Operations: Consequence Analysis and will be removed. Furthermore, it was illustrated that the groundwater pathway does not make any significant contribution to a radiological impact during the timescales of concern. This is mainly due to the fact that any radionuclides that may seeped from the TSFs, will be retained beneath the TSF due to geochemical processes. This makes lateral migration unlikely. The implication is that, potentially, the groundwater will remain contaminated after the removal of the TSF. However, the potential level of contamination can only be determined subsequent to the removal of the TSFs.

The National Nuclear Regulator (NNR) requires that South African mines which exceed certain limits undergo a licensing procedure, which comprises the steps outlined below.

❖ Preliminary investigation of the need to obtain a Certificate of Registration. The mine has to apply the NNR for a Certificate of Registration if radioactive material on the mine premises has activity above the levels specified in Regulation 849, made in terms of Section 51(1) of the Nuclear Act (Act 131 of 1993). ❖ The NNR issues a Certificate of Registration to the mine shortly after application is made. This certificate represents the official start (not the end) of the NNR registration procedure. ❖ The mine submits a schedule to the NNR and when this is approved, then prepares a proposal to undertake a hazard assessment. ❖ Following NNR approval of the hazard assessment proposal, the mine undertakes the hazard assessment and submits the results to the NNR. ❖ The mine then prepares an Operational Control Programme (OCP) to limit occupational and public exposures. This programme is submitted to the NNR for approval. ❖ When the OCP is implemented, the NNR reviews this on an on-going basis. ❖ The entire licensing procedure is kept under strict review by the NNR. All procedures have to be submitted for approval before implementation. There are strict staffing qualification requirements and the requirement that an accredited consultant be appointed. As part of this process, Driefontein has an appointed Radiation Protection Officer that is answerable to the group Radiation Protection Specialist. The Radiation Protection Officer at Driefontein is responsible for the ongoing maintenance of the radiation protection programme, i.e. 'Radiation Protect'. Driefontein has an appointed Radiation Protection Offices that is answerable to the group Radiation Protect.

Sinaye have a Certificate of Registration (COR) granted by the NNR (will send you this) and have a monitoring plan in place.

4.4 Soils, Land Use, and Land Capability 4.4.1 Soils

Driefontein is an operational mine and as such the majority of the soils which would be disturbed by mining activities have already been disturbed. It is therefore not practical to compile soils map of these areas.

Soil Forms and Series occurring over the Driefontein area have been identified from a soils map compiled by the Institute of Pedological Research, Potchefstroom University. The predominant soil forms occurring at the mine are Hutton, Mispah and Clovelly (Figure 4-6).

Land on the midslopes, footslopes and valley bottom areas are comprised predominantly of Hutton and Clovelly soil forms of the Msinga and Southwold series, respectively. Hutton and Clovelly soil depths range from > 600 < 900mm. Clay contents for both soils vary from 15- 35%.

Surface rights have also been obtained for the extension of the Thabelang shaft (Shaft 10) WRD. The extension was to the east of the dump and comprised of Hutton and Mispah soil Forms. Soil depth ranges from 200 to 900mm.

An area to the west and south of the Rethabile shaft (Shaft 7) WRD has also been demarcated for dump extension. Should this sump extend it will disturb predominantly Hutton and Bainsvlei soils. A limited amount of Mispah will also be disturbed. This dump will thus disturb arable potential soils.

Common soil forms occurring along the Loopspruit and Kraalkopspruit are Flensburg, Katspruit and Valsrivier.

Areas to the north and east of Masakhane shaft (Shat 1) WRD and the west of Pitseng shaft (Shaft 2) WRD have been demarcated for waste rock disposal. It is not foreseen, however that these rock dumps will extend into the demarcated areas for a number of years, if at all.

The soils comprising the Masakhane shaft (Shaft 1) WRD demarcated area were Mispah and Hutton to the north and east. Mispah soils were predominant in the north and Hutton in the east. Soil depths ranged from 100mm to > 900mm over this area.

Soils comprising the Pitseng shaft (Shaft 2) WRD demarcated area were predominantly Hutton with isolated patches of Mispah. Hutton soil depth ranged from 500mm to> 1 000mm.

Should these dumps be extended, there is potential to disturb grazing and arable potential soils.

The South African Binomial System for the classification of soils (McVicar, et al, 1977) has been used to identify the soils occurring in those areas demarcated for waste rock disposal.

Figure 4-6: Soil classification

4.4.1.1 Soil Utilisation Guide

Driefontein Operations were started prior to the introduction of legislation requiring that soil be stripped and stockpiled for use in rehabilitation. As a result no soil has been stored and no information is available on the quantity of topsoil under the tailings dams and rock dumps.

Disturbed areas can be divided into three separate categories, namely tailings dams; rock dumps; and infrastructure areas.

Topsoiling of tailings dams and rock dumps is not part of the normal standard practice for the rehabilitation of such areas and therefore no topsoil is required.

It is anticipated that when the infrastructure is finally removed there will be sufficient soil material in the immediate area of the removed structures for adequate rehabilitation. It will, therefore, not be necessary to import soil for the rehabilitation of these areas.

It is possible that small isolated areas of soil may become contaminated with oils or chemicals during the life of the mine. However, all such areas have been and will be remediated as part of the process of obtaining ISO 14001 and procedures have been implemented to prevent further spills. Should it be necessary to utilize soil for the rehabilitation of such areas it is anticipated that it will be possible to obtain suitable material from the immediate area without disturbing previously undisturbed areas. Infrastructure areas which are in the process of being rehabilitated could prove to be a suitable source of soil.

From the above it can be concluded that a plan showing depths of usable soil and stockpile positions is not necessary for Driefontein Operations. Furthermore additional soil amelioration investigations will be investigated as areas are cleaned and rehabilitated. The beneficial use of wastes, such as sewage sludge and waste rock, will also be implemented after the testing and treatment of these sources such that they are of acceptable quality for beneficial use in rehabilitation.

4.4.2 Pre-Mining Land Capability

As Driefontein is already established, the majority of the areas which will be disturbed have already been disturbed. It is therefore not practical to compile a pre-mining land capability map of disturbed areas.

For the purpose of this report the land capability classes proposed by the Chamber of Mines, (1981) have been used. This system provides for the classification of land into four classes, i.e. arable, grazing, wetland and wilderness.

The agricultural potential of land in the region of the mine complex is restricted to the flatter, gently sloping Northern areas with deeper solid of the Hutton and Clovelly Forms. Some of the mine surface infrastructure (tailings dams and the Masakhane shaft and Pitseng shaft WRD) has been developed at the base of the north-facing slope of the Gatsrand ridge and over the potentially arable areas in the north. The two tailings dams in this area will restrict that arable potential of this area indefinitely.

The rocky ridge and steeper slopes in the south are generally covered by shallow stony soils of the Mispah and Glenrosa Forms. These soils have moderate to severe mechanical imitations for agricultural and are classified as grazing and/or wilderness areas, depending on the grazing potential of the given area.

The two spruits occurring in the southern section of the mine are classified as wetland areas. A wetland area has also been identified in the South-Western portion as well as a drainage line in the central Southern area, which has been largely diverted and starts at the Golf Course. Land not being utilized by the mine is leased to local farmers or other industries such as Readymix and Crusher plants that are responsible for their own Environmental Authorisations and the rehabilitation of impacted areas utilised by them.

Dewatering of the dolomitic groundwater compartments beneath the mine has resulted in a significant lowering of the water level within the compartment. This has resulted in borehole water becoming unavailable for irrigation purposes. Recharge of the compartment, on cessation of the mining, is likely to take place over a very long period, making this potential source of water supply unavailable for a long period.

4.4.3 Land Use

Land uses at Driefontein are mining and limited agricultural practices including both cropping and livestock farming. Cropping activities are generally restricted to the deeper soils in the north, whilst stock farming is commonly practiced in the south. Maize is the predominant crop planted. Cropping activities are restricted to the flatter northern areas of the mine. Unauthorised use of land and water is also done by informal cattle owners.

However, mining and mineral processing activities in the district as a whole are very important from an economic viewpoint. They are a major source of employment and have aided urban development in the district.

4.4.3.1 Pre-Mining and Land Use

Mining activities currently form the primary land use activity on the mine.

4.4.3.2 Historical Agricultural Production

Historically the area was characterized by rural agricultural communities with farms of an economically viable size.

4.4.3.3 Evidence of Misuse

The area has been subject to more than 120 years of mining in the past, which has resulted in some legacy issues within the area.

4.4.3.4 Existing Structures

Driefontein is an existing mine and was registered in 1943 while production began in 1952 (Table 4-7).

Table 4-7: Historical development of Driefontein Gold Mine Date Activity 1898 Exploration began in the area 1943 Registration of West Driefontein Mining Company 1945 Sinking of West Driefontein No. 1 and 2 Shafts (Now No. 11 and No. 12 Shafts) commenced 1948 Sinking of West Driefontein No. 3 and 4 Shafts (Now No. 13 and No. 8 Shafts) commenced 1952 West Driefontein began production 1956 Driefontein uranium plant commissioned 1958 Commissioning of West Driefontein No. 5 Shaft (Now No. 10 Shaft) 1962 Sinkhole at gold plant caused the collapse of the sorting and crushing plants 1962 Commissioning of West Driefontein No. 4 shaft (Now No. 8 Shaft) 1962 Commissioning of West Driefontein No. No. 5A sub-vertical Shaft Now No. 1OA sub-vertical Shaft 1965 Commissioning of West Driefontein No. No. 5W sub-vertical Shaft Now No. 1O sub-vertical Shaft 1966 Commissioning of West Driefontein No. 3 sub-vertical Shaft (Now No. 13 sub-vertical Sham 1968 Inrush of water at West Driefontein No. 4 Shaft (Now No. 8 Shaft) Mining lease application for East Driefontein Gold Mining Company 1972 Commissioning of East Driefontein No. 1 and 2 Shafts 1977 Commissioning of Driefontein No. 6 Sub vertical Shaft 1978 Commissioning of Driefontein No. 6 Shaft 1982 Commissioning of Driefontein No. 4 sub-vertical Shaft 1984 Commissioning of Driefontein No. 1 sub-vertical Shaft 1986 Commissioning of Driefontein No. 5 Shaft 1987 Commissioning of Driefontein No. 4 and No. 6 Tertiary Shaft 1988 Commissioning of Driefontein No. 7 Shaft 1995 Commissioning of Driefontein No. 5 sub-vertical Shaft 1999 East and West Driefontein merge to form Driefontein 2000 Commissioning of Driefontein No. 1 Tertiary Shaft 2004 Production reached a cumulative 100 million ounces of gold /Yield\ 2006 Driefontein successfully converted its old order mining right to new order mining rights. Approval given for completion of 9 Shaft Project. 2009 Suspension of No 9 Shaft Deepening project and No 7 Shaft 2009 Re-opening of No 7 Shaft

4.5 Biodiversity 4.5.1 Flora

The following information was taken from the Biodiversity Assessment for Driefontein Gold Mine (Natural Scientific Services, 2009).

Figure 4-7: Vegetation map.

The two dominant vegetation types recognised nationally, are the Gauteng Mountain Shale Bushveld in the south and the Carletonville Dolomite Grassland in the north. At a site level, vegetation units identified throughout the study area, included:

❖ Acacia karoo – Eragrostis chloromelas Woodland ❖ Hyparrhenia hirta – Nidorella anomala Deep Soil Grassland ❖ Protea caffra – Cymbopogon validus Woodland ❖ Monocymbium ceresiiforme - Eragrostis racemosa Stony Grassland ❖ Dombeya rotundifolia – Aloe greatheadii Dolomite Outcrop ❖ Loudetia simplex – Schizachyrium sanguineum Rocky Grassland ❖ Searsia magalismontana – Pellaea calomelanos Quartzite Ridge

4.5.1.1 The Acacia karroo - Eragrostis chloromelas woodland

The Acacia karroo- Eragrostis chloromelas woodland community has the appearance of a savanna, with a mixture of grasses and trees. The community occurs both on the flat areas and the steep north-facing slopes. The woody component tends to be greater on the steep north-facing slopes. These steep slopes have high infestations of alien plant species, particularly Opuntia ficus-indica and Bidens pilosa. The flat areas have infestations of Plectranthus comosus and Zinnia peruviana, particularly in areas where cattle's grazing is heavy.

4.5.1.2 Hyparrhenia hirta - Nidorella anomala Deep Soil Grassland

The Hyparrhenia hirta - Nidorella anomala Deep Soil Grassland community corresponds with the Carletonville Dolomite Grassland and occupies large areas in the low• lying northern parts of the study area. Much of this community is in an early stage of succession following past disturbances. These include regenerating old agricultural fields or surface scarification associated with clean-up operations following spillage of tailings material.

Few grasses occur, of which the majority are classified as Increaser 2 species. A large number of forbs are present in the herbaceous layer. It appears that these areas frequently get burnt in the dry season. Cattle-grazing is widespread in this plant community, which together with frequent burning will slow the recovery of these areas from past disturbances.

4.5.1.3 Protea caffra - Cvmbopoqan nardus Woodland

The Protea caffra - Cymbopogon nardus Woodland occupies a relatively small amount of the study area. These woodlands are clearly discernible by the presence of characteristic Protea caffra trees. The woodlands occur higher up the slopes on shallow rocky shale-based soils.

The grazing potential of these soils tends to be low, however, the grazing intensity of the Protea woodlands in the west of the study area appeared to be relatively high. These woodlands did appear to be relatively free of alien plant species.

4.5.1.4 Monocymbium ceresiiforme - Eraqrostis Stony Grassland

This Monocymbium ceresiiforme - Eragrostis racemosa Stony Grassland appears similar to the rocky grasslands, but floristically shows a close similarity to the Protea woodlands described above. This community tends to be located on slopes with shallow soils, but lower down the slopes than the rocky grasslands. This community appears vulnerable to invasion by Acacia meamsii (Black wattle) which results in a complete replacement of the species composition. Disturbed areas of this plant community, for example along the edges of roads, tend to get dominated by Vernonia poskeana with characteristic purple flowers that attract large numbers and variety of butterflies.

4.5.1.5 Dombeya rotundifolia - Aloe qreatheadii Dolomite Outcrop

The Dombeya rotundifolia - Aloe greatheadii Dolomite Outcrop plant community is restricted to small outcrops of dolomite rock in the centre of the study area. Dolomite has a tendency to dissolve in mildly acidic solutions over long periods of time, which leads to the formation of caves. This community occurs in the area around well-developed caves, located in the study area. The vegetation has a diversity of succulent plants and ferns. A variety of tree species also occur, sufficiently to include this community in the woodland habitat. This plant community has a good grazing potential and there were many signs of high grazing intensity and associated tree-cutting in the study area, that if left unchecked, will lead to a destruction of this precious area.

4.5.1.6 Loudetia simplex - Schizachyrium sanguineum Rocky Grassland

The Loudetia simplex - Schizachyrium sanguineum Rocky Grass land occurs high on the slopes in the study area where there are numerous quartzite rocks and the soils are shallow. The small woody shrub Lopholaena coriifolia is common in this community. The grazing potential of this community is low and grazing intensity was not highly prevalent.

4.5.1.7 Searsia maqalismontana - Pellaea calomelanos Quartzite Ridge

This Searsia magalismontana - Pellaea calomelanos Quartzite Ridge community occurs at the top of the ridges in the study area and exceptionally rocky areas as illustrated above. Large rocks occupy the bulk of the ground cover in this community. The tops of the ridges have few woody species, but immediately adjoin parts of the Acacia karroo - Eragrostis chloromelas woodlands that are dominated by tree species. The grazing potential of the ridges are low, and as a result there is minimal human disturbance and these areas offer some refuge for wildlife in the study area. Genets (Genetta sp.) and Hyraxes (Procavia capensis), and possible Leopard (Panthera pardus) tracks, were observed in these areas during the study period.

4.5.1.8 Endangered or Rare Species

Three plant species of conservation concern were observed within the study area.

Hypoxis hemerocallidea was found to be widespread within the study area, with an occurrence in seven sample plots and at least three plant communities. Hypoxis hemerocallidea has been used for centuries in

African traditional medicine, but has recently been recognized in the alternative medicine trade as a wonder cure for its immune-boosting properties.

Indiscriminate harvesting of the species has led to widespread decline of the natural population. In response this species is classified as Declining by both the GDARD data and TSP.

Boophane disticha was similarly found to be widespread in at least four plant communities. This plant, similarly to the Hypoxis species above, is widely used in traditional medicine and also for traditional ceremonies, and indiscriminate harvesting has caused a widespread decline in the species. It has also been listed as Declining by both the GDARD and TSP.

The small succulent Anacampseros subnuda was abundant in the dolomitic outcrops. The TSP lists the subspecies A. s. subnuda as Least Concerned (LC) while the A. s. lubbersii as Vulnerable (VU). Both subspecies occur in Gauteng, but it appears that the subspecies present in the study area is A. s. subnuda and listed as LC.

A large portion of the study area falls within the Carletonville Dolomitic Grasslands, where there is a possibility of the endemic succulent species, Delosperma davyi (Mucina & Rutherford, 2006). This species habitat is mainly found on dolomitic rocks at the edge of dense scrub. Dolomitic outcrops do occur in the study area, as described earlier. A Hereroa succulent similar to the Delosperma genus was found, but based on communication with Priscilla Burgoyne of SANBI, the species appears to be Hereroa glenensis, which is currently not confirmed to occur in Gauteng.

4.5.1.9 Alien or Invasive Species

Alien species, especially invasive species, are a major threat to the ecological functioning of natural systems and to the productive use of land. These plants can have the following negative impacts on our natural systems:

❖ A loss of biodiversity and ecosystem resilience as alien species out-compete indigenous flora and in doing so reduce complex ecosystems to mono-cultures therefore destroying habitats for both plant and animals; ❖ Through increased evaporative transpiration rates 'alien thickets', reduce the amount of ground water thus reducing the volume of water entering our river systems; ❖ Alien invasives also dry out wetlands and riparian areas thereby increasing the potential for erosion in these areas; ❖ The loss of potentially productive land, and the loss of grazing potential and livestock production; ❖ Poisoning of humans and livestock; ❖ An increase in the cost of fire protection and damage in wildfires due to alien invasive stands being denser than natural vegetation and the wood more resinous, creating hotter fires; and ❖ An increased level of erosion, following fires in heavily invaded areas, as well as the siltation of dams.

During the field investigations six Category 1; three Category 2; and one Category 3 listed alien invasive species were identified (Table 4-8).

Table 4-8: List of alien plant species identified in the study area, at Driefontein Gold Mine Species Common Name Status Plant Communities Acacia mearnsii Black wattle Category 2 A,B Acacia saliana Iron wood Category 2 Bidens oilosa Black jack Weed A,B,C,E,G Convza bonariensis Flax-leaf fleabane Weed A,B,C Datura ferox Large thorn-apple Category 1 Eucalyptis camaldulensis Red gum Weed A,B Gomphrena celosioides Batchelor's button Weed Lantana camara Common Lantana Category 1 Nicotiana glauca Wild tobacco Category 1 Opuntia ficus-indica Sweet prickly pear cactus Category 1 A, E,G Paspalum dilatatum Common Paspalum Weed Pinus oatula Patula pine tree Category 2 A,B Plectranthus comosus Woolly Plectranthus Category 3 A Solanum mauritianum Bug weed Category 1 Solanum sisymbriifolium Dense-thorned bitter apple Category 1 A,C Tanetes minuta Khakibos Weed A,C, E,G Verbena bonariensis Purple top Weed A,B Zinnia peruviana Red-star Zinnia Weed A Source: AGIS (2009)

4.5.2 Animal Life

The following information was taken from the Biodiversity Assessment for Driefontein Gold mine (NSS, 2009).

Table 4-9 below presents a summary of the species (number of families for invertebrates), which were identified in each of the habitat types within the study area, and the total number of faunal species throughout the study area.

Table 4-9: Faunal species (families for invertebrates) identified within the various habitat types and total species numbers for the study area Fauna! Site 1 Site Sile Site Site Site 6 Site Site Settling Total group 2 3 4 5 7 8 Ponds Fauna! species Mammals 7 6 6 2 5 7 7 6 1 21 Avifauna 19 28 16 19 18 17 17 12 52 94 Herpetofauna 2 0 1 3 3 1 7 5 0 13 Invertebrates 23 17 20 6 21 26 14 10 0 65

4.5.2.1 Commonly Occurring Species

Mammalian Species

During the site visit, 20 mammal species were identified through visual observation, capture and evidence of presence from signs such as faeces (droppings) and spoor (tracks) (Table 4-9). These represent 22.7% of the potential mammalian fauna of the area. The relative abundance of the mammal species to one another is indicated from the number of observations during the site visits.

Tracks were found along a small road on top of the ridge between Trap Site 6 and Camera Site 2 that suggest the possible presence of Leopard in the study area. Although it is highly unlikely that Leopard frequent these areas, it is not unlikely that they may use high-lying areas such as ridges as dispersal corridors. The size and the imprints of the tracks certainly suggest the presence of a Leopard, however, because there were only a few tracks and no other observations to support these findings (i.e droppings, visual observations, etc) further investigations would need to be conducted to confirm if Leopard do occur.

Table 4-10: Mammal species recorded within the area Scientific name Common Name Observed Abundance Status Visit Aethomys namaquensis Namaqua rock mouse Single observation LC Second Cryptomys hottentotus African Molerat Common LC Both Cynictis penicillata Yellow Mongoose Uncommon LC Both Galerelfa sanguinea Slender Mongoose Common LC Both Genetta genetta Small-spotted genet Uncommon LC Second Genetta tigrina Large-spotted genet Uncommon LC Second Hystrix africaeaustralis Cape Porcupine Uncommon LC Both Lepus saxatilis Scrub Hare Common LC Both Mastomys natalensis Multimammate mouse Common LC Both Mus minutoides Pygmy Mouse Uncommon LC Both Orycteropus afer Aardvark Single observation LC First Panthera pardus Leopard Single observation vu· First Procavia capensis Rock Hyrax Uncommon LC Second Raphicerus campestris Steenbok Uncommon LC Both Rattus rattus Rat Uncommon - Second Rhabdomys pumilio Striped mouse Common LC First Suricata suricatta Suricate Single observation LC First Sylvicapra grimmia Common Duiker Common LC Both Tatera brantsii Highveld Gerbil Common LC Both Tatera leucogaster Bushveld Gerbil Single observation LC First Xerus inauris Ground squirrel Common LC Both Source: Skinner & Chimimba (2005); Friedman & Daly (2004); Stuart & Stuart (2003); • Threatened species according to Section 56/1) of the NEMBA, /No. 10 of 2004).

Chiroptera (Bats) Survey

Two species were confirmed during the ·1st and 2nd April 2009 visits to the West Driefontein Cave:

❖ Natal clinging bat (Miniopterus schreibersii) ; and ❖ Geoffroys's horseshoe bat (Rhinolophus clivosus).

4.5.2.2 Avifauna

The study area is located within the grasslands biome which supports a diverse variety of avian species. According to the First South African Bird Atlas Project (SABAP 1), there are 302 bird species that have been recorded within the ODS 2627AD and 2627BC.During the site visit, 93 bird species were identified through visual observations and bird calls.

Only one bird species Dendroperdix sephaena (Crested francolin) that was recorded during the site visits was not listed in the SABAP data for the ODS 2627AD and 2627BC, but it is within its normal distribution range.

When identifying birds in the field, it is easy to overlook certain groups, for example the warblers where there are large numbers of possible species that show few visibly distinguishing characteristics. To assess possible sampling bias, the bird species were allocated to 11 groups based on their behaviour and feeding habits in accordance with Newmans (1983). The percentages of observations per category were compared between the SABAP·1 records combined for ODS 2627AD and 2627BC and the NSS observations. The results are presented in (Figure 2.23).

The following deviations from the SABAP1 data were observed:

❖ Considerably more ducks and wading birds were recorded in the study area than would have been expected. The study area includes a number of large water bodies in the form of return water dams and settling ponds, which attract these water fowl (particularly the settling ponds); ❖ Less raptors were recorded than expected. These are unlikely to have been the result of sampling bias, instead their absence is possibly due to the high human presence in much of the study area. The area is close to Carletonville Town, has extensive industrial development and cattle grazing within, which could reduce the presence of raptors; ❖ No nocturnal birds were recorded as no night observations were conducted; ❖ Less small insect eating birds were recorded than would have been expected, which may represent bias against this 'difficult to identify' group; and ❖ Other bird groups show similar proportions of observations, suggesting that there was little sampling bias for or against various bird groups in the NSS field observations.

4.5.2.3 Herpetofauna

Reptiles of South Africa are still in the process of being mapped at the level of ODS. Draft data from the South African Reptile Conservation Assessment (SARCA) has thus been used to compile a list of potential reptiles for the study area. Published data from the South African Frog Atlas (Minter et al. 2004) was used to compile a list of potential amphibian species for the study area.

Relatively few reptiles were observed within the study area, in comparison to the potential reptile diversity within the area. This may be due to either this group naturally occurring at low densities, being inherently fearful of man or are not easily detected during short surveys.

Nevertheless, seven reptiles were recorded in the study area during the site visit (Table 4-11) representing 20% of the potential reptile fauna of the study area. Six amphibian species were positively identified within the study area, representing 38% of the amphibian species that could potentially occur there.

Table 4-11: Herpetofauna species recorded in the study area Scientific Name Common Name Conservation status Reptiles Agama aculeata aculeata Ground agama DD' Agamaatra Rock agama DD' Dasypeltis scabra Egg-eater DD' Lygodactylus capensis Cape dwarf gecko - Nucras holubi Holub's Sandveld lizard - Pachydactylus capensis Cape Gecko - Panaspis walbergii Wahlberg's Snake-eyed skink - Amphibians Bufo gutturalis Guttural toad LC Bufo rangeri Raucous toad LC Cacosternum boettgeri Common caco LC Phrynobatrachus natalensis Snoring Puddle frog LC Schismaderma carens Red toad LC Tompoterna cryptotis Tremolo sand frog LC

Sources: Alexander & Marais 2007; Branch 1998; V. Carruthers (pers. comm.); Carruthers (2001); Marais (2004) 1 Ad Hoc Expert Group Draft NEMBA List - Reptiles 2 Amphibian conservation status according to Minter et al. (2004)

4.5.2.4 Invertebrate Communities

Macro-invertebrates

At least 48 invertebrate families with over 65 species were recorded during the site visit. Large numbers of butterflies of at least 13 species were found in the vicinity of Trap Site 6, where they were attracted by stands of purple Vernonia poskeana flowers growing in the disturbed area along the

Page |83 Sibanye Gold (Pty) Ltd: Driefontein EMPr Amendment Environmental Management Programme © 2020 Kongiwe Environmental (Pty) Ltd roads. Large numbers of butterflies are also attributed to the survey being conducted in late summer once many butterflies have pupated.

Aquatic Invertebrates

It should be noted that the data discussed in this section is based on the data originally submitted for the EMPr, however biannual assessments using the latest relevant assessment criteria are conducted. The older data was selected in order to align with the current EMPr in place as well as the latest Biodiversity Assessments performed. Aquatic invertebrate species on the mine were identified during a field visit undertaken by the Wildlife Society. The invertebrate communities located in surface water bodies within mine property were sampled at three points, i.e.:

❖ Point 1: in the Kraalkopspruit just south of the Johannesburg-Potchefstroom road ❖ Point 2: at a point downstream of Hlanganani shaft mine water discharge ❖ Point 3: at a point downstream of the lthembalethu shaft sewage effluent discharge ❖ Point 4: at the outflow from the Gold Fields West Golf course.

The communities were evaluated using a rapid biological assessment known as SASS 4 (South African Scoring System version 4). This method uses knowledge of the occurrence of the aquatic invertebrate families in relation to the water chemistry to assess the quality of the watercourse from the composition of the invertebrate fauna.

Biological monitoring is particularly useful in detecting and pin-pointing sources of intermittent pollution whereas water analysis reflects water quality at the instant the sample was collected. The composition of the invertebrate fauna is a record of water quality variation over a period of several weeks prior to the collection of the sample.

The assessment was commenced at the end of the rainy season (April) when flows and dilutions tend to be high, and repeated at the end of the dry season (September) when stream conditions are often more inhospitable for stream fauna. At both sampling times the tributary (point 2) was dry and could not provide data. There was, however, water flowing in the Krallkopspruit itself.

The results of the samples taken at the end of the wet and dry season are presented in Table 2:21. The Kraalkopspruit shows relatively high values, the diversity is lower than would be found in a perennial stream. For the present this lack of diversity can be ascribed to an incomplete recovery from change in water quality which, according to a local land owner, took place at the end of 1994.

Table 4-12: SASS scores from the sampling points of Driefontein Gold Mine Sample Point Date SASS 4 Sample No. of Taxa ASPT2 Score 1 Point 1 26/04/95 89 18 4.9 04/09/95 91 16 5.7 Point 2 26/04/95 70 17 4.4 04/09/95 101 20 5.1 26/04/95 No sample

Sample Point Date SASS 4 Sample No. of Taxa ASPT2 Score 1 Point 3 04/09/95 No sample Point 4 26/04/95 42 10 4.2 04/09/95 32 9 3.6 1 SASS 4 Sample Score >30 ::severely polluted 30-120 =intermediate >120 =natural unpolluted 2 ASPT <3.5 =severely polluted 3.5-55 =intermediate >55 -natural unpolluted

The Kraalkopspruit tributary from Driefontein (Hlanganani Shaft mine water discharge) shows equally high values as the Kraalkopspruit itself. As was evident for the Krallkopspruit, there is an unexpected increase in sample score and ASPT values between the wet and dry seasons.

The increases in the values coincide with observed reductions in electrical conductivity but are not necessarily due to this.

The water flowing from the Golf Course has habitat conditions which are less favourable for invertebrate life that the other points most probably due to the canalized nature of the sampling point.

4.5.2.5 Endangered or Rare Species

The animals discussed in this section are prioritised because they are either threatened or are of conservation concern. It needs to be stressed that failure to find the species mentioned in this section during the survey periods, does not indicate their absence from the area.

The best-known criteria for categorizing the level of threats facing species, is the IUCN's Red List criteria. According to Friedman and Daly {2004), the IUCN Red List Categories are intended to be an easily and widely understood system for classifying species at high risk of global extinction. The general aim of the system is to provide an explicit, objective framework for the classification of the broadest range of species according to their extinction risk.

Mammals (excluding Bats)

Friedman and Daly (2004) list 19 Red Data mammal species (excluding bats) that could possible occur in the study area. The species are listed in Table 4-13 below. Bushveld Gerbil (Tatera leucogaster) (DD) were observed during the field investigations and possible evidence of Leopard (Panthera pardus) (VU) was identified.

Table 4-13: Red Data mammals potentially occurring in the study area Scientific Name Common Name Habitat Study Area Supports Requirements Habitat Endangered species Mystromys albicaudatus White-tailed Rat Grassland Yes Ourebia ourebi Oribi Short open Marginal

Scientific Name Common Name Habitat Study Area Supports Requirements Habitat grasslands with tall patches for cover Vulnerable species Felis nigripes• Black-footed cat Open dry habitats Yes with some vegetation cover Near threatened species Hyaena brunnea Brown Hyaena Diverse habitat Yes tolerance Leptailurus serval Serval Diverse habitats No with access to water Lutra maculicollis Spotted-necked Otter Large rivers, dams No or lakes with fish Mellivora capensis Honey Badger Diverse habitat Yes tolerance Atelerix Iron/a/is South African Hedgehog Diverse habitat Yes tolerance, prefers semi-dry areas Panthera pardus Leopard Diverse habitat Yes tolerance Data deficient species Poecilogale albinucha African Weasel Diverse habitat Yes tolerance but prefers grassland Crocidura cyanea Reddish-grey Musk Any dense matted Yes Shrew vegetation Crocidura fuscomurina Tiny Musk Shrew Dense matted Yes Crocidura hirta Lesser Red Musk vegetation in moist Yes Shrew areas Crocidura mariquensis Swamp Musk Shrew Yes

Crocidura si/acea Lesser Grey-brown Musk Shrew Yes Myosorex cafer Dark-footed Forest Shrew Well-vegetated Yes Mvosorex varius Forest Shrew moist areas Yes Suncus infinitesimus Least Dwarf Shrew Variety of habitats in Yes Suncus varilla Lesser Dwarf Shrew association with Yes termite mounds Graohiurus olatvoos Rock Dormouse Rocky habitats Yes Tatera leucogaster Bushveld Gerbil Variety of habitats Present with sandy soils ' Conservation status according to IUCN red data lists, however, it is considered VU according to the threatened specie list - Section 56(1) of the National Environmental Management: Biodiversity Act, 2004 (Act no. 10, 2004). Source: Friedman & Daly (2004)

Bats of Conservation Concern

GDARD have recognised the West Driefontein Cave system as irreplaceable (no other options available to meet GDARD's conservation targets, therefore, protection is crucial), due to the presence of mammals of conservation concern. This system is known by the Speleological Exploration Club (SEC)

(previously the South African Speleological Association (SASA)) to be the deepest cave in southern Africa (approximately 183m). Although this cave was historically explored by SASA, no one has officially entered this cave for more than 10 years. The cave is well mapped and consists of a series of vertical and horizontal passages and large chambers.

Caves provide a very unique habitat to several organisms, and in South Africa, the functioning of these systems is relatively unknown. However, research efforts and interest groups do provide some insight into what is happening underground. Bats (Order: CHIROPTERA) are well known to utilise caves as roosts for various reasons - maternity roosts, hibernating etc.

In Gauteng, bat species that are commonly known to use cave roosts include:

❖ Miniopterus schreibersii (Natal clinging [Schreiber's long-fingered] bat) * - NT ❖ Rhinolophus clivosus (Geoffroy's horseshoe bat) * - NT ❖ Rhinolophus blasii (Blasius's [Peak saddle] horseshoe bat) *- VU ❖ Rhinolophus darlingi (Darling's horseshoe bat) • - NT ❖ Rhinolophus simulator (Bushveld's horseshoe bat) ❖ Myoti tricolor (Temminck's hairy bat) * - NT ❖ Hipposideros caffer (Sundeval's Round-leafed [Leaf-nosed] bat) ❖ Nyeleris thebaica (Egyptian [Common] Slit-faced bat) * ❖ Tadarida aegyptica (Egyptian Free-tailed bats) * ❖ Cloeotis percivali (Short-eared Trident bat)

Of the above 10 species, seven (7) have been recorded in the ODS 2627AD and 2627BC. These are marked with an asterisk (*). Five (5) of the seven (7) species are Red Data listed (Friedman & Daly, 2004).

Both species of bats confirmed on site (Miniopterus schreibersii and Rhinolophus clivosus) are classified as Near Threatened (NT) (Friedman & Daly, 2004), i.e. they are close to qualifying as being threatened in the near future. GDARD (2009) states that all suitable habitat for Red List mammals be mapped and classified as sensitive. In addition, all caves must be assigned a 500m buffer zone and be designated as sensitive.

From the data collected, the large proportion of male Miniopterus schreibersii recorded, suggests that this cave is not only seasonal maternity roost, but appears that it is being used as a permanent roost for both sexes. Further trapping in winter will confirm this. Sex-based migration is well documented in Miniopterus schreibersii; females move long distances in spring to congregate at maternity sites, from which males are largely absent (Kunz & Brockett Fenton, 2003). Annual migrations take place between caves situated on the southern Highveld of Gauteng and in the Limpopo Province bushveld (Skinner & Chimimba, 2005).

The Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of Wild Animals (also known as CMS or Bonn Convention) aims to conserve terrestrial, marine and avian migratory species throughout their range. It is an intergovernmental treaty, concluded under the aegis of the United Nations Environment

Programme, concerned with the conservation of wildlife and habitats on a global scale. South Africa is a signatory to this Convention.

Migratory species threatened with extinction (Appendix I of Convention) and migratory species that need or would significantly benefit from international co-operation (Appendix 11 of Convention) are listed. Miniopterus schreibersii is included on the Appendix II list (of the Convention).

Avifauna

No bird species with a Red Data listing were recorded in the study area. GDARD do not list any bird species of conservation concern in the greater vicinity of the study area (GDARD, email comm., 18 May 2009). All threatened bird species listed in Barnes (2000) that could occur within the ODS 2627AD and 2627BC are included in the SABAP1 database for these ODS. These species are listed in Table 4-14. The possibility of their occurrence in the study area is assessed from SABAP2 data as this data is based on recent field observations. Their habitat requirements are listed, and an assessment is made whether these habitats are included within the study area. Exclusion of the habitat from the study area does not necessarily imply that the species will not be recorded there, as the species may be observed flying over or occasionally roosting in the area.

Table 4-14: Conservation important bird species that could occur in the study area Study Area Probability of Species Name Common Name Habitat Requirements Supports Occurrence in Area Habitat Vulnerable Pelecanus Unlikely, patchy Permanent wetlands Pink-backed Pelican No rutescens distribution with supplies of fish Gyps copra/heres Cape Vulture Possible (recorded Forages widely over a Yes in vicinity by SABAP2\ variety of habitats White-backed Variety of habitats, Gyps africanus Possible Yes Vulture prefers dry woodlands Semi-arid grasslands & Falco naumanni Lesser Kestrel Possible agricultural fields Yes Grasslands & Unlikely (no SABAP2 Polemaetus Martial Eagle woodlands with large Marginal bellicosus records in vicinity) trees African Marsh- Possible (recorded Reeds, lake margins & Circus ranivorus No Harrier nearby in SABAP2\ floodplains Anthropoides Blue Crane Unlikely Variety of grassland Yes paradiseus tunes Low possibility Rank moist grasslands Tyto capensis African Grass-Owl No SABAP2\ in open habitat Near Threatened species Warm water bodies Pelecanus Unlikely - Patchy Great White Pelican with adequate No onocrotalus distribution supplies of fish Possible (recorded in Diverse wetland Mycteria ibis Yellow-billed Stork vicinity by SABAP2\ habitats Yes Ciconia nigra Black Stork Low possibility Wetlands with fish No Phoenicopterus Greater Flamingo Possible (recorded Open shallow No

ruber in vicinity by eutrophic wetlands SABAP2\ Phoenicopterus Unlikely (no SABAP2 Shallow eutrophic Lesser Flamingo No minor records in vicinity' wetlands & salt pans Open savannas and Sagittarius Secretarybird Possible Yes serpenlarius grasslands Wide variety of open Falco biarmicus Lanner Falcon Possible habitats Yes Grasslands, edges Black-winged Glareola nordmanni Possible of pans and Yes Pratincole agricultural. fields Possible (recorded Dry Themeda in study area Mirafra. cheniana Melodious Lark grasslands Yes during a previous and pastures bird survey - 1996\

Herpetofauna

Many reptile species are highly secretive and seldom encountered, which results is erratic distribution records for such species. This has complicated the compilation of the Conservation Atlas of Reptiles in South Africa, as many species get listed as Data Deficient (DD). Without published data on conservation status, it is not possible to provide a definitive list of threatened reptiles that may occur in the study area. Three of the reptile species found during the two field surveys, are all relatively common and are not exposed to specific threats over their distribution ranges.

The three reptile species with a possibility of occurrence in the study area are listed by Prof G. Alexander (per. comm., 2009) as being rare, namely Nucras lalandii (Delalande's Sandveld Lizard); Elapsoidea sundevalfii media (Highveld Garter Snake) and Homoroselaps dorsalis (Striped Harlequin Snake) (also listed as NT).

Pyxicephalus adspersus (Giant Bullfrog) which are listed as NT were not found during the field investigations, but according to Prof G. Alexander (personal communication) they are likely to occur and are widespread. No seasonal pans that they require were seen in the study area, however this does not indicated that they cannot occur, only that their habitat requirements are limited. The Giant Bullfrog is the only frog species of conservation concern that could potentially occur in the study area.

Macro-Invertebrates

Limited information is available for invertebrates of conservation concern within the general region of the study area. However, a number of Red Data and protected species could possibly occur. The following VU species are of particular importance as they have a high possibility of occurrence: Peripatopsis alba (White Cave Velvet Worm); Platylesches dolomitica (Hilltop Hopper butterfly) and lchnestoma stobbiai (Fruit Chafer Beetle). Opistophthalmus pugnax (Burrowing scorpion) is a Protected Species (PS) that was found in the study area.

Twelve insect species are listed as PS according to the threatened species listed under Section 56(1) of the National Environmental Management: Biodiversity Act, (No. 10 of 2004), however, there are no indications that these species occur in the vicinity of the study area and are therefore excluded.

Table 4-15: Red Data and protected macro-invertebrates with a possibility of occurrence in the study area Scientific Name Common Name Probability of Habitat Requirements Occurrence Vulnerable Species Perioatoosis alba White Cave Velvet Worm Highly likely Occurs in caves Endemic to SA Butter/lies Aioeides denlalis denlalis Roodepoort Copper Possible Flatlands & mountains Chrysaritis aureus Heidelberg Copper Unlikely Restricted distrib. - Montane grassland Lepidochrysops praeterita Highveld Blue Possible Restricted distrib. - Flatlands & hillsides Metisella meninx Marsh Sylph Unlikely Leersia hexandra wetlands Orachrysops mijburghi Mijburgh's Blue Unlikely Restricted distrib. - Flatlands, hillsides & wetlands Pialyiesches dolomitica Hilltop Hopper Highly likely Restricted distrib. - Dolomite ridges, recorded in Carletoneville Iclmestoma stobbiai Fruit Chafer Beetle Likely Dolomitic soils Protected species Manticora SD. - all SD. Monster Tiaer Beetles Possible Diverse habitat reauirements Manlicora sp. - all sp. Common Baboon Highly likely Widespread but endemic to Spiders SA, 1O species in Gautena Harpaclira sp. -- all sp. Golden Baboon Spiders Likely Genus with wide distrib. Two species in Gauteng and NW Pterinochilus sp. - all sp. Burrowing Scorpions At least 1 Widespread but endemic to species Southern Africa. present Ooislhacanthus so. - all so. Creeping Scorpions Highly likely Diverse habitat requirements Hadonenes so. - all so. Flat Rock Scorpions Highly likely Rocky habitats Sources: NEMBA (2004); Henning el al. (2008}; Dippenaar-Schoeman (2002); Leeming (2003); Picker el al. (2002); Woodhall (2005)

On a National level, Atlases and Red Data Books for mammals, birds and frogs have been updated (Friedman & Daly, 2004; Barnes, 2000; Minter el al., 2004), and the reptile Atlas is in the progress of being updated. These National listings follow the IUCN system for categorizing the conservation status of species. In addition to these National listings, in February 2007, the Minister of Environmental Affairs and Tourism published a list of Critically Endangered (CR), Endangered (EN), VU and Protected Species (PS), according to Section 56(1) of the National Environmental Management: Biodiversity Act, 2004 (No. 10 of 2004). A PS is classified as an indigenous species of high conservation value or national importance that requires national protection.

4.5.3 Aquatic

Information sourced from the 2018/2019 Aquatic Biomonitoring Report (The Biodiversity Company, 2019).

4.5.3.1 National Freshwater Ecosystem Priority Area Status

The National Freshwater Ecosystem Priority Areas (NFEPA) database forms part of a comprehensive approach to the sustainable and equitable development of South Africa’s scarce water resources. This database provides guidance on how many rivers, wetlands and estuaries, and which ones, should remain in a natural or near-natural condition to support the water resource protection goals of the National Water Act (Act 36 of 1998). This directly applies to the National Water Act, which feeds into Catchment Management Strategies, water resource classification, reserve determination, and the setting and monitoring of resource quality objectives (Nel et al., 2011). The NFEPAs are intended to be conservation support tools and envisioned to guide the effective implementation of measures to achieve the National Environment Management Biodiversity Act’s biodiversity goals (NEM:BA) (Act 10 of 2004), informing both the listing of threatened freshwater ecosystems and the process of bioregional planning provided for by this Act (Nel et al., 2011).

The Driefontein operations predominantly fall within the Kraalkopspruit C23J-1507 SQR, Loopspruit Main C23J-1487 SQR and the Mooirivierloop C23E-1368 SQR. The catchments are located in Upstream Management Areas (Figure 5-1). According to the NFEPA guidelines, these areas should manage land use in a manner that would promote good water quality for downstream important areas (Nel et al., 2011).

Figure 4-8: Illustration of NFEPAs for the project area (Yellow circle) (Nel et al., 2011)

4.5.3.2 Desktop Present Ecological Status of Sub-Quaternary Reaches

Desktop information for Sub Quaternary Reaches (SQR) was obtained from Department of Human Settlements and Water Affairs (DHSWS)(Referred to as Department of Water and Sanitation (DWS)) (2019). The Present Ecological Status (PES) category of the sampled reaches ranged from seriously modified (class E) to largely modified (class D) (Table 4-16). The modified state of the reaches were attributed to moderate to serious impacts to instream habitat, wetland and riparian zone continuity, and flow modifications and moderate to serious potential impacts on physico-chemical conditions (water quality). Anthropogenic impacts identified within the project area catchments include road crossings, low water crossings, dryland agriculture, instream dams, alien invasive plants, nearby townships and effluent from waste water treatment works. Results from the aquatic assessment are compared to the Resource Quality Objectives (RQO) for the Upper Vaal WMA, Integrated Unit of Analysis UL (Mooi River) and Resource Unit (RU) RU71 C23E (Mooirivierloop) and the RU72 C23K (Loopspruit) (DWS, 2016). According to DWS (2016), the RQOs stipulate that the Recommended Ecological Category (REC) for the three watercourses considered in this assessment is largely modified (class D).

Table 4-16: Summary of the Present Ecological State of the SQRs associated with the Driefontein project area SQR Sites Desktop PES EI* ES** REC*** Mooirivierloop DB1, and DB2 E Low Low D (C23E-1368) Mooirivierloop AB D Moderate Low D (C23E-1378) Mooirivierloop WRTRP1 D Moderate Low D Tributary (C23E- 1436) Loopspruit Main DB8 D Moderate Moderate D (C23J-1487) Upper West DB3 and DB7 Unclassified Loopspruit Kraalkopspruit DB4 and DB5 C Moderate High D (C23J-1507) *EI – Ecological Importance; **ES – Ecological Sensitivity; ***REC Recommended Ecological Category

4.5.3.3 Present Ecological Status

The PES of the river systems has been comprehensively determined according to standard methodologies. The results of the PES assessment for the Mooirivierloop during the study period is presented in Table 4-17.

Table 4-17: The Present Ecological Status of the Mooirivierloop 2018/2019

The results of the PES assessment for the Mooirivierloop indicate largely modified conditions. The modified conditions can largely be attributed to habitat and water quality impacts stemming from extensive modification of instream habitat and catchment area. The results of the Loopspruit Main PES assessment is presented in Table 4-18.

Table 4-18: The Present Ecological Status of the Loopspruit Main 2018/2019

The results of the PES assessment in the Loopspruit Main indicated largely modified conditions. Modification to flow and water quality compounded by riparian zone impacts has resulted in the modification of the PES of the Loopspruit Main. The results of the Upper West Loopspruit PES assessment are presented in Table 4-19.

Table 4-19: The Present Ecological Status of the Upper West Loopspruit 2018/2019

The results of the PES assessment in the Upper West Loopspruit indicated largely modified conditions. Modification to flow, water quality and riparian habitat compounded by instream habitat modification has resulted in the modification of the PES of the watercourse. The PES for the Kraalkopspruit is presented in Table 4-20.

Table 4-20: The Present Ecological Status of the Kraalkopspruit 2018/2019

The results of the PES assessment for the Kraalkopspruit indicated largely modified conditions. The central factors responsible for the modification can be attributed to water quality and habitat level impacts in the form of flow modification from impoundments

4.6 Surface Water

Surface Water data was updated with information from the Hydrospatial 2020 Surface Water Study.

4.6.1 Catchment area

The DWS have divided South Africa into primary, secondary, tertiary and quaternary catchments. Primary catchments are the largest defined catchments for South Africa, of which there are 22, and are assigned a letter ranging from A – X (excluding O). Secondary catchments are subdivisions of the primary catchments, and are the second largest catchments in South Africa, and are assigned the primary catchment letter within which they are located, and a number e.g. A5 (secondary catchment 5 located within primary catchment A). Similarly, tertiary catchments are subdivisions of secondary catchments, and are represented for example by A53 (tertiary catchment 3 located within secondary catchment A5). Lastly, quaternary catchments are the smallest defined catchments and are assigned the tertiary catchment number, along with a quaternary catchment letter e.g. A53D (quaternary catchment D located within tertiary catchment A53).

Further to the above, the DWS have divided South Africa into 9 Water Management Areas (WMAs). The 9 WMAs include the Limpopo, Olifants, Inkomati-Usuthu, Pongola-Mtamvuna, Vaal, Orange, Mzimvubu-Tsitsikamma, Breede-Gouritz and Berg-Olifants.

Driefontein is located within the Vaal WMA, in the upper Mooi River catchment, and covers three quaternary catchments, namely, C23D, C23E and C23J (Figure 4-9). Within C23D and C23E, Driefontein is drained in a northerly direction towards the Wonderfonteinspruit and Mooirivierloop, whilst in quaternary catchment C23J, drainage is in a southerly direction, via the Kraalkopspruit and Elandsfonteinspruit, which are tributaries of the Loopspruit. Channels and canals present within Driefontein in quaternary catchment C23E, assist to drain stormwater and licenced groundwater discharges from the shafts towards the Mooirivierloop. The upper Mooirivierloop is known as the

Wonderfonteinspruit and has its source to the south-east of Krugersdorp, where several old mine dumps and settlements are located. The upper Wonderfonteinspruit is diverted into a 1 m diameter pipeline at the Donaldson Dam, which conveys the flow of the Wonderfonteinspruit for a length of approximately 30 km, over a number of dewatered dolomitic compartments, before discharging into a canal north of Driefontein. The 1 m pipeline was constructed in 1977, to prevent excessive groundwater recharge into the mines in the area. From Driefontein, the canal discharges into the Mooirivierloop, which flows in a south-westerly direction through a number of wetlands and farm dams, before joining the Mooi River above the Boskop Dam. From the Boskop Dam, the Mooi River flows south into the Potchefstroom Dam, after which it is joined by the Loopspruit. From here, the Mooi River flows in a south-westly direction, bending west before its confluence with the Vaal River, 23 km south-west of Potchefstroom.

4.6.2 DWS Classes and Resource Quality Objectives

The NWA specifies that water resources are to be protected and managed through the classification of water resources and Resource Quality Objectives (RQOs) and the setting of the reserve. The Classes and RQOs of Water Resources for Catchments of the Upper Vaal (Government Notice No. 468, 22 April 2016) (DWS, 2016), was consulted to obtain the classes and RQOs for the quaternary catchments within which Driefontein falls. Quaternary catchments C23D and C23J do not have any classes or RQOs set, and therefore, the downstream catchments of C23E and C23K were used.

The water resource class for the Mooirivierloop (Wonderfonteinspruit) and Loopspruit in C23E and C23K respectively, is a class III, which indicates a system that is significantly altered from its pre- development condition. Similarly, the present ecological status is an E, indicating a seriously modified system with an extensive loss of natural habitat, biota and basic ecosystem function. The recommend ecological category is a D, largely modified.

4.6.3 Surface Water Use

Surface water use within quaternary catchments C23D, C23E and C23J is expected to be limited to agricultural use in the form of irrigation and livestock watering. Most crops grown are dryland (rainfed), and therefore, surface water abstraction is not likely to be significant.

4.6.4 Surface Water Runoff

The generation of surface water runoff from rainfall within quaternary catchments C23D and C23E is likely to be limited, due to the dewatered dolomitic compartments, which have resulted in a large number of sinkholes. Runoff is, however, generated through the dewatering of the dolomitic aquifer at the 8# and 10# Shafts, which is discharged into canals that transport water to the Mooirivierloop via the Settling Ponds. Treated effluent from the Wastewater Treatment Works (WWTW) at 7# and 8# Shafts, is discharged to the Settling Ponds, whilst 5# WWTW effluent discharges to the Kraalkopspruit. 2# WWTW effluent is used to irrigate the Driefontein Golf Course.

Figure 4-9: Quaternary catchments

4.6.5 Surface Water Quality 4.6.5.1 Monitoring Locations

The surface water quality at Driefontein is monitored in accordance with the conditions contained in Annexure III, IV and V of the Driefontein 2017 WUL. Figure 5-10 provides a graphical depiction of the location of the monitoring points.

Some additional points have been added to the monitoring programme, which include DSW21, Drie 10#, DSW19, PCD9 and AB. DSW21 and Drie 10#, were added on 26 June 2019, to allow for differentiation between the sources of water discharged from underground from the 8# Shaft. DSW19 and PCD9, have been included to monitor the potential polluted runoff from the 5# and 9# Shafts, respectively, to determine whether these dams need to be managed as dirty water containment facilities. Monitoring point AB was added to the Wonderfonteinspruit, to understand the potential downstream influences from the Driefontein, Kloof and Rand Uranium Operations.

It should be noted that the FWGR monitoring points indicated on Figure 5-10, monitor activities that have been sold to FWGR, and do not form part this water quality assessment.

4.6.6 Water Quality Assessment

The most recent water quality monitoring results were provided by Sibanye for the period: 9 January 2018 – 28 September 2020. The water quality concentrations over the monitoring period are summarised as the minimum, median and maximum in the tables below as follows:

❖ Table 4-21: Provides the water quality for the discharges from the Shafts, Settling Pond as well as to the Wonderfonteinspruit (also referred to as the Mooirivierloop below Driefontein);

❖ Table 4-22 Provides the water quality upstream and downstream of the Driefontein discharge to the Wonderfonteinspruit; ❖ Table 4-23: Provides the water quality of the discharge effluent from the Wastewater Treatment Works (WWTW); ❖ Table 4-24: Provides the water quality upstream and downstream of the No. 6 Rock Dump (WRD 6); and ❖ Table 4-25: Provides the water quality for 5# PCD and the downstream Kraalkopspruit.

Water quality exceeding limits is highlighted in red in the tables below.

Figure 4-10: Surface water monitoring locations

Table 4-21: Water quality for discharges from the Shafts, Settling Pond and to the Wonderfonteinspruit DRIE 10# DSW09 DSW21 DSW36 DSW42 Parameter Units WUL Limit Min Med Max Min Med Max Min Med Max Min Med Max Min Med Max pH pH Units 5.5-9.5 7.9 8.3 8.8 8.1 8.6 9.1 2.2 8.3 8.7 7.0 8.6 9.1 7.5 8.3 8.6 EC mS/m 130 78 92 135 70 102 120 77 112 1449 25 99 126 75 87 115 TDS mg/l 1100 434 646 828 368 704 906 520 775 7840 158 676 1038 424 590 842 SS mg/l 55 0 35 922 1 1 66 1 2 73 1 1 76 1 1 34 Ca mg/l - 69 79 135 58 81 97 60 87 998 21 79 114 70 78 106 Mg mg/l 70 53 58 70 33 55 61 49 56 561 12 55 77 52 55 58 Na mg/l 80 36 41 78 40 67 94 37 67 782 13 60 113 34 36 78 K mg/l - 2 2 8 2 3 8 2 3 10 2 3 12 2 2 5 F mg/l 0.8 0.1 0.3 0.7 0.1 0.2 0.5 0.1 0.2 0.5 0.1 0.2 0.9 0.1 0.1 0.4 Cl mg/l 80 28 30 41 39 57 149 12 69 1394 12 54 156 32 41 80

SO4 mg/l 350 233 256 558 164 277 316 199 265 470 31 268 370 175 205 387 Ca Hard mg/l - 173 196 337 145 203 241 150 213 2492 53 198 285 175 194 265 Mg Hard mg/l - 216 238 288 138 225 249 203 232 2312 49 226 316 212 225 238 Tot Hard mg/l - 400 438 625 282 426 490 360 454 4804 102 425 560 394 421 482

PO4 as P mg/l - 0.0 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.1 0.1 3.1 0.1 0.1 1.5 0.1 0.1 0.1

NH4 as N mg/l - 0.0 0.1 0.4 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.0 0.1 4.0 0.0 0.1 1.9 0.0 0.1 1.0

NO3 as N mg/l - 0.1 0.3 2.2 0.4 1.3 3.3 0.8 1.6 7.2 0.1 1.4 4.0 0.0 1.0 5.9 Malk mg/l - 148 208 959 101 174 425 0 180 343 67 175 352 0 206 334 Palk mg/l - 0 0 140 0 17 67 0 0 38 0 16 188 0 2 24 U ug/l 70 17 52 130 10 42 126 1 16 134 1 38 112 1 4 176 Al mg/l 0.5 0.0 0.2 2.2 0.0 0.1 0.6 0.0 0.1 2.1 0.0 0.1 0.8 0.0 0.0 0.3 Fe mg/l 0.2 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.0 0.0 8.2 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.0 0.1 0.3 Cd mg/l 0.01 0.002 0.003 0.062 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 Cu mg/l 0.1 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.03 0.01 0.01 0.17 0.01 0.01 0.07 0.01 0.01 0.03 Cr mg/l - 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.03 0.007 0.007 0.011 0.007 0.007 0.025 0.007 0.007 0.025 Mn mg/l 0.1 0.00 0.02 0.24 0.00 0.01 0.04 0.00 0.01 0.47 0.00 0.01 1.07 0.00 0.00 0.06 Ni mg/l 0.5 0.02 0.15 1.12 0.03 0.08 0.16 0.01 0.05 0.57 0.01 0.08 0.25 0.02 0.02 0.12 Pb mg/l 0.1 0.030 0.030 0.030 0.003 0.030 0.030 0.030 0.030 0.030 0.030 0.030 0.030 0.003 0.030 0.030 B mg/l 0.5 0.03 0.04 0.13 0.01 0.04 0.06 0.01 0.04 0.22 0.01 0.04 0.15 0.01 0.01 0.12 Zn mg/l 0.1 0.00 0.01 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.02 0.00 0.01 0.68 0.00 0.00 0.03 0.00 0.00 0.02 T CN mg/l 0.5 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.08 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.07 0.05 0.05 0.05 Turbidity - 0.0 2.4 511.0 0.0 1.0 5.3 0.0 1.5 10.1 0.0 1.3 69.9 0.0 2.6 18.5 Hg mg/l - 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.002 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.007 0.000 0.000 0.010 As mg/l - 0.000 0.000 0.004 0.012 0.015 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.012 0.020 0.001 0.006 0.022

Table 4-22: Water quality of the Wonderfonteinspruit AB DSW38 WS006 DWS RQO Parameter Units WUL Limit* Limit Min Med Max Min Med Max Min Med Max

pH pH Units 5.5-9.5 - 7.4 7.9 9.0 7.3 7.9 8.7 7.4 7.7 8.8 EC mS/m 130 111 74 92 104 71 94 115 74 91 109 TDS mg/l 1100 722** 334 560 716 422 621 858 354 580 732 SS mg/l 55 - 1 9 77 1 5 156 1 1.5 23 Ca mg/l - - 60 72 85 58 74 99 49 70 94 Mg mg/l 70 - 36 41 45 30 41 55 24 37 53 Na mg/l 80 - 54 73 95 48 67 87 55 69 101 K mg/l - - 5 5 13 3 5 10 3 6 15 F mg/l 0.8 3 0.1 0.3 0.8 0.1 0.3 0.6 0.1 0.3 1.4 Cl mg/l 80 - 35 48 84 35 47 84 6 43 61

SO4 mg/l 350 - 169 214 258 154 221 347 38 204 287 Ca Hard mg/l - - 151 180 213 145 185 247 123 175 235 Mg Hard mg/l - - 148 168 183 124 167 227 99 150 219 Tot Hard mg/l - - 309 352 380 270 358 438 238 326 425

PO4 as P mg/l - 0.125 0.348 0.777 2.603 0.098 0.635 2.580 0.098 0.743 4.051

NH4 as N mg/l - - 0.078 3.300 10.716 0.008 0.718 10.871 0.047 1.821 17.316

NO3 as N mg/l - - 0.023 0.457 1.302 0.023 0.969 2.614 0.023 1.014 2.421 Malk mg/l - - 149 185 218 124 182 213 76 192 224 Palk mg/l - - 0 0 22 0 0 18 0 0 24 U ug/l 70 0.015 8 25 37 10 32 74 5 30 63 Al mg/l 0.5 0.15 0.028 0.028 0.155 0.028 0.029 0.373 0.028 0.028 0.191 Fe mg/l 0.2 - 0.005 0.073 0.209 0.016 0.064 0.357 0.017 0.062 0.155 Cd mg/l 0.01 0.005 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 Cu mg/l 0.1 0.008 0.005 0.005 0.009 0.005 0.005 0.031 0.005 0.005 0.029 Cr mg/l - - 0.007 0.007 0.007 0.007 0.007 0.025 0.007 0.007 0.024 Mn mg/l 0.1 1.3 0.003 0.021 0.123 0.002 0.014 0.225 0.002 0.013 0.265 Ni mg/l 0.5 - 0.015 0.026 0.052 0.015 0.029 0.130 0.014 0.015 0.131 Pb mg/l 0.1 0.013 0.030 0.030 0.030 0.030 0.030 0.030 0.030 0.030 0.030 B mg/l 0.5 0.049 0.067 0.100 0.032 0.062 0.098 0.035 0.069 0.123 Zn mg/l 0.1 0.036 0.002 0.003 0.012 0.002 0.002 0.019 0.002 0.002 0.019 T CN mg/l 0.5 - 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.050 Turbidity - - 1 2 10 0 2 31 0 1 11 *The Driefontein WUL discharge limits for the Wonderfonteinspruit are included in the table as the RQO limits for quaternary catchment C23E are stringent in comparison **EC converted to TDS by multiplying by the DWS recommended value of 6.5

Table 4-23: Water quality for the wastewater treatment works discharge effluent

DSW11 DSW12 DSW18 DSW35 Parameter Units WUL Limit Min Med Max Min Med Max Min Med Max Min Med Max

pH pH Units 5.5-9.5 6.4 7.7 8.7 2.7 7.5 8.1 7.2 7.9 8.4 7.1 8.1 8.7 EC mS/m 112 45 99 190 75 93 222 45 97 127 48 102 168 TDS mg/l 784 216 668 1436 406 610 1402 226 636 912 206 678 1152 SS mg/l 25 1 6 157 1 8 166 1 1 65 0 2 38 Ca mg/l - 29 69 245 54 70 661 28 71 97 0 72 113 Mg mg/l 50 7 46 68 37 49 62 8 49 62 0 51 62 Na mg/l 80 20 72 112 30 60 97 39 62 107 0 73 206 K mg/l - 2 6 12 2 4 9 3 5 11 0 5 9 F mg/l 0.8 0.02 0.13 0.37 0.05 0.09 0.84 0.05 0.12 0.38 0.03 0.12 0.43 Cl mg/l 100 23 73 270 40 76 321 44 64 111 50 69 261

SO4 mg/l 350 36 193 646 107 191 266 36 222 344 36 237 357 Ca Hard mg/l - 71 172 612 135 174 1651 71 176 242 0 179 282 Mg Hard mg/l - 31 190 279 154 201 255 31 202 254 0 209 257 Tot Hard mg/l - 106 367 783 290 373 1841 106 379 482 0 387 506

PO4 as P mg/l 5 0.1 3.0 9.8 0.1 3.7 11.7 0.6 1.8 2.6 0.1 1.1 5.3

NH4 as N mg/l 2 0.0 0.1 7.3 0.0 0.1 18.5 0.0 2.2 25.5 0.0 0.1 16.1

NO3 as N mg/l 5 0.3 6.5 15.5 0.9 3.6 14.8 1.3 4.3 11.4 0.0 2.6 9.6 COD mg/l 75 0 27 116 0 40 440 0 25 149 0 18 177 Malk mg/l - 53 162 299 0 167 303 0 178 362 93 186 297 Palk mg/l - 0 0 22 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 0 33 U ug/l 70 1 7 84 1 4 43 1 6 46 1 4 81 Al mg/l 0.5 0.03 0.03 0.20 0.02 0.03 0.47 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.18 Fe mg/l 0.2 0.01 0.09 0.67 0.01 0.12 0.59 0.01 0.06 0.21 0.01 0.03 1.22 Cd mg/l 0.01 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.006 Cu mg/l 0.1 0.005 0.005 0.031 0.005 0.005 0.031 0.005 0.005 0.079 0.005 0.005 0.15 Cr mg/l - 0.007 0.007 0.024 0.007 0.007 0.025 0.007 0.007 0.025 0.007 0.007 0.025 Mn mg/l 0.1 0.002 0.014 0.125 0.002 0.008 0.176 0.002 0.033 0.269 0.002 0.004 0.193 Ni mg/l 0.5 0.015 0.018 0.286 0.012 0.015 0.076 0.010 0.015 0.076 0.008 0.015 0.080 Pb mg/l 0.1 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 B mg/l 0.5 0.01 0.02 0.45 0.01 0.01 1.17 0.01 0.01 0.08 0.01 0.01 0.06 Zn mg/l 0.1 0.00 0.02 0.48 0.00 0.01 0.32 0.00 0.01 0.13 0.00 0.00 0.04 T CN mg/l 0.5 0.05 0.05 0.14 0.05 0.05 1.22 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.11 Turbidity - 0 4 85 0 5 65 0 2 18 0 3 16

Table 4-24: Water quality for Rock Dump No. 6 Rock dump No. 6 downstream Rock dump No. 6 upstream Parameter Units WUL Limit Min Med Max Min Med Max

pH pH Units 6.0-8.5 7.2 7.8 8.4 7.2 7.8 8.2 EC mS/m 50 25 92 331 28 85 330 TDS mg/l - 126 584 2246 120 590 2250 SS mg/l 25 1 1 105 1 1 98 Ca mg/l - 24 98 400 24 98 402 Mg mg/l - 5 22 112 6 23 115 Na mg/l - 20 54 317 23 59 321 K mg/l - 4 5 20 4 5 20 F mg/l - 0.1 0.5 0.8 0.1 0.5 0.8 Cl mg/l - 12 54 239 12 52 240

SO4 mg/l 400 26 239 1388 26 238 1388 Ca Hard mg/l - 61 245 999 60 244 1004 Mg Hard mg/l - 20 90 460 23 94 473 Tot Hard mg/l - 80 358 1401 84 344 1422

PO4 as P mg/l - 0.098 0.098 0.098 0.098 0.098 0.098 NH4 as N mg/l - 0.008 0.078 1.770 0.008 0.078 0.908

NO3 as N mg/l - 0 1 11 0 1 10 Malk mg/l - 39 102 181 53 102 161 Palk mg/l 100 0 0 19 0 0 3 U ug/l - 4 47 173 1 54 190 Al mg/l - 0.028 0.028 0.088 0.028 0.028 0.081 Fe mg/l - 0.005 0.028 0.504 0.008 0.029 0.312 Cd mg/l - 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 Cu mg/l - 0.005 0.005 0.030 0.005 0.005 0.031 Cr mg/l - 0.007 0.007 0.024 0.007 0.007 0.024 Mn mg/l - 0.002 0.013 4.782 0.002 0.017 4.805 Ni mg/l - 0.015 0.069 0.981 0.015 0.069 0.916 Pb mg/l - 0.030 0.030 0.300 0.030 0.030 0.030 B mg/l - 0.016 0.043 0.124 0.006 0.038 0.770 Zn mg/l - 0.002 0.007 0.144 0.002 0.007 0.149 T CN mg/l - 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.050 Turbidity mg/l - 0 0.51 3.56 0.07 0.5 7.41

Table 4-25: Water quality for 5# PCD and Kraalkopspruit

TWQR: Kraalkopspruit at Kraalkopspruit at Kraalkopspruit at Kraalkopspruit at Kraalkopspruit at Kraalkopspruit at TWQR: TWQR: Aquatic DSW19 DSW19 DSW19 Livestock DWS RQO N12 N12 N12 R500 R500 R500 Parameter Units Irrigation Ecosystems Watering Limit**** Limit* Limit*** Limit** Min Med Max Min Med Max Min Med Max pH pH 6.5-8.4 - - 6.8 7.7 8.5 6.8 7.4 7.8 6.9 7.5 7.9 Units EC mS/m 40 153 - - 7 95 9280 47 75 130 47 78 128 TDS mg/l 260 1000 - - 52 613 5318 252 464 990 336 492 898 SS mg/l 50 - - 0.1 4 45 1 1 158 1 1 1255 Ca mg/l - 1000 - - 6 85 225 41 80 157 40 80 156 Mg mg/l - 500 - - 2 47 110 11 18 38 11 18 39 Na mg/l 70 2000 - - 21 61 1717 37 52 85 37 51 85 K mg/l - - - - 2 4 10 1 2 5 1 2 7 F mg/l 2 2 0.75 - 0.1 0.2 0.9 0.1 0.1 0.5 0.1 0.1 0.5 Cl mg/l 100 1500 - - 3 67 3311 30 60 116 28 61 116

SO4 mg/l - 1000 - - 14 225 615 97 210 416 105 211 418 Ca Hard mg/l - - - - 15 212 562 102 201 392 101 200 390 Mg Hard mg/l - - - - 9 193 453 44 73 158 44 75 159 Tot Hard mg/l - - - - 23 424 940 146 274 550 145 275 549

PO4 as P mg/l - - - 0.025 0.098 0.098 4.416 0.098 0.098 0.099 0.098 0.098 0.098

NH4 as N mg/l - - - - 0.008 0.078 2.073 0.016 0.078 1.374 0.016 0.078 2.500

NO3 as N mg/l - 100 - 1 0.135 3.438 11.895 0.006 2.825 8.332 0.023 0.578 8.313 Malk mg/l - - - - 24 160 264 21 56 199 21 91 291 Palk mg/l - - - - 0 0 19 0 0 0 0 0 0 U ug/l 10 - - - 1 18 214 1 4 23 1 3 19 Al mg/l 5 5 0.01 - 0.028 0.028 0.452 0.028 0.031 1.136 0.028 0.028 1.337 Fe mg/l 5 10 - - 0.016 0.064 0.454 0.032 0.113 0.769 0.034 0.131 0.709 Cd mg/l 0.01 0.01 0.0004 - 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 Cu mg/l 0.2 0.5 0.0014 - 0.005 0.005 0.029 0.005 0.005 0.028 0.005 0.005 0.036 Cr mg/l - - - - 0.007 0.007 0.023 0.007 0.007 0.024 0.007 0.007 0.023 Mn mg/l 0.02 10 0.18 - 0.002 0.024 0.167 0.017 0.048 3.433 0.022 0.128 3.268 Ni mg/l 0.02 1 - - 0.015 0.041 0.143 0.015 0.015 0.016 0.002 0.015 0.016 Pb mg/l 0.2 0.1 0.0012 - 0.030 0.030 0.030 0.030 0.030 0.030 0.030 0.030 0.030 B mg/l 0.5 5 - - 0.006 0.031 0.389 0.006 0.010 0.053 0.006 0.011 0.050 Zn mg/l 1 20 0.002 - 0.002 0.005 0.070 0.002 0.002 0.019 0.002 0.002 0.019 T CN mg/l - - - - 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.050 Turbidity - - - - 0 1 37 0 1 50 1 1 51 * Department of Water Affairs and Forestry, 1996. South African Water Quality Guidelines (second edition). Volume 4: Agricultural Use: Irrigation **Department of Water Affairs and Forestry, 1996. South African Water Quality Guidelines (second edition). Volume 5: Agricultural Use: Livestock Watering ***Department of Water Affairs and Forestry, 1996. South African Water Quality Guidelines. Volume 7: Aquatic Ecosystems ****Department of Water and Sanitation. 2016. Classes and Resource Quality Objectives (RQOs) of Water Resources for Catchments of the Upper Vaal (Government Notice No. 468, 22 April 2016)

4.7 Groundwater

Information sourced from the 2020 Groundwater Abstract (Pty) Ltd Groundwater Quality and Geochemical Assessment.

4.7.1 Aquifer Type

Dolomitic aquifers are considered to be South Africa’s most important aquifers (Barnard, 2000) due to their high storage capacity and permeability values. The dissolution of calcite along fractures, together with folding and faulting, resulted in well-developed aquifers in the dolomite, with high transmissivity and large storativity. The solution features in the dolomite are the result of:

❖ Dolomite lithology; ❖ Movement of water through the subsurface – soils and weathered rock; ❖ Geological features such as fractures and faults; and ❖ Man-made impacts such as blasting and water / contaminated water discharges.

Borehole yield statistics for dolomite indicate that most of the borehole yields (50%) fall in the yield category of 5 L/s and more, with 24% of the boreholes yielding 0.5 to 2 L/s (Barnard, October 2000).

Dykes and faults cutting across the dolomite divide the formation into groundwater compartments and often form separate groundwater / aquifer units. Water movement can occur from one compartment to the next, but this is mostly limited to the shallow weathered zone, where a shallow water table occurs, or where faults / fractures cut across compartment boundaries.

In general, the natural groundwater levels in fractured aquifers across South Africa mimics topography. In dolomite the groundwater levels are practically flat and do not necessarily follow topography (Barnard, 2000). The groundwater levels in dolomitic areas frequently vary from one compartment to another.

Driefontein mine is located in the Bank and Oberholzer compartments. The Bank compartment is completely dewatered whereas the Oberholzer compartment is partially dewatered (MvB Consulting, 2018). Several of the waste rock and tailings sites are located on the dewatered dolomite, which means that any seepage from these facilities will migrate vertically down and eventually back into the mine workings. TSF2 and WRD10 are located in the Bank compartment. RWD8/9 is on the Oberholzer compartment. Groundwater monitoring will therefore not be possible at these facilities (MvB, September 2018). The water inflow in the underground mines is primarily derived from the dolomite aquifer overlying the workings.

Pumping test results in dolomitic aquifers suggest a high transmissivity (T), up to 1 000 m2/d and a high storage coefficient, of approximately 10% (MvB, September 2017). Where the dolomite aquifer has been dewatered, the transmissivity in the underlying fractured dolomite is estimated to be in the order of 100 m2/d and the storativity is estimated to be 0.1%.

A study in the Carletonville area (Barnard, 2000) indicates that the storativity of dolomite tends to decrease with depth. The study shows that the storativity decreases from approximately 9.1% at 61 m below surface to 1.3% at 146 m below surface. Storativity is generally between 1% and 5%.

Groundwater recharge associated with the dolomites vary between 7% and 15% of the mean annual precipitation.

The groundwater quality of the dolomitic aquifers is good and analysis indicates predominantly a calcium- magnesium bicarbonate type water.

The following is a description of the dolomite aquifers in the Driefontein area (MvB Consulting, September 2017).

4.7.1.1 Unsaturated Zone

The depth to groundwater ranges from 4.0 m to 41 m below surface in the non-dewatered groundwater compartments e.g. Zuurbekom and Boskop/Turffontein. This is in contrast to the groundwater levels in excess of 400 m in the dewatered compartments (Gemsbokfontein West, Venterspost, Bank and Oberholzer), where water ingress occurs into the underground workings. The unsaturated zone within the study area will include weathered wad material and Karoo sediments, within deep solution cavities, to deeply weathered paleo-valleys within the dolomite, to relatively fresh fractured dolomite between major solution cavities.

4.7.1.2 Weathered Dolomite Aquifer

The shallow weathered dolomite aquifer has been formed as a result of the karstification which has taken place prior to the deposition of the Karoo sediments. This aquifer is potentially a significant source of groundwater (MvB Consulting, 2017).

Carbonate rocks are practically impermeable and therefore devoid of any effective primary porosity. The potential for large-scale ground water exploitation depends solely on the extent to which the dolomite has been leached by percolating rainfall and the degree to which it has been transformed into aquifers capable of yielding significant quantities of water and sustaining high abstraction capacities.

During dissolution processes, the carbonate is removed from the dolomite and residues such as silica, iron and manganese oxides and hydroxides (WAD) are left behind. The residuum is of low density and has a high void volume. Fault zones are preferential zones of weathering and are transformed into ground water conduits. There is almost certainly a litho-stratigraphical control on the leaching of dolomite, and the subsequent development of high storage and permeable horizons (Parsons and Killick, 1985). The aquifer therefore comprises of an extensive cover of residual solution debris and, in places, younger sediments.

Underlying this is karstified dolomite, which is irregular and inhomogenic, with hydraulic conditions varying from phreatic to confined. The karstified superficial zone of the strata acts as the main aquifer, although fractures could extend to considerable depths.

4.7.1.3 Deeper Dolomite Aquifer

The non-weathered dolomite approximates a traditional fractured rock aquifer at depth where dissolution has been less pronounced. It is extremely unlikely that any significant groundwater flow occurs below these depths, except along intersecting structural conduits to the underlying mine workings.

4.7.2 Weathered and Fractured Karoo and Transvaal Formations Aquifer

Groundwater occurs in the weathered quartzite and shale of the Timeball Hill Formation, as well as limited Karoo shale outcrops. The Hekpoort lava has similar weathering characteristics to that of the shale and is therefore considered as the same aquifer (MvB Consulting, 2017).

These formations are not considered to contain economic and sustainable aquifers, but localised high yielding boreholes may exist, where regional fractures are intersected. Groundwater occurrences are mainly restricted to the weathered formations, although fractures in the underlying fresh bedrock may also contain water. Experience has shown that these open fractures seldom occur deeper than 60 m and borehole yields vary between 0.5 L/s and 2 L/s. The base of the aquifer is the non-fractured quartzite and shale formations. The groundwater table is affected by seasonal and atmospheric variations and generally mimics the topography. These aquifers are classified as semi-confined.

The weathered and fractured aquifers are mostly hydraulically connected, but confining layers such as clay and shale may separate them. Transmissivity and storativity are generally low and groundwater movement through this aquifer is slow. WRD14 and the WRD at Driefontein #9 Shaft are located on these formations.

The Transvaal Formations dip approximately 15 to 18 degrees to the south.

Dolerite sills are present in the area and a perched aquifer is often present on top of the dolerite sill.

4.7.3 Groundwater Recharge

According to Vegter (1995) the recharge in the fractured aquifers is 31 mm / annum, with water occurring in the shallow weathered zone and water bearing fractures only. This is equal to approximately 4% of mean annual precipitation. The average rainfall in the area is approximately 633 mm / annum. The average chloride in rainfall for areas inland is approximately 0.5 mg/L and the harmonic mean of the chloride concentration values in groundwater samples obtained from the mining area is 13 mg/L. This gives a recharge value of 3.9%.

This corresponds well with Vegter’s value. It is important to note that the recharge in the dolomitic aquifer will be higher. The harmonic mean of the chloride concentration values in dolomite groundwater samples obtained from the mining area is 8.30 mg/L. This gives a recharge value of 12%.

Bredenkamp et al. (1995) presented a recharge value of 12.6%.

4.7.3.1 Groundwater Levels

Historical reports (Jones & Wagner and MvB Consulting Reports) suggest that the depth to groundwater ranges from 4.0 m to 41 m below surface, in the non-dewatered groundwater compartments and Pretoria Formations.

Groundwater gradients and flow directions were determined from groundwater levels that were measured during the 2017 hydrocensus, MvB Consulting. Groundwater flow governs the migration of contaminants.

In general, the natural groundwater contours mimic the topography. In the Driefontein area a 98% correlation occurs between the topography and the groundwater level. This is known as the Bayesian correlation and where a good correlation exists, the regional topography can be used to interpolate a regional groundwater gradient. Groundwater flow is perpendicular to the groundwater contours and on a local scale is predominantly towards the surface streams.

The groundwater levels and flow in the dolomite aquifer differs completely. Many of the dolomite boreholes in the study area have dried up over time (MvB Consulting, 2017). The Bank compartment is completely dewatered whereas the Oberholzer compartment is partially dewatered. TSF2 and WRD10 are located in the Bank compartment. RWD8/9 is on the Oberholzer compartment. Groundwater level monitoring will therefore not be possible at these facilities (MvB, September 2018).

Contaminant seepage from potential sources on the dolomite will flow towards the dewatering cone and into the underlying mine workings.

MvB Consulting (2017) indicates that the Transvaal aquifers and the underlying dolomite aquifers are not hydraulically connected, or at least only has limited connectivity. Although the groundwater level in the Transvaal aquifer is deeper in places it is still near surface and still follows the topography. This is an indication that significant losses into the dewatered dolomite aquifer is not taking place.

Quarterly groundwater level monitoring by SL Environmental (from March 2018) indicates that the groundwater levels in the Driefontein study area (Figure 4-5) vary between 5.7 and 48.7 metres below ground level (m bgl). The average groundwater level depth is 27 m bgl. Detailed geological data is not available for each borehole, but all sites used are located in the Transvaal formations.

The groundwater table depth at WRD14 and at the WRD at Shaft #9 is approximately 30 m bgl. This is the mining area along the southern slopes of the Gatsrand ridges. There are shallow and deeper monitoring boreholes at each point, but the groundwater level appears to be the same. It is not clear if there is a

definite separation / barrier between the shallow weathered and deeper weathered / fractured aquifers. The data suggests one aquifer unit.

There has been a 15 m decline in the groundwater table in the Driefontein area since monitoring started in March 2018, but the 2020 readings show a rise in the water table ( Table 4-26).

The groundwater table is approximately 18.5 m below surface at TSF2, in the Transvaal Formations (borehole BH4DF). TSF2 is underlain by dolomite and approximately 1 km north of borehole BH4DF.

There are no monitoring boreholes near WRD 8/9 and WRD10.

The latest groundwater level data (SL Environmental – March 2018 to present) is presented in Table 4-26. From the 25 level monitoring sites, levels measurements were only possible from 10 boreholes. Based on the March 2020 monitoring run the groundwater levels in the Driefontein area vary between 18.5 m and 34.5 m below surface. Five boreholes that had water, historically, were dry during the March 2020 monitoring run. These are located at TSF5 and Driefontein #9 and #10 Shafts. Borehole WDGM11S, at #9 Shaft is the shallow, weathered zone monitoring borehole and a seasonal fluctuating groundwater level could be the reason for the recent dry borehole.

Table 4-26: Groundwater level monitoring data Borehole Date Borehole Area Comments Water level depth 2020/03/19 11:39 BH4DF Generator at Shaft 2 60 18,47 2020/03/19 14:00 BH5DF TSF5 No Sample/DRY dry 2020/03/19 14:18 BH6DF TSF5 60 20,30 2020/03/19 12:40 BH8DF 60 25,87 2020/03/19 13:20 BH8DFS 60 19,28 Driefontein #5 Shaft 2020/03/17 10:40 EDGCS8D 60 20,39 2020/03/17 11:20 EDGCS8S 60 25,27 2020/03/17 17:42 GCS1 No Sample/DRY dry Driefontein #1 Shaft 2020/03/17 18:09 GCS2 No Sample/DRY dry 2019/12/10 10:42 GCS3 No Sample/DRY dry 2020/03/17 13:10 WDGM1 TSF5 60 34,47 2020/03/19 14:38 WDGM10 TSF5 No Sample/DRY 60 historically 39,40m 2020/03/17 12:10 WDGM11D 60 29,85 Driefontein #9 Shaft 2020/03/17 12:00 WDGM11S No Sample/DRY 60 historically 29,73m 2020/03/19 14:57 WDGM1D No Sample/DRY dry TSF5 2020/03/19 14:48 WDGM1S No Sample/DRY dry 2020/03/17 15:42 WDGM2D No Sample/DRY 60 historically 40,31m Driefontein #10 Shaft 2020/03/17 15:39 WDGM2S No Sample/DRY 60 historically 38,34m 2020/03/19 15:00 WDGM3 TSF5 No Sample/DRY dry 2020/03/17 13:48 WDGM4 60 28,74 2020/03/17 13:00 WDGM5 Driefontein #10 Shaft No Sample/DRY dry 2020/03/17 17:08 WDGM6 60 25,49

Borehole Date Borehole Area Comments Water level depth 2020/03/17 16:18 WDGM7 No Sample/DRY dry 2020/03/17 15:20 WDGM8 No Sample/DRY dry 2020/03/17 16:34 WDGM9 No Sample/DRY historically 39,40m

4.7.4 Aquifer Characterisation

Aquifer characterisation is done based on the information presented thus far, and guidelines and maps provided by the DWS. This system was created as it allows the grouping of aquifer areas into types according to their associated supply potential, water quality and local importance as a resource.

Except for the Malmani dolomite, all the aquifers in the study area are classified as minor aquifer systems according to the South African aquifer system management classification. The groundwater is therefore of limited quantity, but potentially important for local water supply and base flow for rivers.

The dolomite is classified as a major aquifer system, which are viewed as a high yielding aquifer, with generally good quality water (Parsons, 1998).

4.7.5 Groundwater Vulnerability

Groundwater vulnerability indicates the tendency or likelihood for contamination to reach a specified position in the groundwater system after introduction at some location above the uppermost aquifer. Based on the aquifer vulnerability map published by the DWS in July 2013 the dolomite is classified as a vulnerable aquifer system. The Transvaal and Karoo formations are less vulnerable.

4.7.6 Aquifer Susceptibility

Aquifer susceptibility is a qualitative measure of the relative ease with which a groundwater body can potentially be contaminated by anthropogenic activities and includes both aquifer vulnerability and the relative importance of the aquifer in terms of its classification. Based on the classification above the Karoo and Transvaal formations have a low susceptibility to contamination. The dolomite is highly susceptible to contamination.

4.7.7 Groundwater Quality

Groundwater and surface water monitoring are done by Driefontein mine. The water chemistry is compared to the SANS 241 (2015), as well as the limits specified in the Driefontein Water Use Licences.

4.7.7.1 Historical Data

There is currently no groundwater / borehole monitoring at the mine facilities located on the dolomite. The reason for this is that the dolomite aquifer is dewatered and monitoring boreholes will therefore not intersect any water.

With reference to historical Driefontein data, the following were observed by MvB Consulting (September 2017) regarding the groundwater qualities:

❖ Boreholes WDGM2D, WDGM10 and WDGM11D had low pH values, which may be indicative of acid drainage. The boreholes are downstream from TSF5 and #9 Shaft. ❖ Sulphate concentrations, which are indicative of gold mine contamination, was high in borehole WDGM 4 and slightly elevated in borehole WDGM8. The boreholes are at the foot (northern slope) of the Gatsrand ridge. Sulphate concentrations exceeded the WUL limits (Table 4-28) in boreholes WDGM2S, WDGM2D, EDGM8D and EDGM8S. The concentration was slightly elevated in borehole WDGM6. ❖ Several boreholes exceeded the WUL limits for manganese. This may be indicative of the geology of the region. ❖ The uranium concentrations in all the samples were below the WUL limits. ❖ TDS, magnesium, manganese and nickel concentrations exceeded the WUL limits in boreholes WDG2S and 2D. ❖ Several boreholes exceeded the WUL limits for manganese and occasional iron and lead concentrations. ❖ The groundwater quality in boreholes EDGM8D and 8S were generally poor and several parameters exceed the WUL limits.

The uranium concentrations in all the samples were below the WUL limits, except for boreholes EDGM8D and 8S. The WUL limits are more stringent than the drinking water standards and the discharge standards provided in the WUL (Table 4-28). In comparison to the discharge standards only EDGM8S showed an exceedance.

Figure 4-11: Driefontein Mine boreholes

Table 4-27: WUL groundwater monitoring quality limits Parameter Maximum Limits pH 5 - 9,5 Electrical Conductivity (mS/m) 170 Chloride (mg/L) 200 Sulphate (mg/L) 400 Sodium (mg/L) 200 Calcium (mg/L) 150 Magnesium 70 Nitrate and Nitrite as N (mg/L) 10 Fluoride (mg/L) 1 Potassium (mg/L) 50 Total Dissolved Solids (mg/L) 1000 Aluminium (mg/L) 0,3 Cadmium (mg/L) 0,005 Copper (mg/L) 1 Iron (mg/L) 0,2 Lead (mg/L) 0,02 Manganese (mg/L) 0,1 Nickel (mg/L) 0,15 Uranium (mg/L) 0,015 Zinc (mg/L) 5

4.7.7.2 Recent Quarterly Groundwater Quality Monitoring Data

Groundwater quality data is available for the Driefontein mining area (Table 4-28 and Table 4-29) (Sibanye-Stillwater Quarterly Water Quality Monitoring dataset, March 2018 to March 2020). The Driefontein sampling sites are predominantly along the southern and western portions of the Driefontein surface right area – downstream areas – and includes 14 boreholes (Figure 4-11). Six monitoring boreholes are in the south, at the WRD at Shaft #9 and WRD14. The remaining 8 boreholes are in the west, near Driefontein Plant 2 and Plant 3 and the WRD in that area – Far West Gold Recoveries (FWGR) area.

The groundwater qualities for the Driefontein sites are measured against the Mine’s WUL Water Quality Objectives (Table 4-28). A comparison to the SANS 241:2015 Drinking Water Standards is also presented (Table 4-29).

Based on the groundwater quality results, when compared to the WUL Guidelines (Table 4-27), the following are concluded:

❖ The pH is near neutral – on average between 6.0 to 7.5, except for borehole WDGM11D and S (800 m downstream from of WRD at #9 Shaft) where the pH levels are on average between 4.7 and 6.0 (average 5.4). In December 2019 boreholes WDGM1 and WDGM4 had an isolated low pH reading of 5.1 and 5.3 respectively. ❖ The chemicals of concern associated with the sampled boreholes are:

• Calcium – consistently elevated at EDGCS8S and EDGCS8D (average concentration of 225 mg/L), and an isolated exceedance at WDGM2D (153 mg/L). • Magnesium – WDGM2D and WDGM4, and isolated exceedances at WDGM2S and WDGM9. • Sulphate – consistently at EDGCS8S and EDGCS8D (ave 626 mg/L), WDGM2D and WDGM2S (ave 996 mg/L) and WDGM4 (ave 741 mg/L). • Nitrate – frequent at EDGCS8S and EDGCS8D (ave 10.1 mg/L). • Uranium – consistently at EDGCS8S and EDGCS8D (ave 61 µg/L), and an isolated exceedance at WDGM9 (21 µg/L). • Iron – isolated exceedances at WDGM11S (0.4 mg/L), WDGM4 (0.3 mg/L) and WDGM9 (0.9 mg/L). • Manganese – exceedances at BH8DFS, WDGM1, WDGM10, WDGM11S, WDGM4, WDGM6 (vary between 0.1 and 0.3 mg/L) and WDGM9 (ave 0.5 mg/L). • Nickel – frequent exceedances at WDGM4 (ave 0.23 mg/L). ❖ The boreholes with frequent exceedances are: • EDGCS8S and EDGCS8D – at WRD14. • WDGM2S and WDGM2D – Driefontein Plant 2 area, with several WRD. • WDGM4 – Driefontein Plant 2 area with several WRD. • WDGM9 – Driefontein Plant 2 area with several WRD.

If the same groundwater quality results are compared to the SANS 241:2015 Drinking Water Quality Guidelines (Table 4-29), the following are concluded:

❖ Sulphate – acute health effects. Consistently at EDGCS8S and EDGCS8D, WDGM2D and WDGM2S and WDGM4. ❖ Nitrate – acute health effects. Consistently at EDGCS8S and EDGCS8D. Isolated exceedance at BH8DF. ❖ Uranium – acute health effects. Consistently at EDGCS8S, EDGCS8D. Concentrations varying from 9 to 155 ug/L ❖ Manganese – acute health effects. Frequent at WDGM1 and WDGM9. Isolated exceedances at BH6DF and BH8DF. ❖ Nickel – acute health effects. Consistent at WDGM4. Isolated exceedances at WDGM2S, WDGM10, and EDGCS8D. ❖ Free and Saline Ammonium – aesthetic effects. Borehole EDGCS8D and WDGM9.

Boreholes EDGCS8S and EDGCS8D are constructed as a borehole cluster to monitor the shallow weathered zone and the deeper weathered and fractured aquifer water quality and levels. The boreholes are at the foot of WRD14, downstream side. Based on the available groundwater quality data this borehole cluster presents poor groundwater quality, with health-related concerns in terms of the Sulphate, Nitrate and Uranium concentrations, in the shallow and deeper boreholes.

Surface and groundwater (in this area) will drain in a southerly direction. PCD#5 is approximately 400 m south from the boreholes. Boreholes BH8DF and BH8DFS are approximately 150 south from the PCD.

These are new boreholes drilled in December 2019 to expand the groundwater monitoring network in the Driefontein #5 Shaft area and assess the possible contamination emanating from WRD14. A single water quality is available for BH8DF and BH8DFS. The shallow borehole water quality at BH8DFS was acceptable, but the deeper borehole (BH8DFD) presented elevated nitrate and manganese concentrations. The sampled groundwater, approximately 550 m downstream from WRD14 is of much better quality, based on the available data.

A surface water monitoring point (DWS19) is at #5 PCD. The water quality monitoring data shows no chemicals of concern – no WUL or SANS 241:2015 Drinking Water exceedances. The Nitrate concentration between the 2 borehole sets are random and no correlation could be derived between the shallow and deeper boreholes, or over distance between the 2 borehole clusters.

Boreholes WDGM2, WDGM4 and WDGM9 have not been sampled in the past 18 months. All three boreholes are in the FWGR area, and upstream from the Driefontein #10 Shaft and Driefontein Plant 2 and Plant 3. Boreholes WDGM2 and WDGM9 are in lower laying sections of this area.

The sampled groundwater from boreholes WDGM1, DWGM6, WDGM10, WDGM11S and WDGM11D are consistently within the SANS 241:2015 Drinking Water limits. The first 3 boreholes are at the dormant TSF5 and borehole WDGM11 is downstream from the WRD at Shaft #9. This borehole however presents an acidic pH (average 5.4).

A gold TSF and WRD can potentially add sulphate, chloride, calcium, magnesium, manganese and aluminium to the local groundwater system, if the management of contaminated water on site is not effective, but also through seepage from the WRD and TSFs. Metals like cobalt, copper, nickel and zinc can also be elevated.

The pyrite present in the tailings material and rocks is oxidised in the presence of oxygen and water to form ferrous sulphate and sulphuric acid. Both reactions result in an acidic pH, and high sulphate and metal concentrations (Acid Mine Drainage – AMD) are often measured in leachate from these dumps. The rate at which pyrite oxidation takes place within the dump varies and decreases with depth. The addition of lime during the gold recovery process raises the pH to neutral conditions when tailings are deposited on the facilities.

Groundwater quality trends are presented for boreholes EDGCS8D, WDGM11D and WDGM6 (Figure 4-12). These are the only boreholes with frequent groundwater quality data. The trend lines indicate a possible dilution of the groundwater qualities over the rainy season, as element concentrations were in general lower over the December 2018 to March 2019 period (Table 4-29).

Table 4-28: Driefontein study area groundwater qualities – Driefontein WUL Limits

Date & Time MP pH EC TDS SS Ca Mg Na K F Cl SO4 Ca Hard Mg Hard Tot Hard PO4 as P NH4 as N NO3 as N Malk Palk U Al Fe Cd Cu Cr Mn Ni Pb B Zn T CN 2020/03/19 14:18 BH6DF 7,28 123,8 932 150 128,00 72,17 31,28 13,86 0,182 80,00 377,3 319,6 297,2 616,8 <0,0978414 0,093 224,3 0,0 0,027 3,194 0,035 0,007 2020/03/19 12:40 BH8DF 6,01 121,2 840 382 115,00 28,56 84,93 2,15 107,08 390,9 287,2 117,6 404,8 <0,0978414 0,078 11,578 44,1 0,0 0,053 1,026 0,021 0,032 0,027 2020/03/19 13:20 BH8DFS 7,32 122,8 864 13 125,00 26,10 84,93 6,91 0,186 94,56 364,4 312,1 107,5 419,6 <0,0978414 0,078 6,283 153,2 0,0 0,020 0,183 0,043 0,008 2018/03/27 13:50 EDGCS8D 7,55 131,3 1030 1 179,00 31,01 69,76 7,46 0,296 61,83 493,2 447,0 127,7 574,7 <0,0978414 0,078 17,725 111,7 0,0 108 0,009 0,034 0,091 2018/12/12 10:57 EDGCS8D 7,33 182,1 1252 64 262,00 44,91 96,17 7,83 106,36 684,0 654,2 184,9 839,2 <0,0978414 <0,077649 9,627 97,4 0,0 155 0,032 0,038 0,079 2019/03/19 11:52 EDGCS8D 6,82 127,5 830 101 166,00 32,38 94,15 8,49 0,334 86,63 451,0 414,5 133,3 547,8 0,433 0,078 0,543 15,5 0,0 43 0,073 0,028 0,083 0,009 2019/09/17 09:29 EDGCS8D 7,35 170,4 1394 1 275,00 45,51 100,70 7,89 137,26 771,3 686,7 187,4 874,1 0,257 2,097 5,789 95,5 0,0 35 0,042 0,011 0,064 0,111 2019/12/10 11:48 EDGCS8D 7,12 158,8 1244 3 216,00 36,82 87,65 7,07 0,276 110,28 605,7 539,4 151,6 691,0 <0,0978414 0,078 7,438 89,3 0,0 95 0,017 0,056 0,103 0,014 2020/03/17 10:44 EDGCS8D 7,20 157,9 1210 6 210,00 29,44 85,10 7,16 0,286 108,61 621,6 524,4 121,2 645,6 <0,0978414 0,078 11,876 99,3 0,0 26 0,017 0,006 0,008 0,056 0,112 0,015 2018/03/27 13:10 EDGCS8S 7,98 158,2 1254 34 218,00 37,09 84,81 7,82 0,130 82,12 634,1 544,3 152,7 697,1 <0,0978414 0,078 19,661 105,6 0,0 94 0,028 0,046 0,101 2018/12/12 11:35 EDGCS8S 6,98 211,0 1284 1 310,00 50,07 126,00 13,23 133,91 838,1 774,1 206,2 980,3 <0,0978414 0,078 11,581 81,7 0,0 43 0,122 0,036 0,034 0,063 0,092 0,005 2019/03/19 11:23 EDGCS8S 6,70 139,4 906 68 177,00 34,98 111,60 6,52 0,314 116,41 485,1 442,0 144,0 586,0 <0,0978414 0,078 3,321 83,0 0,0 9 0,026 0,007 0,103 2019/09/17 10:00 EDGCS8S 7,33 161,9 1380 18 268,00 40,32 99,51 6,70 0,082 125,10 745,0 669,2 166,0 835,2 <0,0978414 0,078 14,216 55,9 0,0 34 0,023 0,004 0,103 0,117 2019/12/10 11:00 EDGCS8S 7,28 134,1 1016 2 176,00 32,41 78,88 6,73 0,310 85,07 481,4 439,5 133,5 572,9 <0,0978414 0,078 7,684 85,4 0,0 77 0,018 0,008 0,003 0,056 0,086 0,031 2020/03/17 11:20 EDGCS8S 7,02 171,7 1296 30 243,00 28,52 95,46 6,74 0,258 118,68 710,2 606,8 117,4 724,2 <0,0978414 0,078 12,234 122,5 0,0 18 0,017 0,006 0,010 0,057 0,113 0,014 2018/03/28 08:00 WDGM1 7,08 27,5 200 1 7,36 25,67 9,01 0,96 0,069 13,02 72,1 18,4 105,7 124,1 <0,0978414 0,078 0,086 81,2 0,0 10 0,028 0,725 0,010 2018/06/20 12:30 WDGM1 6,66 29,3 160 1 7,47 23,44 8,69 2,81 10,66 63,5 18,7 96,5 115,2 0,1132 0,078 0,099 48,9 0,0 3 0,026 0,009 0,474 2018/09/19 11:48 WDGM1 6,58 30,1 428 358 8,01 24,99 9,60 1,03 11,22 66,3 20,0 102,9 122,9 <0,0978414 0,078 0,287 7,0 0,0 0,026 0,082 0,015 2018/12/12 14:05 WDGM1 6,57 29,2 416 1 9,77 27,34 10,40 1,01 11,63 69,4 24,4 112,6 137,0 <0,0978414 0,078 0,122 43,6 0,0 2 0,065 0,215 2019/03/19 13:20 WDGM1 6,40 31,3 196 1 16,70 24,55 29,34 1,14 0,189 10,82 74,5 41,7 101,1 142,8 <0,0978414 0,078 0,608 50,8 0,0 0,039 0,079 0,020 2019/06/20 15:30 WDGM1 6,76 30,2 142 25 8,69 25,91 9,34 2,90 0,287 13,25 72,9 21,7 106,7 128,4 <0,0978414 0,078 0,356 42,8 0,0 0,096 0,065 2019/09/17 12:37 WDGM1 6,62 25,6 166 5 8,21 25,62 8,68 0,88 0,078 9,52 69,5 20,5 105,5 126,0 <0,0978414 0,078 0,217 43,4 0,0 0,039 0,110 0,009 2019/12/10 09:20 WDGM1 5,35 12,7 96 97 7,90 2,68 35,75 0,94 0,059 14,08 4,8 19,7 11,0 30,8 <0,0978414 0,078 5,657 11,6 0,0 0,046 0,064 0,072 0,026 2020/03/17 13:10 WDGM1 7,01 37,5 228 11 29,40 24,45 9,06 0,99 0,202 11,45 78,1 73,4 100,7 174,1 <0,0978414 0,101 0,057 110,0 0,0 0,045 0,071 0,004 2018/03/27 15:40 WDGM10 5,83 38,9 284 21 21,20 15,48 29,59 0,83 0,060 28,88 118,0 52,9 63,7 116,7 <0,0978414 0,078 3,367 8,9 0,0 13 0,020 0,060 0,084 0,029 2019/06/20 14:48 WDGM10 5,52 42,0 230 75 24,20 15,61 31,61 0,90 0,166 24,72 122,8 60,4 64,3 124,7 <0,0978414 0,078 3,188 7,4 0,0 0,028 0,169 0,150 0,086 2018/03/27 11:30 WDGM11D 5,31 12,8 76 1 2,76 1,63 15,78 0,49 17,21 1,9 6,9 6,7 13,6 <0,0978414 0,078 6,953 4,5 0,0 14 0,047 0,009 0,048 2018/06/20 11:00 WDGM11D 5,74 13,9 132 1 1,57 1,56 13,15 2,84 12,43 2,3 3,9 6,4 10,3 <0,0978414 0,078 4,332 18,9 0,0 13 0,036 0,018 0,039 0,021 2018/09/19 10:00 WDGM11D 5,35 15,0 276 1 3,36 1,71 16,87 0,68 15,45 1,4 8,4 7,0 15,4 <0,0978414 0,078 5,987 7,0 0,0 3 0,072 0,027 0,086 0,031 2018/12/12 07:10 WDGM11D 5,07 13,3 142 3 4,06 1,94 16,74 0,35 15,66 5,7 10,1 8,0 18,1 <0,0978414 0,078 6,632 3,7 0,0 2 0,076 0,054 0,090 0,044 2019/03/19 12:15 WDGM11D 5,95 8,9 96 1 5,36 1,37 28,64 1,63 0,080 8,10 5,5 13,4 5,6 19,0 <0,0978414 0,078 2,680 8,6 0,0 0,039 0,075 0,040 0,020 2019/06/19 16:48 WDGM11D 5,68 9,0 20 2 1,90 1,09 12,71 0,51 0,162 11,93 8,3 4,7 4,5 9,2 <0,0978414 0,078 3,692 6,9 0,0 0,019 0,038 2019/12/10 12:34 WDGM11D 5,26 12,6 106 1 6,03 2,35 32,58 1,09 14,14 5,4 15,1 9,7 24,7 <0,0978414 0,078 5,632 7,4 0,0 2 0,065 0,055 0,068 0,028 2020/03/17 12:10 WDGM11D 5,64 12,5 80 2 4,09 1,62 14,73 2,14 14,85 5,9 10,2 6,7 16,9 <0,0978414 0,078 5,718 44,9 0,0 3 0,037 0,040 0,059 0,027 0,014 2018/03/27 14:58 WDGM11S 6,94 13,0 98 1 0,88 0,42 16,52 0,05 16,31 4,3 2,2 1,7 3,9 <0,0978414 0,078 2,810 19,8 0,0 12 0,009 0,015 2018/06/20 11:45 WDGM11S 6,12 13,9 82 2 2,77 1,45 31,74 0,06 14,97 5,0 6,9 6,0 12,9 <0,0978414 0,078 0,109 22,6 0,0 13 0,070 0,186 0,003 2019/03/19 12:49 WDGM11S 5,39 10,5 74 7 3,19 0,96 32,14 0,44 12,74 7,3 8,0 4,0 11,9 <0,0978414 0,078 0,719 8,9 0,0 2 0,259 0,085 2019/06/19 15:50 WDGM11S 5,82 8,3 32 50 0,83 0,50 14,62 0,11 0,174 15,19 9,7 2,1 2,1 4,1 <0,0978414 0,078 0,475 10,4 0,0 0,053 0,659 0,073 2019/09/17 11:20 WDGM11S 4,78 12,9 16 1 4,03 2,01 15,53 1,85 16,62 5,1 10,1 8,3 18,3 <0,0978414 0,078 6,193 2,6 0,0 0,050 0,023 0,091 0,007 2019/03/19 16:25 WDGM2D 6,15 227,0 1584 296 153,00 196,60 162,10 7,87 66,12 1135,2 382,0 809,6 1191,6 <0,0978414 0,078 9,484 64,1 0,0 0,201 0,183 0,083 0,144 0,016 2019/06/20 12:25 WDGM2D 6,98 185,2 1442 1460 97,90 161,00 95,73 6,40 67,43 909,5 244,5 663,0 907,5 <0,0978414 0,078 5,473 28,5 0,0 0,162 0,116 0,016 0,016 0,079 0,006 2019/03/19 15:52 WDGM2S 5,51 183,7 1204 7 96,90 179,80 118,40 5,19 69,02 944,1 242,0 740,4 982,4 <0,0978414 0,179 3,485 15,5 0,0 0,030 0,094 0,127 0,028 2018/03/28 09:05 WDGM4 6,59 138,9 1150 1 68,20 146,60 51,05 2,37 0,293 4,98 806,5 170,3 603,7 774,0 <0,0978414 0,078 2,564 38,3 0,0 20 0,010 0,199 0,445 0,049 2018/06/20 13:45 WDGM4 6,37 147,9 1214 2 72,50 151,50 50,86 3,42 3,96 706,7 181,0 623,9 804,9 <0,0978414 0,078 1,401 60,9 0,0 14 0,016 0,018 0,115 0,183 0,027 2018/09/19 13:15 WDGM4 6,38 139,9 1140 15 67,70 140,90 51,03 2,08 3,96 713,2 169,0 580,2 749,3 <0,0978414 0,078 1,599 48,3 0,0 8 0,013 0,100 0,169 0,522 2018/12/12 15:10 WDGM4 6,44 127,1 1070 8 66,20 131,30 64,31 5,58 4,91 636,7 165,3 540,7 706,0 <0,0978414 0,078 1,773 41,5 0,0 0,020 0,056 0,126 0,012 2019/03/19 15:10 WDGM4 6,08 140,7 946 1 75,60 144,50 53,07 1,81 0,081 5,53 770,8 188,8 595,1 783,8 <0,0978414 0,078 2,770 38,4 0,0 4 0,019 0,210 0,308 0,039 2019/06/20 13:38 WDGM4 6,37 144,1 1090 1 73,50 144,00 52,41 2,22 0,202 6,59 793,9 183,5 593,0 776,5 <0,0978414 0,078 2,501 39,0 0,0 0,015 0,011 0,159 0,270 0,039 2019/09/17 14:25 WDGM4 6,50 118,7 980 59 78,70 135,10 79,07 2,33 4,58 707,1 196,5 556,3 752,9 0,579 0,078 0,615 57,4 0,0 0,319 0,010 0,131 0,069 0,021 2019/12/10 14:28 WDGM4 5,10 12,5 94 78 4,97 2,09 14,40 0,66 14,44 4,5 12,4 8,6 21,0 <0,0978414 0,078 5,846 7,4 0,0 0,068 0,057 0,011 0,113 0,040 2020/03/17 13:48 WDGM4 6,28 141,7 1168 21 77,10 54,45 7,06 0,320 8,48 795,7 192,5 <0,0978414 0,078 1,397 118,1 0,0 0,016 0,008 0,260 0,342 0,010 0,064 2018/03/28 12:45 WDGM6 6,50 64,5 498 48 46,60 29,35 47,61 1,35 13,51 273,5 116,4 120,9 237,2 <0,0978414 0,078 0,032 38,7 0,0 9 0,035 0,086 0,270 2018/06/20 15:00 WDGM6 6,44 51,6 368 17 45,00 20,44 49,59 3,78 11,57 191,4 112,4 84,2 196,5 <0,0978414 0,078 0,618 37,5 0,0 8 0,026 0,008 0,009 2018/09/19 15:12 WDGM6 6,22 89,6 676 13 71,70 39,45 59,28 1,60 17,44 358,9 179,0 162,5 341,5 <0,0978414 0,078 2,087 47,2 0,0 5 0,023 0,047 0,017 2018/12/12 10:45 WDGM6 6,34 67,1 582 24 61,40 30,02 54,35 1,48 0,181 0,61 40,0 153,3 123,6 276,9 <0,0978414 0,078 0,181 39,5 0,0 2 0,036 0,011 2019/03/19 17:45 WDGM6 6,54 57,7 386 280 65,70 19,56 43,34 2,22 11,55 183,7 164,1 80,5 244,6 <0,0978414 0,078 0,903 76,9 0,0 0,165 0,146 0,040 2019/06/20 11:48 WDGM6 6,34 54,9 346 189 48,80 21,77 31,94 1,38 0,145 12,37 196,3 121,9 89,6 211,5 <0,0978414 0,078 0,841 35,5 0,0 0,181 0,138 0,016 2020/03/17 17:08 WDGM6 6,35 52,5 352 23 49,20 21,82 25,63 0,96 0,056 19,79 182,9 122,9 89,9 212,7 <0,0978414 0,078 0,054 94,4 0,0 0,019 0,006 0,020 0,013 0,016 2018/03/28 11:15 WDGM9 7,70 50,5 288 634 36,80 24,26 19,52 3,79 0,058 41,01 18,2 91,9 99,9 191,8 <0,0978414 8,386 0,109 202,3 0,0 21 0,087 0,967 0,553 2019/03/19 16:59 WDGM9 6,42 128,2 838 516 85,00 72,11 115,60 3,31 0,162 102,56 375,6 212,2 296,9 509,2 <0,0978414 0,644 1,916 127,9 0,0 0,145 0,115 0,482 0,011

mS/m mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l ug/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l 5.5-9.5 170 1000 150 70 200 50 1 200 400 10 15 0,3 0,2 0,005 1 0,1 0,15 0,02 5

Red cells indicate WUL guideline limit exceedances

Table 4-29: Driefontein study area groundwater qualities – SANS 241 Guidelines

Date & Time MP pH EC TDS SS Ca Mg Na K F Cl SO4 Ca Hard Mg Hard Tot Hard PO4 as P NH4 as N NO3 as N Malk Palk U Al Fe Cd Cu Cr Mn Ni Pb B Zn T CN 2020/03/19 12:40 BH8DF 6,01 121,20 840,00 382,00 115,00 28,56 84,93 2,15 0,05 107,08 390,88 287,16 117,61 404,77 0,08 11,58 44,10 0,00 1,00 0,03 0,05 0,00 0,01 0,01 1,03 0,02 0,03 0,03 0,03 0,05 2020/03/19 13:20 BH8DFS 7,32 122,80 864,00 13,00 125,00 26,10 84,93 6,91 0,19 94,56 364,45 312,13 107,48 419,60 0,08 6,28 153,20 0,00 1,00 0,03 0,02 0,00 0,01 0,01 0,18 0,02 0,03 0,04 0,01 0,05 2018/03/27 13:50 EDGCS8D 7,55 131,30 1030,00 1,00 179,00 31,01 69,76 7,46 0,30 61,83 493,16 446,96 127,70 574,66 0,10 0,08 17,73 111,70 0,00 108,00 0,03 0,01 0,00 0,01 0,01 0,00 0,03 0,03 0,09 0,00 0,05 2018/12/12 10:57 EDGCS8D 7,33 182,10 1252,00 64,00 262,00 44,91 96,17 7,83 0,05 106,36 684,00 654,21 184,94 839,15 0,10 0,08 9,63 97,40 0,00 155,00 0,03 0,03 0,00 0,01 0,01 0,00 0,04 0,03 0,08 0,00 0,05 2019/03/19 11:52 EDGCS8D 6,82 127,50 830,00 101,00 166,00 32,38 94,15 8,49 0,33 86,63 451,03 414,50 133,34 547,84 0,43 0,08 0,54 15,50 0,00 43,00 0,03 0,07 0,00 0,01 0,01 0,03 0,02 0,03 0,08 0,01 0,05 2019/09/17 09:29 EDGCS8D 7,35 170,40 1394,00 1,00 275,00 45,51 100,70 7,89 0,05 137,26 771,28 686,68 187,41 874,09 0,26 2,10 5,79 95,50 0,00 35,00 0,03 0,04 0,00 0,01 0,01 0,01 0,06 0,03 0,11 0,00 0,05 2019/12/10 11:48 EDGCS8D 7,12 158,80 1244,00 3,00 216,00 36,82 87,65 7,07 0,28 110,28 605,73 539,35 151,62 690,98 0,10 0,08 7,44 89,30 0,00 95,00 0,03 0,02 0,00 0,01 0,01 0,00 0,06 0,03 0,10 0,01 0,05 2020/03/17 10:44 EDGCS8D 7,20 157,90 1210,00 6,00 210,00 29,44 85,10 7,16 0,29 108,61 621,57 524,37 121,23 645,60 0,08 11,88 99,30 0,00 26,00 0,03 0,02 0,00 0,01 0,01 0,01 0,06 0,03 0,11 0,02 0,05 2018/03/27 13:10 EDGCS8S 7,98 158,20 1254,00 34,00 218,00 37,09 84,81 7,82 0,13 82,12 634,08 544,35 152,74 697,08 0,10 0,08 19,66 105,60 0,00 94,00 0,03 0,03 0,00 0,01 0,01 0,00 0,05 0,03 0,10 0,00 0,05 2018/12/12 11:35 EDGCS8S 6,98 211,00 1284,00 1,00 310,00 50,07 126,00 13,23 0,05 133,91 838,10 774,07 206,19 980,26 0,10 0,08 11,58 81,70 0,00 43,00 0,12 0,04 0,00 0,01 0,01 0,03 0,06 0,03 0,09 0,01 0,05 2019/03/19 11:23 EDGCS8S 6,70 139,40 906,00 68,00 177,00 34,98 111,60 6,52 0,31 116,41 485,12 441,97 144,05 586,02 0,10 0,08 3,32 83,00 0,00 9,00 0,03 0,03 0,00 0,01 0,01 0,01 0,02 0,03 0,10 0,00 0,05 2019/09/17 10:00 EDGCS8S 7,33 161,90 1380,00 18,00 268,00 40,32 99,51 6,70 0,08 125,10 744,97 669,20 166,04 835,23 0,10 0,08 14,22 55,90 0,00 34,00 0,03 0,02 0,00 0,01 0,01 0,00 0,10 0,03 0,12 0,00 0,05 2019/12/10 11:00 EDGCS8S 7,28 134,10 1016,00 2,00 176,00 32,41 78,88 6,73 0,31 85,07 481,38 439,47 133,46 572,94 0,10 0,08 7,68 85,40 0,00 77,00 0,03 0,02 0,00 0,01 0,01 0,00 0,06 0,03 0,09 0,03 0,05 2020/03/17 11:20 EDGCS8S 7,02 171,70 1296,00 30,00 243,00 28,52 95,46 6,74 0,26 118,68 710,21 606,77 117,45 724,22 0,08 12,23 122,50 0,00 18,00 0,03 0,02 0,00 0,01 0,01 0,01 0,06 0,03 0,11 0,01 0,05 2018/03/27 11:30 WDGM11D 5,31 12,75 76,00 1,00 2,76 1,63 15,78 0,49 0,05 17,21 1,93 6,89 6,71 13,60 0,10 0,08 6,95 4,50 0,00 14,00 0,05 0,01 0,00 0,01 0,01 0,05 0,02 0,03 0,01 0,00 0,05 2018/06/20 11:00 WDGM11D 5,74 13,88 132,00 1,00 1,57 1,56 13,15 2,84 0,05 12,43 2,30 3,92 6,42 10,34 0,10 0,08 4,33 18,90 0,00 13,00 0,04 0,02 0,00 0,01 0,01 0,04 0,02 0,03 0,01 0,02 0,05 2018/09/19 10:00 WDGM11D 5,35 14,95 276,00 1,00 3,36 1,71 16,87 0,68 0,05 15,45 1,44 8,39 7,04 15,43 0,10 0,08 5,99 7,00 0,00 3,00 0,07 0,03 0,00 0,01 0,01 0,09 0,02 0,03 0,01 0,03 0,05 2018/12/12 07:10 WDGM11D 5,07 13,30 142,00 3,00 4,06 1,94 16,74 0,35 0,05 15,66 5,73 10,14 7,99 18,13 0,10 0,08 6,63 3,70 0,00 2,00 0,08 0,05 0,00 0,01 0,01 0,09 0,02 0,03 0,01 0,04 0,05 2019/03/19 12:15 WDGM11D 5,95 8,87 96,00 1,00 5,36 1,37 28,64 1,63 0,08 8,10 5,47 13,38 5,64 19,03 0,10 0,08 2,68 8,60 0,00 1,00 0,04 0,08 0,00 0,01 0,01 0,04 0,02 0,03 0,01 0,02 0,05 2019/06/19 16:48 WDGM11D 5,68 9,04 20,00 2,00 1,90 1,09 12,71 0,51 0,16 11,93 8,34 4,74 4,49 9,23 0,10 0,08 3,69 6,90 0,00 1,00 0,03 0,02 0,00 0,01 0,01 0,04 0,02 0,03 0,01 0,00 0,05 2019/12/10 12:34 WDGM11D 5,26 12,63 106,00 1,00 6,03 2,35 32,58 1,09 0,05 14,14 5,41 15,06 9,68 24,73 0,10 0,08 5,63 7,40 0,00 2,00 0,07 0,06 0,00 0,01 0,01 0,07 0,02 0,03 0,01 0,03 0,05 2020/03/17 12:10 WDGM11D 5,64 12,48 80,00 2,00 4,09 1,62 14,73 2,14 0,05 14,85 5,86 10,21 6,67 16,88 0,08 5,72 44,90 0,00 3,00 0,04 0,04 0,00 0,01 0,01 0,06 0,03 0,03 0,01 0,01 0,05 2018/03/27 14:58 WDGM11S 6,94 12,98 98,00 1,00 0,88 0,42 16,52 0,05 0,05 16,31 4,35 2,19 1,73 3,92 0,10 0,08 2,81 19,80 0,00 12,00 0,03 0,01 0,00 0,01 0,01 0,02 0,02 0,03 0,01 0,00 0,05 2018/06/20 11:45 WDGM11S 6,12 13,89 82,00 2,00 2,77 1,45 31,74 0,06 0,05 14,97 4,97 6,92 5,97 12,89 0,10 0,08 0,11 22,60 0,00 13,00 0,03 0,07 0,00 0,01 0,01 0,19 0,02 0,03 0,01 0,00 0,05 2019/03/19 12:49 WDGM11S 5,39 10,48 74,00 7,00 3,19 0,96 32,14 0,44 0,05 12,74 7,32 7,97 3,95 11,92 0,10 0,08 0,72 8,90 0,00 2,00 0,03 0,26 0,00 0,01 0,01 0,09 0,02 0,03 0,01 0,00 0,05 2019/06/19 15:50 WDGM11S 5,82 8,32 32,00 50,00 0,83 0,50 14,62 0,11 0,17 15,19 9,69 2,06 2,06 4,12 0,10 0,08 0,47 10,40 0,00 1,00 0,05 0,66 0,00 0,01 0,01 0,07 0,02 0,03 0,01 0,00 0,05 2019/09/17 11:20 WDGM11S 4,78 12,87 16,00 1,00 4,03 2,01 15,53 1,85 0,05 16,62 5,08 10,06 8,28 18,34 0,10 0,08 6,19 2,60 0,00 1,00 0,05 0,02 0,00 0,01 0,01 0,09 0,02 0,03 0,01 0,00 0,05 2019/03/19 16:25 WDGM2D 6,15 227,00 1584,00 296,00 153,00 196,60 162,10 7,87 0,05 66,12 1135,23 382,04 809,60 1191,64 0,10 0,08 9,48 64,10 0,00 1,00 0,20 0,18 0,00 0,01 0,01 0,08 0,14 0,03 0,01 0,02 0,05 2019/06/20 12:25 WDGM2D 6,98 185,20 1442,00 1460,00 97,90 161,00 95,73 6,40 0,05 67,43 909,54 244,46 663,00 907,45 0,10 0,08 5,47 28,50 0,00 1,00 0,16 0,12 0,00 0,01 0,02 0,02 0,08 0,03 0,01 0,01 0,05 2019/03/19 15:52 WDGM2S 5,51 183,70 1204,00 7,00 96,90 179,80 118,40 5,19 0,05 69,02 944,13 241,96 740,42 982,38 0,10 0,18 3,49 15,50 0,00 1,00 0,03 0,03 0,00 0,01 0,01 0,09 0,13 0,03 0,01 0,03 0,05 2018/03/28 12:45 WDGM6 6,50 64,50 498,00 48,00 46,60 29,35 47,61 1,35 0,05 13,51 273,48 116,36 120,86 237,22 0,10 0,08 0,03 38,70 0,00 9,00 0,04 0,09 0,00 0,01 0,01 0,27 0,02 0,03 0,01 0,00 0,05 2018/06/20 15:00 WDGM6 6,44 51,60 368,00 17,00 45,00 20,44 49,59 3,78 0,05 11,57 191,42 112,37 84,17 196,54 0,10 0,08 0,62 37,50 0,00 8,00 0,03 0,03 0,00 0,01 0,01 0,01 0,02 0,03 0,01 0,00 0,05 2018/09/19 15:12 WDGM6 6,22 89,60 676,00 13,00 71,70 39,45 59,28 1,60 0,05 17,44 358,89 179,03 162,46 341,49 0,10 0,08 2,09 47,20 0,00 5,00 0,03 0,02 0,00 0,01 0,01 0,05 0,02 0,03 0,01 0,02 0,05 2018/12/12 10:45 WDGM6 6,34 67,10 582,00 24,00 61,40 30,02 54,35 1,48 0,18 0,61 40,05 153,32 123,62 276,94 0,10 0,08 0,18 39,50 0,00 2,00 0,03 0,04 0,00 0,01 0,01 0,01 0,02 0,03 0,01 0,00 0,05 2019/03/19 17:45 WDGM6 6,54 57,70 386,00 280,00 65,70 19,56 43,34 2,22 0,05 11,55 183,73 164,05 80,55 244,60 0,10 0,08 0,90 76,90 0,00 1,00 0,17 0,15 0,00 0,01 0,01 0,04 0,02 0,03 0,01 0,00 0,05 2019/06/20 11:48 WDGM6 6,34 54,90 346,00 189,00 48,80 21,77 31,94 1,38 0,15 12,37 196,32 121,85 89,65 211,50 0,10 0,08 0,84 35,50 0,00 1,00 0,18 0,14 0,00 0,01 0,01 0,02 0,02 0,03 0,01 0,00 0,05 2020/03/17 17:08 WDGM6 6,35 52,50 352,00 23,00 49,20 21,82 25,63 0,96 0,06 19,79 182,88 122,85 89,85 212,71 0,08 0,05 94,40 0,00 1,00 0,03 0,02 0,00 0,01 0,01 0,02 0,02 0,03 0,01 0,02 0,05 2018/03/28 11:15 WDGM9 7,70 50,50 288,00 634,00 36,80 24,26 19,52 3,79 0,06 41,01 18,25 91,89 99,90 191,79 0,10 8,39 0,11 202,30 0,00 21,00 0,09 0,97 0,00 0,01 0,01 0,55 0,02 0,03 0,01 0,00 0,05 2019/03/19 16:59 WDGM9 6,42 128,20 838,00 516,00 85,00 72,11 115,60 3,31 0,16 102,56 375,63 212,25 296,95 509,19 0,10 0,64 1,92 127,90 0,00 1,00 0,15 0,12 0,00 0,01 0,01 0,48 0,02 0,03 0,01 0,00 0,05

mS/m mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l ug/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l SANS241:2015 5-9.7 170 1200 200 1,5 300 500 1,5 11 30 0,3 2 0,003 2 0,4 0,07 0,01 2,4 5 0,2

Yellow cells indicated concentrations exceeding the SANS aesthetic limits.

Red cells indicate concentrations exceeding the SANS health limits.

Figure 4-12: Groundwater quality trends – 2018-2020

4.7.8 Geochemistry

The geochemical sampling of selected waste rock and TSF material was done on 29 June 2020. The waste rock dumps are made up of coarse rock material; approximately 10 to 20 cm in diameter. Finer sand and gravel material were present, with lots of air-filled voids between the rock.

The TSF and WRD samples were not included in the 2010 AMD potential assessment, by Golder Associates (see below), apart from the WRD at Shaft #9 and WRD14. These sites had to be sampled and tested to determine their acid generating potential and what the leach potential is, based on the current waste classification guidelines.

4.7.8.1 Historical Data

In December 2010 Golder Associates did an evaluation of the Acid Mine Drainage (AMD) potential of Waste Rock Dumps at Driefontein Mine. The study was done on behalf of Gold Fields to investigate the AMD generation potential of WRD facilities at four of the Gold Fields operations, including Kloof, Driefontein, South Deep and Beatrix. This was part of a wider study aimed at providing a holistic understanding of AMD induced by residue deposit at Gold Fields’ South African operations (Golder Associates, December 2010).

At the time, Acid Base Accounting (ABA) analysis at eight Driefontein WRDs was conducted to assess the potential AMD risks. The WRDs included 5RD, 7RD, 9RD, 12RD, 11RD, 12RD, 13RD and the WRD at Shaft #9, as well as the railway embankment. Leach tests were not conducted.

The following conclusions were drawn from the 2010 Golder study:

❖ WRD 13RD, 11RD, 9RD, 12RD and 5RD are PAG; ❖ The railway embankment material is PAG; ❖ WRD 7RD is possibly PAG; and ❖ WRD 14RD and SH-09 are non-PAG.

The PAG (Potentially Acid Generating) and possible PAG waste rock contain limited potential for neutralisation relative to their acid generation potential.

Golder concluded that the WRDs are potentially acidic generating, but the risk associated with AMD may be classified as moderate unless the physical properties of the waste rock dumps are altered by activities that change the rate of sulphide oxidation, e.g. increased exposure to moisture and oxygen, or an increase in the relative surface area of particles exposed to sulphide oxidation.

4.7.8.2 June 2020 Assessment

Six waste rock and slurry samples (from Driefontein TSF2 and waste rock from several old WRD in the Driefontein project area – Table 4-30) were subjected to geochemical assessments to determine their leach characteristics and acid generation potential (Table 4-31). The samples were submitted to

Waterlab for static leachate tests and the analysis were performed according to the National Environmental Management: Waste Act, 2008 (NEM:WA) guidelines and regulations for waste classification. The laboratory results have been used to determine the mineral composition of the samples and what elements could potentially leach from the waste material.

The samples were collected by hand from the WRDs and from the top of TSF2, where safe access was possible. Small-sized rocks were randomly selected from the WRDs. A hand auger (sterilised) was used to sample the TSF material, from approximately 2 m below the surface, on the top of the TSF. The samples were placed in sample bags, labelled and sealed. Each sample was approximately 2 kilograms (kg) in weight.

Table 4-30: Geochemistry sample sites Geochem Sample No. Notes Leach Test Driefontein TSF2a Station no3. Deposited 1 week ago Distilled Driefontein TSf2b Station no3a. Deposited 2 months ago Distilled Driefontein WRD10 Very old WRD. Well mixed Transvaal rocks. At Shaft #7 Distilled Driefontein WRD8/9 WRD mostly removed Distilled Driefontein WRD #9Shaft Old WRD. Mostly quartzite, Ventersdorp lava and chert Distilled Driefontein WRD14 At Shaft #5. Distilled

2 of the 6 samples from Driefontein TSF2 and WRDs are deemed to be potentially acid generating and the remaining 4 waste rock sampled pose an intermediate acid generating risk, to no risk.

Table 4-31: Acid Base Accounting results Acid – Base Sample Identification Accounting

Modified Sobek Driefontein Driefontein Driefontein Driefontein Driefontein Driefontein TSF2a TSf2b WRD10 WRD8/9 WRD #9Shaft WRD14 (EPA-600) Paste pH 7.7 8.4 8.1 8.4 8.6 8.7 Total Sulphur (%) 0.59 0.53 0.11 0.26 0.01 0.05 (LECO) Acid Potential (AP) 18 17 3.57 7.98 0.363 1.68 (kg/t) Neutralization 12 13 16 23 45 28 Potential (NP) Nett Neutralization -6.18 -3.35 12 15 45 27 Potential (NNP) Neutralizing Potential 0.664 0.797 4.41 2.91 125 17 Ratio (NPR) (NP:AP) Rock Type I I III II III III

4.7.8.3 Waste Classification

Based on the total concentration and leachable concentration (results, the waste will be classified as a Type 3 waste. Class 3 waste material must have a liner design according to Class C landfill requirements. This is based on TCT0 and LCTO threshold values exceeded for various parameters. All concentrations were still below TCT1 and LCT1 limits.

MvB Consulting (September 2017) used a calibrated flow and mass transport model to simulate the potential mine infrastructure impact on the groundwater regime. One of the conclusions of that study was – “The overall extent of the contaminant plumes is expected to decrease by 65% over the 50 years after the sources are rehabilitated (removed). The contaminant load is expected to decrease by 93% over the same period”.

4.8 Air Quality

Information sourced from the 2020 Audit of the Atmospheric Emissions Licence (Shangoni, 2020)

No data on air quality in the pre-mining environment are available. Sources of air pollutants at the mine and measures taken to control the release of pollutants from these sources are summarized on Table 4-32 People, animals and plants which could be exposed to nuisance and/or hazardous levels of airborne pollutants are also listed in this table.

This EMPr concerns the impacts of mining operations on the surrounding community and environment. It does not apply to the occupational environment and, therefore, occupational exposures to airborne hazardous substances are not considered in this report. Driefontein's occupational environment department has obtained air quality monitoring data for occupational exposure to airborne hazardous substances, but not for environmental exposure to air pollutants released by the mine. Extrapolation of environmental exposures from the occupational exposure data is not recommended because pathways of exposure to airborne substances in the general environment are usually quite different from those in the occupational environment.

Tailings dams near the P111/1 (Potchefstroom - Carletonville - Johannesburg road), Driefontein tailings dams are not believed to be a significant source of dust pollution on the road. This phenomenon is attributed to the hard crust that forms on completed surfaces of tailings dams. No data on dust fall-out (deposition) and respirable dust levels in the vicinity of the tailings dams are available to confirm this. The concentration of free-crystalline silica (alpha quartz) in the respirable fraction of the tailings-dam dust has also not been determined. However, the tailings dams on Driefontein Gold Mine are 75% vegetated which largely precludes dust generation.

On windy clays, dust from the tailings dams can be a nuisance from the access berms which cannot be vegetated, and possibly also a health hazard, in living quarters on the mine and on the P111-1 (Carletonville - Johannesburg road). Ambient monitoring suggest that dust generation is low with an

average Air Quality Index of 0.4 being measured which is less than half the acceptable limit of 1. The concentration of free-crystalline silica (alpha quartz) in the respirable fraction of the mine tailings- clam dust has also not been determined.

It should be noted that Sibanye-Stillwater has also undertaken Dust Source Analyses as well as regular updates of air quality management plans. The Driefontein metallurgical plants also have an Air Emissions Licence (AEL No. WR/16-17/AEL10/3) against which monitoring, management and auditing is performed. Finally the Record of Decision for the Emergency Diesel Generators also identifies volatile organic compounds that may be produced and thus should be monitored.

Table 4-32: Pollutant sources Process Pollutant Pollutant Mitigation Available Potentially affected Source monitoring parties data Ventilation Ventilation CO Large Data for CO and Within mine boundaries: of shafts NO, volumes of NO, in Residents in Driefontein's underground - emissions Radon gas air underground East and West Villages, workings from discharged workings Letsasing Village hostels underground (approx 1 available and married quarters workings 000 No data for air Staff in m is). discharged to Driefontein therefore, surface offices pollutants available Farmers and diluted farm Crushing Primary jaw Dust: Plant enclosed Data for employees crusher -Respirable in buildings occupational Animals Secondary -Nuisance Ore has a exposure (production and tertiary moisture available and wild) cone content of 8% Data from Plants (crops crushers Crusher run is ambient and natural Loading wet Dust monitoring veld) Conveyors extraction Conveyor fans with wet Outside mine transfer points scrubbers in boundaries: Screens buildings People living and/or Conveyors working in direction of between predominant winds plant People travelling on the covered P111/1 between Milling Pebble mill Dust: Plant enclosed Data from Carletonville and the turn- discharges -Respirable in building ambient off to the R501 -Nuisance High pressure monitoring (Potchefstroom - atomizinq Johannesburg Road) sprays Thickening None None None None Animals (production and wild) in direction of Leaching Leaching Cyanide Cyanide gas None tanks gas not released predominant winds from alkaline Plants (crops and natural leaching veld) in direction of medium predominant winds

Process Pollutant Pollutant Mitigation Available Potentially affected Source monitoring parties data Filtration Rotary drum Dust: Plant Data from filters (slime - enclosed in ambient blow- off Respirable building monitoring system -Nuisance employs compressed air Clarification None None None None Precipitation None None None None Smelting HCI slime Hydrogen plants Data for washing vats gas enclosed in occupational Hydrogen building - exposure Sulphide gases vented available gases to No stack atmosphere monitoring via short (2m) data No data stack for public environmental exposure available Calcining Dust: Plant Data for furnace - enclosed in occupational respirable building exposure -nuisance Dust available Data Metal extraction from ambient oxides and scrubbing monitoring (zinc, of gases using lead, and bag filters copper) Backfilling Backfill Cyanide Concentration None (in receiving gas of cyanide in operation) system- tailings is very neutralisation low of No other free cyanide with acid mitigatory /Feso.1 measures Tailings Tailings dams Dust: A hard crust Data from disposal No. - forms of ambient 1,2,3,4 and 5 respirable completed monitoring -nuisance surfaces of Free the tailings crystalline dam and this silica limits dust pollution from the tailings dams Tailings dams will be revegetated

Sewage Digestors Odour: None None Disposal -sewage -organic gases Transport Untarred Dust: All roads Data from roads - carrying mine ambient respirable traffic are monitoring -nuisance tarred Untarred roads are not major access roads Disturbance Ploughed Dust: None Data from of land - ambient vegetation Disturbed respirable monitoring cover land -nuisance

4.9 Visual

Information sourced from the 2018 Visual Impact Assessment (SRK, 2020).

The following infrastructure have been identified has having a potential visual impacts associated with the Driefontein Mine:

❖ Shaft headgear; ❖ Processing Plants; ❖ Tailings Storage Facilities; ❖ Rock dumps; ❖ Water Treatment Plants; and ❖ Waste Management activities.

The Driefontein Mine is located adjacent to the town of Carletonville in the Gauteng Province, approximately 80 km west of Johannesburg and 5 km north of Fochville. The area in which the mine is located is dominated by large scale mining operations. Sibanye has three operations in this area, Driefontein, Kloof and Cooke Mines. Anglo Ashanti is located west of the Driefontein Mine. Mining operations are concentrated in relatively close proximity to each other.

The topography of the study area can be divided into two distinct areas. To the north, the area is generally flat, with a gentle undulating topography, at an approximate altitude of 1630 meters above mean sea level (mamsl). To the south of the mine is the Gatsrand Ridge, which creates a distinct barrier between the southern section of the study area and the northern area, peaking at an altitude of 1740 mamsl..

The landuse surrounding the site can be characterised as being predominately agriculture, with most of the land surrounding the mine being privately owned.

The study area can be divided into distinct ‘land types’ each with a dominant landscape character. These land types are:

❖ Agriculture; ❖ Mining and utility; ❖ Settlement / built environment; and ❖ Semi-natural areas.

The visual character of the study area can be described as being an area modified by existing mining activities, interspersed with settlements, agricultural activities and small commercial operations. The visual character of the study area can be described as being a Transition Landscape, attributed to the existing large-scale mining activities.

The sense of place, as indicated by a resident farmer in the area, of the areas surrounding the study area, ranges between agriculture and mining. This is attributed to the extensive large-scale mining operations and widespread farming practises evident within close proximity to the Driefontein Mine.

Viewers travelling along the N12 may be exposed to various views of the Driefontein Mine, however it is important to note that they will be travelling parallel to the mine and therefore will not be actively exposed to views of the mine. Furthermore, travellers will be exposed to numerous mines of similar nature along the N12 route.

The sense of place, of the areas surrounding the mine, is thus considered to be that of agriculture and mining.

The Visual Quality rating is Medium -Low.

Overall the significance of the visual impacts associated with the Driefontein Mine are considered to be of Low-Medium significance post-mitigation. This rating can be attributed to:

❖ The mine being in existence for over 70 years, ❖ The mine’s current approach to implementing rehabilitation measures during operations; and ❖ The topography of the surrounding area.

4.10 Heritage

Information sourced from the 2016 PGS Heritage Audit (PGS, 2016).

The background history research revealed that the greater landscape within which the project area is located has a rich and diverse history, and contains heritage resources that range from archaeological sites (Iron Age and Anglo-Boer War), through historical farmsteads and mining resources (including graves). A palaeontological desktop study undertaken for a previous project located within the general study area, indicated that the landscape within which the project area is located has a potentially rich and diverse palaeontological heritage.

4.10.1 Heritage

The entire Gatsrand range that spans east to west from Orange Farm in the east to Potchefstroom in the west, is scattered with stone-walled complexes associated with the early farming (Late Iron Age) communities. Studies by Fourie (1997) and Vorster (1969, 1983) have shown that the section of the Gatsrand range, specifically between the farms Waterpan and Jachtfontein in the east and the Glenharvie area in the west, was settled by the Bakwena-Bamare-a-Phogole from the 1700s up to the Difaqane.

The basis of the cultural sequence is that of ethnographic research conducted by Vorster and Breutz (1993 and 1954 respectively, as cited in Fourie and vd Walt 2005). The Bakwena-ba Mare-a-Phogole’s origins can be traced back to an area close to the current town of Zeerust (Rathateng) where Phogole I, a son of Kwena-a-Malope, lived. From 1470-1500, a large famine drove Phogole I away from the Kwena-a-Malope settlement. Through various movements between the Rustenburg and Free State, the last known major settlement of the Bakwena-ba Mare-a-Phogole was at Kokosi (Losberg) situated in the Fochville area (Fourie and van der Walt 2005).

The Lepalong “Hut Cave” located on the farm Kleinfontein is a well-known site that was used as a refuge by the Kwena ba Modimosana ba Mmatau during the period of the Difaqane (SAHRA, 9/2/251/0001). The site was declared as a National Monument in1966 (it is now a graded as a Provincial Heritage site).

4.10.2 Paleontology

The likely impact of the proposed development on local fossil heritage is determined on the basis of the palaeontological sensitivity of the rock units concerned and the nature and scale of the development itself, most notably the extent of fresh bedrock excavation envisaged.

The Vaalian aged Malmani Subgroup dolomites are allocated a very high rating for palaeontological heritage. The Subgroup underlies the larger part of the study area, with the rest of the area underlain by quartzites of the Rooihoogte Formation, allocated a low palaeontological sensitivity and Timeball Hill formation, allocated a high sensitivity due to the presence of stromatolite structures and the possibility of karst formation and formation of cave breccias, which might contain remains of Homonin species. The sedimentary rocks of the Ecca Group are allocated a high palaeontological significance due to the reported abundance of plant fossils in this part of the Karoo Basin.

4.11 Noise

Information sourced from the 2019 Environmental Noise Monitoring Report (Acoustech, 2019).

Sound is composed if pressure waves and measurements made of sound power. Sound power levels are expressed in units of decibels (dBA). Noise can be described as unwanted sound and varies from person to person. Table 2:40 provides an indication of the sound power level of various noise sources and a subjective description of each level in terms of disturbance.

Environments which are recognized as being noise sensitive include residential areas and office, educational, health and church buildings.

Table 4-33: Noise sources and mitigation measures Area Process Noise Source Mitigation Available monitoring Potentially data affected parties Shaft Shaft Shaft Compressors Noise generated by Within mine operations headgear and ventilation fans at boundaries: Winder refrigeration No.3 shaft Residents in East house ROM plant Spot measurements and West villages, ore enclosed in (taken with hostels and conveyors buildings dosimeters) of noise married quarters Air Workshops levels in the vicinity of and Letsasing compressors enclosed in ventilation fans at Village Air buildings various shafts (north, Staff in compressor Masakhane, No.13 Driefontein sirens and Rethabile) offices Farms and Refrigeration farm employees plant Animals machinery (production and workshops wild) Ventilation Outside mine shaft fans boundaries: Backfilling Plant and None People living compressed and/or working air on neighbouring Gold plant Crushing and Loading Plant mines screening Crushers enclosed in (Driefontein) Conveyors buildings and surrounding Conveyor farm land transfer points Animals Screens (production and Milling Plant Plant wild) on enclosed in a neighbouring building New mines and mills surrounding installed land Thickening Plant-not a None significant noise source Leaching Plant- not a None significant noise source

Area Process Noise Source Mitigation Available monitoring Potentially data affected parties Filtration Compressed Plant air used in enclosed in a slime blow-off building system on Silencers rotary drum fitted ion filters compressed air exhaust parts

Clarification Plant- not a None significant noise source Precipitation Plant- not a None significant noise source Smelting Plant- not a None significant noise source Fans Fans - could be None a significant source of noise Tailings Tailings disposal Plant- not a None dam significant noise source Rock dump Dumping of rock Vehicles None Conveyors Transfer point Sewerage Digestion and Plant-not a Plant plant thickening significant enclosed in a noise building source Villages, Various General None hostels, domestic transport married activities Buses for quarters transport between hostels and shaft Transport of raw material

Area Process Noise Source Mitigation Available monitoring Potentially data affected parties to shafts and acid plant Roads Vehicles subject to a pre use inspection for noise and excessive smoke Agricultural Various farming Various - not None land and facilities significant open land noise sources

Figure 4-13: Noise Monitoring locations.

❖ SK05- The measurement of the No. 5 Shaft at the local community was conducted. An open field at the boundary of the community was selected. No Driefontein Mine operations was audible during measurement dates. Community and local traffic noise levels influenced data.

❖ SK06 - A locality in an open field outside the East Village was conducted. The No.2 Shaft operations was lightly audible. The noise source was not identifiable, however it was a low background low frequency noise. ❖ SK07 - The mining community on the No. 2 Shaft and Generator was conducted. These areas are subjected to a far higher Rating level due to the developed mine and zoning. ❖ SK08 - The community near the No 8 Shaft & Wastewater Treatment Works (WWTW’s) was conducted. ❖ SK09 - Monitoring was conducted near the WWTW’S.

The Driefontein Mine was compliant in terms of the Gauteng Noise Control Regulations GN 5479, and during measurement times and dates. The mine should continue with their Environmental Noise Measurement Report, adhering to the requirements set out by the Record of Decision (RoD)/Environmental Authorisation, or to the internal standards set out by the mine, with a biennial measurement protocol recommended by the author and project team. Should any noise generating operations change that could have the potential for a noise nuisance/disturbing noise, monitoring frequencies be revaluated. No mitigation is proposed as no potential disturbing noise was measured.

Table 4-34: Noise monitoring results.

4.12 Socio-Economic Background

Information sourced from the 2017-2021 Social and Labour Plan.

Driefontein Operation is situated within the West Rand District Municipality in the Merafong City Local Municipality. It occupies the western border of the Gauteng Province, with Carletonville being the main town. Merafong City Local Municipality is characterised by a dispersed urban structure consisting of various mining villages, urban and rural areas spread across the entire municipal area. The local municipality incorporates the following main areas: Carletonville, Fochville, Wedela, Welverdiend, Khutsong, Kokosi, Greenspark, Blybank, Blyvooruitzicht, Doornfontein, Deelkraal, Elandsrand, Bentley Park, East and West Driefontein Operations, and Western Deep Levels.

Figure 4-14: Driefontein Operation Footprint in relation to the Merafong City Local Municipality

Despite the mining industry’s general declining contribution to the Gross Domestic Product (GDP) of Merafong, it continues to be the major employer. Driefontein Operation is one of the largest employers in the Merafong area, and as at December 2016, it employed in total 13 082 employees (10,941direct and 2,141 through contractors).

4.12.1 Demographic Profile

The population size of Merafong City Local Municipality as per the 2011 Census results is 197 520. The area has experienced a negative growth rate of -0.6% from the previous Census. The table below shows the racial distribution of the local, district and provincial areas:

Table 4-35: Population Distribution Population Gauteng Province West Rand DM Merafong City LM

Black /African 77.9% 79.6% 86.8% Coloured 3.5% 2.5% 1.1% White 15.7% 16.8% 11.8% Indian or Asian 2.9% 1.2% 0.3% Brief Analysis According to Census 2011, the total population of MCLM is 197 520. This represents 1.6% of the total Gauteng population and 23% of the district population. The population has declined by 2.4% from the previous Census which is mainly attributed to operation’s employees being laid off due to closure of shafts. Africans comprise the majority of the population (86.80 %), followed by Whites (11.83%), Coloureds at (1.08 %) and lastly (Indians/ Asians 0.29%).

Table 4-36: Household size Socio-Economic Indicators Gauteng Province West Rand DM Merafong City

Total number of people 12 187 736 817 156 196 882 Total number of households 3 909 022 267 397 66 624 Average size of households 3 2.9 2.7 Brief Analysis It is evident from the above statistics that the average household size within the region consists of three (3) household members. The average household size in MCLM shows a small increase of 0.2 (Census 2001) to the current 2.7 members per household. While it was previously believed that the small household number in the local municipality was due to the fact that most residents were sojourners in pursuit of employment, the growth seems to indicate that residents are growing their families or have been joined by family members from rural areas.

Table 4-37: Socio-Economic Profile Surrounding the Region: Types of Human Settlements Socio Economic Merafong City Gauteng Province West Rand DM Indicators LM Housing (% stated for households in the Municipal Areas) Brick dwelling on separate stand 80.6% 74.0% 77.6% Traditional dwellings (separate 0.4% 0.3% 0.2% stands and backyard dwellings) Brief Analysis The majority of households (77.36%) surveyed across the various geographical areas in Merafong stayed in brick dwellings with separate stands. Approximately (0.28%) stayed in traditional dwellings within the areas surveyed during 2011. This statistical profile of the region corresponds with the visible housing status of the communities surrounding the Merafong City Local Municipality. On average, 22.32% of households are based in informal settlements.

Table 4-38: Access to Basic Services Socio Economic Indicators (% stated West Rand DM Gauteng Merafong City LM for households in the Municipal Areas) Province Flush toilet with sewerage system 87.2% 83.0% 81% Pit Latrine (Without ventilation) 9.9% 13.5% 11.6% No access to any toilet facilities 1.1% 17% 1% Waste removed by local municipality at least once a week 90% 80% 79.7% Own refuse dump 8% 16.4% 15.6% No rubbish disposal 2% 3.6% 4.5% Electricity used for cooking 83.9% 77.7% 75.9% Electricity used for heat 74.7% 68.8% 66.8% Access to piped water inside home 89.4% 83.2% 83.3% Piped water on communal stand 8.8% 14.8% 15.7% No access to piped water 1.8% 2% 10.2%

Socio Economic Indicators (% stated West Rand DM Gauteng Merafong City LM for households in the Municipal Areas) Province Brief Analysis Basic services infrastructure appears to be formalized in the MCLM, with 84.5% of households having access to flush toilets with sewerage systems and 1.0% of households not having access to toilet facilities. The number of households having access to flushing toilets is slightly less than the average of 85.0% for Gauteng Province and West Rand District Municipality. Merafong is also lagging behind the province and district municipality with regard to utilisation of electricity for cooking (36.7%) and heating (29.6%). There is still a sizable portion of the MCLM community that still relies on gas, paraffin, wood and coal as preferred fuel for cooking and heating. Suffice to say that these sources of energy are not environmentally friendly but pose health and safety risks for the community.

An estimated 80% of waste is removed by the municipality at-least once a week. On average, 15.6% of households in the area were utilizing their own refuse dumps to discard their household waste. The percentage of people utilizing their own refuse dumps to discard their household waste in MCLM (17.0%) is a bit higher than the provincial average. A similar trend is observed with services such as access to tap water inside the home and access to piped water on a communal stand. 10.2% of the community hadno access to piped water.

Table 4-39: Female and Child Headed Households Socio Economic Indicators (% stated for West Rand DM Gauteng Merafong City LM households in the Municipal Areas) Province

Child headed households 0.3% 0.3% 0.4% Female headed households 34.3% 31.1% 29.4% Brief Analysis A concerning trend that could be attributed to the spread of HIV and AIDS in the area is the increase in child headed households; 0.30% in the province and district municipality respectively and 0.4% in the local municipality.

Table 4-40: Education Attainment Levels Gauteng Merafong City Educational profile of adults West Rand DM Province LM None or limited primary education 3.6% 5.2% 6.1% Completed primary education 7.3% 7.2% 6.5% Completed secondary education 34.7% 30.7% 20.6% Completed tertiary education 17.6% 10.4% 5.4% Brief Analysis Census 2011 depicts that 6.1% of the population in Merafong City were recorded as having none or limited primary education, while 24.5% had received some primary education. These figures are indicative of the improvement in the reduction of adults with no form of education. The Driefontein Operation therefore has the opportunity of extending skills development programmes to members of the host communities as a mechanism to increase the mobility of the adults that did not reach matric within the local area and to equip community members with skills that will enable them to be engaged in non-mining and other growing sectors in the economy. It is interesting to note that the no schooling category dropped by 7.6% from the previous Census. A mere (6.5%) of the residents across the local municipal area were recorded as having completed primary education, with 20.6% having completed Secondary education and only 5.4% having completed tertiary education.

Table 4-41: Employment

Socio-Economic Indicators Gauteng Province West Rand DM Merafong City LM Employment of working age population Working age (15 to 64 years) 4,467,370 293,335 143 278 Employment rate 45.1% 48.5% 46.5% Unemployment rate 26.3% 26.7% 27.2% Economically inactive 29% 28.2% 36.1% Brief Analysis MCLM experienced a growth of 12.4% amongst economically inactive residents. The municipal area had an unemployment rate of 27.2%. The influx of illiterate migrant labour seeking employment opportunities which don’t require formal qualifications and the already existing high illiteracy levels can be assumed to be the contributing factors to the low employment rates in the region. The increase could also be attributed to retrenchments and the decline in economic activity in the region. The mining sector is a dominant employer in Merafong City accounting for 28% of the municipal GDP. The mining sector is affected by market volatility as mines are constantly compelled to downscale, retrench or even close down when demand for the commodity being mined declines. This is accompanied by a depreciation of the value of the commodity being mined as well as the effect of the rand/dollar exchange rate.

Table 4-42: Monthly Household Income

Income Category Gauteng Province West Rand DM Merafong City LM Monthly Household Income (including income derived from governmental grants, pensions and informal employment) No income 19.2% 17.3% 15.3% R1 - R4 800 per month 4.6% 5.2% 4% R4 801 - R 9 600 11.4% 11.8% 5.9% R9,600 to R19600 per month 57.2% 54.4% 11.1% R19600 – R38200 32.4% 11.3% 14.7% R38200 – R76400* 26.6% R76400 – R153 800* 11.3% R153800 and above* 11% Average household income R 156 222 R 100 812 R 78 686 Brief Analysis According to the 2011 Census, 15.3% of households within Merafong City Local Municipality received no income. Approximately 4% of households within the surveyed municipal area receiving income within the R1 to R4 800 income band. The 2011 survey also shows that a mere 5.90 % of the municipal area population receives income within the R4 801 to R 9 600 income band and 25.8 % receives income within the R 9 600 to R 38 200 income band on a monthly basis. A bigger proportion of the population surveyed (44.9%), receives a good income with a small percentage (about 4%), of people receiving a substantial monthly income in excess of R600 000 when compared to what the rest of the population within the region earned. The municipality has 4 750 poor households who are registered as indigents (about 7% of households). These are people who depend on state grants, pensions, charity and extended family support for survival. The Mining Sector is a dominant employer in the surveyed area and is therefore a significant source of income and socio-economic stability

CHAPTER 5: ANALYSES AND CHARACTERISATION OF ACTIVITY

5.1 Site Delineation for Characterisation

The Driefontein Mine currently classifies its landholding position into four main categories:

❖ Existing mining authorisation; ❖ Area for which extensions have been applied for and granted and are now included in the existing mining authorisations; ❖ All contiguous mineral rights; and ❖ All non-contiguous mineral rights.

All mining activities within the Driefontein Mine spans several farms and portions as listed in Table 1-1.

5.2 Water and Waste Management

Sibanye recognises that water is a critical resource and as a result has implemented various water conservation and demand initiatives. Water management tools, such as the water balance and water use efficiency targets will be used in the implementation of this IWWMP. For each commitment in this IWWMP an action plan, a responsible person and time frame have been identified. Specific projects, some specifically focused on Water Conservation / Water Demand Management (WC/WDM), have been identified as part of the implementation plans. The plans will be updated regularly to ensure that any non- or poor performance issues are addressed and rectified as soon as possible.

5.2.1 Process Water

The flow diagram for the Driefontein water balance is indicated on Figure 5-1. The 2019 average daily volumes (m3/day) are indicated on Figure 5-1. Monitoring is undertaken at the points marked “DSW”. The circuit between DP 2 & 3 Plants, TSF 4 and RWD 4, have been sold by Sibanye to the WRTRP, and no longer form part of the Driefontein Operations, although makeup water for the DP 2 Plant is sourced from 10# Shaft. The main components of the water balance are briefly discussed below. The Water Balance will be updated to reflect the split between FWGR and Driefontein in the next annual iteration based on the outcomes of the IWULA processes. It should be noted that the water uses contained in Table 3-1 reflect the maximum expected volumes so as to cater for all occurrences, while the water balance below reflect actual averages.

Figure 5-1: Water balance process flow diagram

Table 5-1: Average daily, monthly and yearly water balance

Inflows Outflows Facility Name Balance Quantity Quantity Quantity Water Circuit/Stream Quantity (m3/day) Quantity (m3/annum) Water Circuit/Stream Quantity (m3/day) (m3/month) (m3/month) m3/annum)

Shafts Potable Water 738 22 435 269 222 Consumptive 1 213 36 886 442 634 Dolomite Water 0 0 0 To Underground 10 129 307 922 3 695 059 Shaft 1# Surface Process water from 4# 10 773 327 499 3 929 990 Sewage 169 5 127 61 520 Total 11 511 349 934 4 199 213 11 511 349 934 4 199 213 0 From surface 10 129 307 922 3 695 059 To 2#/4# 10 463 318 075 3 816 902 From 2# 3 143 95 547 1 146 566 To 8# 1 309 39 794 477 523 Shaft 1# UG Losses 1 500 45 600 547 200 Total 13 272 403 469 4 841 626 13 272 403 469 4 841 626 0 Potable Water 388 11 795 141 542 Consumptive -12 -354 -4 246 Dolomite Water 0 0 0 To Underground 367 11 157 133 882 Shaft 2/3# Surface Process water from 4# 0 0 0 Sewage 33 992 11 907 Total 388 11 795 141 542 388 11 795 141 542 0 From surface 367 11 157 133 882 To 4# 6 860 208 544 2 502 528 From 1# 10 463 318 075 3 816 902 To 1# 3 143 95 547 1 146 566 Shaft 2/3# UG From 5# 606 18 422 221 069 Losses 1 433 43 563 522 758 Total 11 436 347 654 4 171 853 11 436 347 654 4 171 853 0 Potable Water 222 6 749 80 986 Consumptive -5 357 -162 846 -1 954 146 Dolomite Water 0 0 0 To Underground 7 702 234 141 2 809 690 Shaft 4# Surface From UG 13 062 397 085 4 765 018 To 1# Surface 10 773 327 499 3 929 990 Sewage 166 5 039 60 469 Total 13 284 403 834 4 846 003 13 284 403 834 4 846 003 0 From surface 7 702 234 141 2 809 690 To 4# Surface 13 062 397 085 4 765 018 From 2# 6 860 208 544 2 502 528 0 0 Shaft 4# UG 0 0 Losses 1 500 45 600 547 200 Total 14 562 442 685 5 312 218 14 562 442 685 5 312 218 0 WV Potable Water 1 854 56 362 676 339 Consumptive 696 21 158 253 901 6# Potable Water 1 061 32 254 387 053 To Underground 13 015 395 656 4 747 872 Shaft 5/9# Surface From UG 10 889 331 026 3 972 307 0 0 0 0 Sewage 93 2 827 33 926 Total 13 804 419 642 5 035 699 13 804 419 642 5 035 699 0 From surface 13 015 395 656 4 747 872 To Surface 10 889 331 026 3 972 307 0 0 To 2# 606 18 422 221 069 Shaft 5/9# UG 0 0 Losses 1 520 46 208 554 496 Total 13 015 395 656 4 747 872 13 015 395 656 4 747 872 0 Potable Water 30 912 10 944 Consumptive 0 0 0 Shaft 7# Surface Dolomite Water 0 0 0 To Underground 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Inflows Outflows Facility Name Balance Quantity Quantity Quantity Water Circuit/Stream Quantity (m3/day) Quantity (m3/annum) Water Circuit/Stream Quantity (m3/day) (m3/month) (m3/month) m3/annum)

0 0 Sewage 30 912 10 944 Total 30 912 10 944 30 912 10 944 0 From surface 0 0 0 To Surface 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Shaft 7# UG 0 0 Losses 0 0 0 Total 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Potable Water 545 16 568 198 816 Consumptive 545 16 566 198 787 Dolomite Water 0 0 0 To Underground 0 0 0 Shaft 6# Surface 0 0 0 0 0 0 Sewage 0 2 29 Total 545 16 568 198 816 545 16 568 198 816 0 From surface 0 0 0 To Surface 0 0 0 Shaft 6# UG Total 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Potable Water 412 12 525 150 298 Consumptive 321 9 764 117 174 Fissure N# 13 455 409 032 4 908 384 To Dol Tank 25 456 773 862 9 286 349 Shaft 8/N# Surface Fissure 8# 19 220 584 288 7 011 456 To N# WP 32 675 993 320 11 919 840 Dolomite 8# 25 456 773 862 9 286 349 Sewage 91 2 760 33 124 Total 58 543 1 779 707 21 356 486 58 543 1 779 707 21 356 486 0 From 1# 1 309 39 794 477 523 Dolomite to surface 25 456 773 862 9 286 349 Fissure Water 56 822 1 727 389 20 728 666 Fissure to surface 32 675 993 320 11 919 840 Shaft 8/N# UG From 6/7# 0 0 0 Losses 0 0 0 Total 58 131 1 767 182 21 206 189 58 131 1 767 182 21 206 189 0 Potable Water 72 2 189 26 266 Consumptive 63 1 914 22 968 From UG 21 902 665 821 7 989 850 DP2 8 798 267 459 3 209 510 Discharge 12 294 373 738 Shaft 10# Surface To Anglo 810 24 624 295 488 Sewage 9 275 3 298 Total 21 974 668 010 8 016 115 21 974 668 010 3 531 264 0 Fissure Water 21 902 665 821 7 989 850 0 0 0 0 0 Fissure to surface 21 902 665 821 7 989 850 Shaft 10# UG 0 0 Losses 0 0 0 Total 21 902 665 821 7 989 850 21 902 665 821 7 989 850 0 Water Plant From 8# 25 456 773 862 9 286 349 DP1 Plant 7 375 224 200 2 690 400 Mining 0 0 0 Dolomitic Tank To Settling Ponds 18 081 549 662 6 595 949 Total 25 456 773 862 9 286 349 25 456 773 862 9 286 349 0 Fissure from N# 13 455 409 256 4 911 075 Potable Water 20 447 621 930 7 463 155 N# WP Fissure from 8# 19 220 584 608 7 015 300 Diagonal Canal 12 796 389 212 4 670 540

Inflows Outflows Facility Name Balance Quantity Quantity Quantity Water Circuit/Stream Quantity (m3/day) Quantity (m3/annum) Water Circuit/Stream Quantity (m3/day) (m3/month) (m3/month) m3/annum)

RWB 568 17 277 207 320 Total 33 243 1 011 141 12 133 695 33 243 1 011 141 12 133 695 0 Process Plant Dolomite Water 7 375 224 323 2 691 875 TSF Water 4 242 129 028 1 548 330 Potable Water 282 8 578 102 930 Losses 6 285 191 172 2 294 069 DP1 Return Water 2 909 88 482 1 061 785 Sewage 39 1 183 14 191 10 566 321 383 3 856 590 10 566 321 383 3 856 590 0 Domestic Potable Water 3 307 100 588 1 207 055 Sewage 2 300 69 920 839 500 West Domestic & Consumptive 1 007 30 613 367 555 Other users Total 3 307 100 588 1 207 055 100 533 1 207 055 0 Potable Water 9 734 295 914 3 550 963 Sewage 5 105 155 192 1 862 304 East Domestic and 0 0 Consumptive 4 629 140 722 1 689 585 other Total 9 734 295 914 3 550 963 9 734 295 914 3 551 889 0 TSF 1 & 2

DP1 Plant 4 242 128 957 1 547 482 Return Water Dam 1 & 2 2 909 88 434 1 061 203

Rainfall 2 336 71 014 852 173 Evaporation 3 135 95 304 1 143 648 TSF 1 & 2 Interstitial lock up & 534 16 234 194 803 Seepage Total 6 578 199 971 2 399 654 6 578 199 971 2 399 654 0 TSF 1 & 2 2 909 88 434 1 061 203 DP1 Plant 2 909 88 434 1 061 203 RWD 1 & 2 Total 2 909 88 434 1 061 203 2 909 88 434 1 061 203 0 Settling Pond Shaft 10 12 293 373 707 4 484 486 Wonderfonteinspruit 36 435 1 107 624 13 291 488 Shaft 6/N 0 0 0 DOL Tank 18 081 549 662 6 595 949 Settling Pond Golf Course 3 581 108 862 1 306 349 WWTW 8 2 450 74 480 893 760 WWTW 7 30 912 10 944 Total 36 435 1 107 624 13 291 488 36 435 1 107 624 13 291 488 0 Wastewater Treatment Works Shaft 1 169 5 138 61 651 Golf Course 5 512 167 565 2 010 778 Shaft 2 & 3 33 1 003 12 038 Shaft 4 166 5 046 60 557 WWTW 2 East Mine Domestic Users 5 105 155 192 1 862 304

DP1 Plant 39 1 186 14 227

Inflows Outflows Facility Name Balance Quantity Quantity Quantity Water Circuit/Stream Quantity (m3/day) Quantity (m3/annum) Water Circuit/Stream Quantity (m3/day) (m3/month) (m3/month) m3/annum)

Total 5 512 167 565 2 010 778 5 512 167 565 2 010 778 0 Shaft 5 & 9 93 2 827 33 926 Loopspruit 93 2 827 33 926 WWTW 5 Total 93 2 827 33 926 93 2 827 33 926 0 Shaft 7 30 912 10 944 Settling Pond 30 912 10 944 WWTW 7 Total 30 912 10 944 30 912 10 944 0 Shaft 6 0 0 0 Settling Pond 2 450 74 480 893 760 Shaft 8/N 91 2 766 33 197 Shaft 10 9 274 3 283 WWTW 8 West Mine Domestic Users 2 300 69 920 839 040

DP 2 & 3 Plant 50 1 520 18 240 Total 2 450 74 480 893 760 2 450 74 480 893 760 0

5.2.2 Waste Water Treatment

5.3 Stormwater Management

Figure 5-2 indicates the existing stormwater measures at 1# Shaft and DP 1 Plant. Shaft 1#, the central salvage yard and the DP 1 Plant area are raised and on hard standing surfaces. There is no external catchment draining into this area. Dirty water from the plant area is directed to a containment dam in the north eastern corner of the plant via a series of concrete canals. A dirty water canal collects water from the plant area and drains to a sump next to Shaft #2. The central salvage yard has two sumps that collect dirty water and are used as oil separators. The Shaft #1 salvage yard has a single sump. The central salvage yard slopes towards the plant area and has two sumps.

Figure 5-2: 1# Shaft and DP 1 Plant existing and proposed stormwater measures (SRK, 2018)

5.3.1 2# Shaft

Figure 5-3 indicates the existing stormwater measures at 2# Shaft. 2# Shaft is on a hard-standing surface and slightly elevated. The shaft area therefore has no external catchment. Surface water flow is diverted from the shaft area to the east and west of the shaft into a series of canals flowing in a northerly direction. Water falling directly on the shaft area and salvage yard drains toward the north of the area into a lined dirty water canal also flowing in a northerly direction, discharging in the TSF 2 return water dam. Water from the stockpile area next to the conveyor is collected in a sump and pumped to the plant.

5.3.2 4# Shaft

Figure 5-4 indicates the existing stormwater measures at 4# Shaft. The Driefontein Shaft 4# is located on an elevated area and most of the shaft area is on a hard surface. There is no external catchment impacting on the area. Dirty water from the shaft is directed to two small sumps located to the west of the shaft area. Water from the offices, cooling plant and parking areas are collected in a lined canal north of the shaft and flows in a westerly direction to a series of canals that eventually discharge in the veld north of the R501.

5.3.3 5# Shaft

Figure 5-5 indicates the existing stormwater measures at 5# Shaft. The Driefontein 5# Shaft is located near the top of the Gatsrand ridge and is in quaternary catchment C23J that drains to the south towards the Kraalkopspruit. Dirty water from the shaft, salvage yard and waste rock dump areas are directed towards a Pollution Control Dam (5# PCD) located south of the shaft area. Surface water from the cooling plant is directed via a series of lined channels to a small return water dam that also acts as a silt trap. Overflow from the return water dam is discharged at a point south of the cooling plant into the catchment of the PCD.

5.3.4 7# Shaft

Figure 5-6 indicates the existing stormwater measures at 7# Shaft. The 7# Shaft is raised, on hard standing surface and there is no external catchment as the area is elevated. The shaft area slopes towards a silt trap in the north-western corner of the site. Runoff from the shaft area is collected in a canal to the north which by-passes the silt trap.

5.3.5 8# Shaft

Figure 5-7 indicates the existing stormwater measures at 8# Shaft. The 8# Shaft is raised and on a hard- standing surface. There is no external catchment and water from the shaft area flows in a northerly direction towards a sump located under the conveyor. The nearby number 8 and 9 rock dumps north of the shaft have been re-mined.

5.3.6 9# Shaft

Figure 5-8 indicates the existing stormwater measures at 9# Shaft. The Driefontein 9# Shaft is currently dormant. The shaft area is raised and designed so stormwater runoff from the shaft and waste rock dump

could be contained in the PCD located to the south of the shaft area. There is also a cut off trench to the north of the shaft that diverts clean water from the shaft area.

Figure 5-3: 2# Shaft existing and proposed stormwater measures (SRK, 2018)

Figure 5-4: 4# Shaft existing and proposed stormwater measures (SRK, 2018)

Figure 5-5: 5# Shaft existing and proposed stormwater measures (SRK, 2018)

Figure 5-6: 7# Shaft existing and proposed stormwater measures (SRK, 2018)

Figure 5-7: 8# Shaft existing and proposed stormwater measures (SRK, 2018)

Figure 5-8: 9# Shaft existing and proposed stormwater measures (SRK, 2018)

5.4 Waste Management

All waste material at Driefontein mine is sorted into two categories namely; domestic/general and hazardous industrial waste. The EMPr and the onsite waste management procedure are used to manage waste related activities at Driefontein mine.

5.4.1 Domestic and Industrial Waste

Domestic waste is disposed of at the Municipal waste disposal site. The mine has also registered on the South African/ Gauteng Waste Information System.

5.4.2 Mine Residue Disposal Sites

Rock dumps and tailings dams listed below were designed by civil engineers using the best available technology. Sibanye-Stillwater is continually investigating methods to improve re-use, recycling and repurposing of waste, and aims to improve this in the near future.

5.4.3 Waste Rock Dumps

240 000 tons per month of waste rock was deposited onto the waste rock dumps. These have since largely been reclaimed, and rehabilitation will proceed after reclamation The construction of all dumps has been by truck haulage, followed by end-tipping and dozing in terraces. In a few instances, dumps have been constructed using a conveyor system. The list below outlines the waste rock dumps on Driefontein, and the status of the dump.

5.4.4 Tailings Facilities

Sibanye-Stillwater stores more than 500 million tons of tailings in 13 TSFs within the West Wits area. Tailings material emanates from the respective Gold Fields operations in the area and contains varying amounts of gold, uranium, base metals and sulphur. Five of these are located on the Driefontein operation:

TSF Status No. 1 Tailings Dam Active No. 2 Tailings Dam Active No. 3 Tailings Dam Sold to FWGR No. 4 Tailings Dam No. 5 Tailings Dam

5.4.5 Waste Recovery and Reduction

Domestic and industrial waste

Waste is sorted into:

❖ Plastic, rubber and pipes;

❖ Scrap metal and steel; ❖ Paper; and ❖ Material for refurbishment.

Hazardous waste

The following recovery and reduction processes are in place:

❖ Old printer cartridges are collected by the various management units and sent to the salvage yard for recycling; ❖ Old acid, that can no longer be used, is stored within a bunded area and sent back to the original supplier; ❖ Old oil filters are sent to the central workshop for recycling; ❖ Empty chemical containers are sent back to the original supplier; and ❖ Old oil is stored in steel containers within a bunded area. When a consignment of full containers has accumulated, the salvage yard supervisor is notified to arrange for removal by the contracted recycling company.

Mine Waste

Tailings material emanates from the respective Sibanye-Stillwater operations in the area and contains varying amounts of gold, uranium, base metals and sulphur. The resource potential of these TSFs can therefore be exploited to release their economic value, the WRTRP project aims to do so. Sibanye-Stillwater undertakes reclamation activities on all areas that contain potential gold reserves, including rock material and tailings, whether in active managed areas or that have arisen from historic activities. The reclamation forms a core part of the mine waste management to achieve a sustainable closure solution.

5.5 Operational Management 5.5.1 Organisational structure of activity

The organisational structure at Sibanye’s Driefontein mine to manage water and waste related issues is shown in Figure 5-9. The environmental staff listed below report to a Senior Vice President: Environment in a hierarchical manner:

❖ Senior Vice President; ❖ Environmental Compliance Head; ❖ Gold Operations: Environmental Coordinator; ❖ Unit Manager; and ❖ Environmental Superintendent.

Figure 5-9: Driefontein Organisational Structure

5.5.2 Resources and Competencies

Sibanye has an environmental management system (EMS) that is in line with the principles of the ISO 14001: standard and they are implementing a strategy to become registered and compliant with the latest ISO standard. This is an international standard for EMS and is based on three key principles, namely prevention of pollution, compliance with relevant environmental laws and continual improvement in performance. The environmental management resources at Sibanye include:

❖ Infrastructure and equipment e.g. pollution control dams, oil traps etc.; ❖ Personnel including an Environmental Coordinator and Environmental Superintendent as well as appointed external contractors and consultants, all of whom are qualified and trained for the appointed positions; ❖ Systems are maintained to identify all aspects and impacts and adhere to the various environmental procedures, including the occurrence management procedures that address incidents and non-conformances.Financial provisioning, which incorporates aspects such as the costs for infrastructure and the total liability costs which are updated annually as part of the closure costing process; and ❖ The SVP Environment Head is the appointed responsible person who will give effect to the various WUL conditions and to ensure compliance thereof, the Environmental team support him in this function. ❖ .

5.5.3 Education and Training

All employees and contractors undergo the environmental induction training at the Training Centre. It is the responsibility of the contractor, or their designated representative, to inform its employees and all of its subcontractors of all applicable environmental rules and regulations and to enforce the same.

All visitors (including persons making deliveries and suppliers) to contractor’s sites are inducted on site using the site induction which includes:

❖ Environmental aspects pertaining to the work by contractors; ❖ Operational procedures; ❖ Risk assessment; ❖ Emergency procedures; and ❖ Any other relevant information whilst personnel are on site.

5.5.4 Identification of Environmental Training Needs

The Environmental Department produces generic training needs analyses for all the staff of the Driefontein mine and distributes it to all business units. Using the generic training needs as a guide and based on significant aspects, environmental representatives identify departmental staff and contractor training needs and document these.

5.5.5 Competence Training

Once training needs are identified, the Environmental Department, with the assistance of the EMS coordinator, draw up a training plan and schedule for staff competence training. The company provides competence training on an ad hoc basis depending on the need. The environmental representatives may identify and request training

5.5.6 Internal and External Communication

Sibanye has an Operational Environmental Communication Strategy and Plan that aims to promote awareness, knowledge and understating of environmental issues by internal and external stakeholders. The document sets out the communications goals, stakeholders and strategies, as well as the communications activities and timeframes insofar as environmental communications are concerned. The following guidelines were established to ensure that communication is disseminated to the relevant stakeholders:

❖ As far as possible, all communications will be HIGH-IMPACT, but LOW-COST; ❖ All messages will be audience-specific; ❖ Every key message will be communicated formally; ❖ Messages will be distributed through an appropriate (delivery) channel; ❖ All communications must be approved by management prior to distribution; and ❖ Road-shows, meeting & presentations, topic-specific environmental communiques and visual media are all to be utilised, with circumspect, to deliver on the Plan.

Sibanye participates in the Rietspruit and Wonderfonteinspruit/Loopspruit catchment forums. The mine participates in Joint Task Teams formed at these meetings , and outside thereof, as issues are identified and appropriate to the mine.

5.5.7 Awareness Raising

All employees, contractors and directors are made aware of company policies and standards as well as environmental obligations directly related to their job. It is every employee's and contractor’s responsibility to comply with the policies and standards relating to their work and to seek assistance from a manager or supervisor. Records of training undertaken by staff are maintained at the Training Centre and Human Resources. The Environmental Department implement a continual process of raising awareness amongst itself, its workers and stakeholders with respect to Water Conservation and Water Demand Management initiatives , this is done both formally and on ad hoc occasions..

5.6 Monitoring and Control

Surface- and groundwater monitoring at Driefontein mine is done according to the monitoring programmes for surface- and groundwater. The monitoring programmes are regularly updated, with the most recent programme updated in early 2020.. The Monitoring programme covers the following aspects:

❖ Methodology; ❖ Sampling procedure; ❖ Monitoring schedule; ❖ Verification and description of the monitoring localities; and ❖ Reporting procedures and systems.

Furthermore Sibanye-Stillwater maintains a comprehensive monitoring procedure for all water related monitoring requirements.

5.6.1 Data Management

After hydro chemical analysis has been performed, the data generated for each monitoring locality is verified and entered automatically into the REMIS/ Qlikview database. Once in the database, the data is stored in a structured way to enable easy retrieval of information.

5.6.2 Reporting

Monthly, quarterly and annual electronic reports are generated for the Driefontein operations. Monthly and quarterly reports enable the Environmental Department to identify any significant changes or potential problematic water quality results. Submission frequencies to the DWS are specified in the water quality management programmes per site.

According to the WUL: 2017, the licensee is required to submit the analysis results for the monitoring requirements to the regional head. The analysis is typically submitted quarterly and at times more frequently as required.

5.6.3 Monitoring Techniques and Procedures

Sampling is conducted by appropriately trained and qualified personnel to ensure reliable results. The surface water monitoring programme is subject to flow conditions that vary with rainfall. Various monitoring localities are dependent on storm water flow as well as overflow from pollution containment structures.

5.6.4 Monitoring Schedule

Surface water samples are taken weekly from critical points, while other surface monitoring points are monitored on a monthly or quarterly basis where flow is observed while groundwater localities are sampled on a quarterly or biannual basis

5.7 Surface Water Monitoring

Sibanye has developed an ”Driefontein Water Quality Monitoring Programme 2019 2020”. The aim of the programme is to ensure the proper protocols and standards are followed for all water quality and biological indices. The following programmes are described:

❖ Routine water quality sampling ❖ Routine water quality analysis ❖ Water quality standards ❖ Biomonitoring ❖ Toxicity ❖ Incident sampling ❖ Reporting requirements ❖ Water volumes

The objectives of the current surface water monitoring programme is to assess:

❖ The potential impacts that the mining operations may have on the ground and surface water resources in the related catchment; and groundwater aquifer and ❖ The potential impacts that stored water containing waste may have on other water resources. ❖ Assess, manage and mitigate risks associated with water quality management; and ❖ Assess rehabilitation requirements as well as provide input into catchment or regional strategies. ❖

Details of the Driefontein surface water quality monitoring points are provided in Table 5-2, and their locations are indicated on Figure 5-10, however it must be noted that these are re-evaluated and updated on a regular basis to ensure a fit-for-purpose monitoring programme at all times.. Sibanye are monitoring all required surface water points listed in Annexure III, IV and V of their 2017 WUL. As previously mentioned, some additional points have been added to the monitoring programme, which include DSW21, Drie 10#, DSW19, PCD9 and AB. DSW21 and Drie 10#, these were added on 26 June 2019, to allow for differentiation between the sources of water discharged from underground from the 8# Shaft. DSW19 and PCD9, have

been included to monitor the potential polluted runoff from the 5# and 9# Shafts, respectively, to determine whether these dams need to be managed as dirty water containment facilities. Monitoring point AB was added to the Wonderfonteinspruit, to understand the potential downstream influences from the Driefontein, Kloof and Rand Uranium Operations.

The following provides a discussion and recommendations for the surface water monitoring programme.

5.7.1 Wonderfonteinspruit

The Wonderfonteinspruit monitoring points are adequately located, with WS006 monitoring the water quality upstream of the Driefontein discharge, at the 1m pipeline outlet, whilst DSW38 and AB, monitor the downstream water quality.

WS006 and DSW38 are monitored on a monthly basis, whilst AB, which does not form part of the required 2017 WUL points, is monitored quarterly.

A wide range of parameters are monitored, as indicated in Table 4-22. These include parameters for acidity, salts, heavy metals, nutrients, silt and water clarity.

It is recommended that monitoring continues as is.

5.7.2 Shafts, Settling Pond and Final Discharge

Dewatering of the underground mining areas at Driefontein takes place at the 8# and 10# Shafts, and is discharged to the Settling Pond. Monitoring points DSW21 and Drie 10#, monitor the process water pumped from these shafts, whilst DSW42 monitors the fissure water (cleaner groundwater) from 8# Shaft. DSW09 monitors the discharge from the Settling Pond, whilst DSW36 is located below the point where the Settling Pond and fissure water join, monitoring the final discharge to the Wonderfonteinspruit.

All points are monitored weekly, with the exception of DSW42 and DSW09, which is monitored monthly.

Parameters for acidity, salts, heavy metals, nutrients, silt and water clarity are monitored.

It is recommended that monitoring continues as is.

5.7.3 Wastewater Treatment Works

The effluent from the WWTWs are monitored at DSW12, DSW35, DSW18 and DSW11. DSW12 and DSW35 report to the Settling Pond before the Wonderfonteinspruit, whilst DSW18 is used to irrigate the Driefontein Golf Course. DSW11 discharges to a small dam located on a tributary of the Kraalkopspruit in the Loopspruit catchment.

Monitoring is undertaken on a weekly basis, with the exception of DSW12, as 7# Shaft is non-operational.

Parameters for acidity, salts, heavy metals, nutrients, silt and water clarity are monitored.

It is recommended that monitoring continues as is.

5.7.4 Rock Dump No. 6

The water quality is monitored upstream and downstream of Rock Dump No. 6 (WRD 6), which has now been reclaimed.

Monitoring is undertaken on a monthly basis.

Parameters for acidity, salts, heavy metals, nutrients, silt and water clarity are monitored.

It is recommended that monitoring continues as is, until the area is fully rehabilitated and post- rehabilitation to ensure the rehabilitation was successfully performed..

5.7.5 Loopspruit

The 5# and 9# Shaft infrastructure is located in the Loopspruit catchment. Runoff from the 5# Shaft infrastructure reports to the 5# PCD, which is located on a tributary of the Kraalkopspruit, and is monitored at DSW19. Runoff from the 9# Shaft infrastructure reports to the 9# PCD, which is monitored at PCD9. Samples have not been obtained from PCD9, as water has not been available, due to 9# Shaft being non- operational for several years. The Kraalkopspruit is monitored downstream of the 5# PCD, at the N12 and R500.

Monitoring is undertaken on a monthly basis, except at PCD9, which is monitored on a quarterly basis.

Parameters for acidity, salts, heavy metals, nutrients, silt and water clarity are monitored.

Due to a number of parameters exceeding the stringent DWS TWQR for irrigation and aquatic ecosystems, as well as the RQO limits for the downstream Mooi River, it is recommended that monitoring continues at these facilities. It is further recommended that attainable parameter limits are set for the Loopspruit and Wonderfontein monitoring points, considering that this area has been mined since before the NWA. Lastly, it is recommended that the PCD9 monitoring point, is either moved further downstream, to before the confluence with the Kraalkopspruit, or that a further monitoring point is added here. The reason for this being that, hopefully, more water will be available downstream for sampling, which can then provide an indication of the water quality seeping from the 9# PCD, if any.

Table 5-2: Details of the surface water monitoring points

No. of Occasions WUL 2017 Monitoring Monitoring Period to Reporting Monitoring Point Description Monitoring Frequency Monitored & Analysed Latitude Longitude WUL 2017 Reference Point Date Frequency to Date

Effluent discharge from 5# 2018/01/09 - DSW11 WWTW to Kraalkopspruit Yes Monthly 127 26°25'28.22"S 27°29'30.90"E 2020/09/28 (Loopspruit) Effluent discharge from 7# 2018/01/09 - DSW12 Yes Monthly 65 26°20'44.40"S 27°29'13.64"E Annexure IV, Condition WWTW to Settling Pond 2019/07/30 3.1 (Irrigation) & Quarterly Effluent discharge from 2# Annexure V, Condition 2018/01/09 - DSW18 WWTW for Golf Course Yes Monthly 135 26°23'0.39"S 27°30'14.55"E 4 2020/09/28 Irrigation Effluent discharge from 8# 2018/01/09 - DSW35 Yes Monthly 113 26°21'49.60"S 27°27'40.02"E WWTW to Settling Pond 2020/09/28

Discharge from Settling Pond to 2018/01/09 - DSW09 Yes Monthly 33 26°20'55.67"S 27°25'50.22"E Wonderfonteinspruit 2020/09/01

Final Driefontein discharge to 2018/01/09 - DSW36 Wonderfonteinspruit (Settling Yes Weekly 140 26°20'27.93"S 27°25'33.88"E 2020/09/28 Pond & fissure water blend)

Fissure water discharge to 2018/01/09 - DSW42 Yes Monthly 33 26°21'51.50"S 27°28'15.30"E Wonderfonteinspruit 2020/09/01

Underground process water 2019/08/05 - DSW21 No Weekly 54 26°21'30''S 27°27'48''E from 8# Shaft to Settling Pond 2020/09/28 Annexure V, Condition Quarterly Underground process water 2019/08/05 - 4 Drie 10# No Weekly 53 26°23'54.13"S 27°25'46.48"E from 10# Shaft to Settling Pond 2020/09/28 Wonderfonteinspruit downstream of Driefontein 2018/01/09 - DSW38 Yes Monthly 32 26°26'18.59"S 27°23'3.50"E discharge and 1m pipeline 2020/09/01 discharge 2018/01/09 - Kraalkopspruit at N12 Kraalkopspruit at N12 Yes Monthly 32 26°26'18.59"S 27°29'54.48"E 2020/09/01 2018/01/09 - Kraalkopspruit at R500 Kraalkopspruit at R500 Yes Monthly 32 26°27'57.12"S 27°29'49.78"E 2020/09/01 1m pipeline discharge upstream 2018/01/09 - WS006 Yes Monthly 32 26°19'41.6"S 27°24'25.7"E of Driefontein discharge 2020/09/01 Rock dump 6 2018/01/22 - Upstream of Rock Dump No.6 Yes Monthly 31 26°23'7.47"S 27°26'14.98"E upstream 2020/09/01 Annexure III, Condition Quarterly Rock dump 6 Downstream of Rock Dump 2018/01/22 - 3.3 Yes Monthly 31 26°22'50.60"S 27°26'6.39"E downstream No.6 2020/09/01 2018/02/09 - DSW19 5# PCD No Monthly 28 26°25'36.80"S 27°30'5.04"E None 2020/09/01 Wonderfonteinspruit at Abe 2019/01/04 - AB No Quarterly 16 26°19'26.82"S 27°21'14.11"E None Quarterly Bailey Nature Reserve 2020/09/15

PCD9 9# PCD No Quarterly - 0* 26°25'45.54"S 27°29'02.86"E None

Figure 5-10: Surface water monitoring locations

5.7.6 Quantity

An automated metering system (ZEDNET) was successfully rolled out at Driefontein where potable water meters installed to monitor water consumption continuously. This system enables management to monitor water consumption and water distribution networks daily. It also assists in identifying and locating water leaks and excessive consumption, as well as providing functionality for automated reporting at required intervals, with alarms and notifications being given to highlight issues and automated billing reports being generated. The implementation of this system has proven to decrease the daily average consumption of portable water. Additional pump and flow monitoring stations have been installed and are regularly reported on to ensure the water balance remains updated.

5.7.7 Quality

Surface water quality standards are divided into three separate sections: discharge quality requirements for mine water, discharge water quality requirements for treated wastewater and instream water quality requirements for water as per the existing WUL. Sibanye has developed additional metrics to measure water quality informed by a significant literature review to evaluate the protection of downstream water users, including the environment. Sibanye have been advocating to discuss these limits with the DWS specialists to ensure sustainable, realistic and achievable limits are provided. Specifically, the stringent salt, E-coli and nutrient limits require further interrogation as the scientific basis for these limits is unclear.

Table 5-3: Instream Surface Water Quality Parameters Variable Limit pH 6.5 – 8.5 Electrical conductivity (EC) (mS/m) 70 Suspended solids (SS) (mg/l) 30 Dissolved oxygen (mg/l) 6 Total dissolved solids (mg/l) 500 Sulphate (mg/l) 300 Total cyanide (mg/l) 0.5 Calcium (mg/l) 100 Chloride (mg/l) 150 Magnesium (mg/l) 30 Sodium (mg/l) 100 Aluminium (mg/l) 0.4 Boron (mg/l) 0.5 Cadmium (mg/l) 0.05 Copper (mg/l) 0.1 Iron (mg/l) 0.5 Lead (mg/l) 0.1 Manganese (mg/l) 0.5 Nickel (mg/l) 0.2 Uranium (µg/l) 70 Zinc (mg/l) 0.1

Table 5-4: Monitoring Parameters for Discharge Mine Water and Treated Waste Water

Variable Limits

pH 5.5 – 9.5 Electrical conductivity (EC) (mS/m) 112 Total dissolved solids (mg/l) 784 Suspended solids (SS) (mg/l) 25 Sulphate (mg/l) 400 Ammonia (mg/l) n/a Nitrate (mg/l) n/a E.coli (cfu/100ml) n/a Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) (mg/l) n/a Phosphate (mg/l) 1 Total cyanide (mg/l) 0.5 Calcium (mg/l) 100 Chloride (mg/l) 100 Flouride (mg/l) 0.8 Magnesium (mg/l) 70 Sodium (mg/l) 100 Aluminium (mg/l) 0.5 Boron (mg/l) 0.5 Cadmium (mg/l) 0.01 Copper (mg/l) 0.10 Iron (mg/l) 0.20 Lead (mg/l) 0.10 Manganese (mg/l) 0.10 Nickel (mg/l) 0.2 Uranium (µg/l) 0.07 Zinc (mg/l) 0.1

5.7.8 Sampling and Analysis

Surface water sampling and analyses at Driefontein mine are undertaken in accordance with methods stipulated by and obtained from the South African Bureau of Standards (SABS), in terms of the Standards Act (Act No. 30 of 1982) as well as other internationally or nationally accepted scientific protocols and practices.

5.8 Groundwater Monitoring

The objective of groundwater monitoring is to assess the impacts of mining activities on local groundwater. The data in Table 5-5 below indicates groundwater monitoring points at Driefontein Mine (as per the mine’s WUL). The mine has requested a differentiation between source (where the impact originates), plume (expected migration pathway from source area), receptor (where other water users make use of the water) and background (not impacted by the mine’s activities) be implemented in terms of the limits to allow for better control and management of qualities. An indication of this is provided in the table below.

Table 5-5: Groundwater Monitoring Points Sibanye- WUL Description as per Sampling Submission Motivation if not in WUL Ref Monitoring Point* Type of borehole Latitude Longitude Stillwater Point WUL frequency frequency line with WUL Description Ann VI, Cond 3 WDGM11S Yes Plume 26°25'57.60"S 27°29'3.60"E No. 9 rock dump seepage Quarterly Quarterly WDGM11D Yes Plume 26°25'57.60"S 27°29'3.60"E No. 9 rock dump seepage Quarterly WDGM10 Yes Plume 26°23'54.80"S 27°24'15.50"E No. 3 TSF RWD discharge Quarterly WDGM3 Yes Plume 26°23'48.20"S 27°25'15.50"E No. 3 TSF RWD discharge Quarterly WDGM1S Yes Plume 26°23'59.30"S 27°24'23.90"E No. 3 TSF RWD Quarterly WDGM1D Yes Plume 26°23'59.30"S 27°24'23.90"E No. 3 TSF RWD Quarterly WDGM1 Yes Source 26°23'44.50"S 27°25'10.10"E No. 3 TSF RWD Quarterly WDGM5 Yes Background/ 26°24'33.40"S 27°26'2.90"E Background, area N of Gatsrand, W Quarterly Dewatering Driefontein vicinity WDGM4 Yes Source 26°24'11.70"S 27°26'12.80"E Removed WRD downhill from WDGM4; Quarterly upper reaches of W Driefontein valley WDGM8 Yes Plume 26°24'1.00"S 27°26'26.30"E Rehabilitated rock dump, downhill from Quarterly WDGM 4 WDGM2S Yes Background/ 26°23'44.50"S 27°26'19.30"E Surface runoff from various rock dumps Quarterly Dewatering WDGM2D Yes Background/ 26°23'44.50"S 27°26'19.30"E Sub-surface runoff from various rock Quarterly Dewatering dumps WDGM7 Yes Plume 26°23'26.50"S 27°26'7.90"E Waste rock dump Quarterly WDGM9 Yes Plume 26°23'28.95"S 27°26'31.26"E Midpoint of Driefontein valley Quarterly WDGM6 Yes Plume 26°23'7.90"S 27°26'13.81"E Rooihoogte farm monitoring point Quarterly in Driefontein valley GCS1 Yes Background/ 26°23'10.14"S 27°28'41.70"E West village golf club Quarterly Dewatering GCS2 Yes Background/ 26°23'10.36"S 27°28'55.74"E Bust stop borehole Quarterly No GPS coordinate s are Dewatering provided in the WUL. No changes have been made to the sampling programme but the coordinates have been updated. GCS9 Yes Background 26°25'7.30"S 27°29'45.30"E No.5 rock dump background Discontinued An attempt was made to unblock the borehole however this could not be done and therefore a new replacement borehole BH9DF was drilled adjacent to GCS9. EDGCS8S Yes Source 26°25'23.50"S 27°30'3.00"E No. 5 rock dump seepage Quarterly EDGCS8D Yes Source 26°25'23.50"S 27°30'3.00"E No. 5 rock dump seep Quarterly Boreholes Drilled in 2019 None BH1DFS No Plume 26°23'35.10"S 27°26'02.80"E Shallow plume borehole for removed rock Biannual Biannual New boreholes were dump areas and the No. 2 & 3 Gold Plant drilled to fill the gaps

Sibanye- WUL Description as per Sampling Submission Motivation if not in WUL Ref Monitoring Point* Type of borehole Latitude Longitude Stillwater Point WUL frequency frequency line with WUL Description BH1DF No Plume 26°23'35.10"S 27°26'02.90"E Deep plume borehole for rehabilitated rock Biannual Biannual identified in the dump Geohydrological areas and the No. 2 & 3 Gold Plant specialist studies BH2DF No Source 26°23'45.50"S 27°25'23.00"E Shallow source borehole for the No. 3 Waste Biannual Biannual conducted regularly for Rock Dump footprint Driefontein. BH3DFS No Source 26°23'51.60"S 27°26'16.30"E Shallow source borehole for the No. 1 and 2 Biannual Biannual Waste Rock Dump footprints BH3DF No Source 26°23'51.80"S 27°26'16.40"E Deep source borehole for the No. 1 and 2 Biannual Biannual Waste Rock Dump footprints Emergency BH4DF No Source/ 26°23'10.10"S 27°30'16.60"E Hydrocarbon monitoring borehole for the Monthly for 3 Quarterly Diesel Hydrocarbon Emergency Diesel Generators. months, if no Generator s hydrocar bons ROD noted will be reduced to quarterly None BH7DF No Source 26°25'47.50"S 27°29'03.80"E Source borehole downgradient of the No. 9 Biannual Biannual Shaft PCD BH8DFS No Plume 26°25'41.80"S 27°30'06.95"E Shallow plume borehole downgradient of the Quarterly Quarterly No. 5 Shaft and associated No.14 Waste Rock Dump areas BH8DF No Plume 26°25'41.92"S 27°30'06.97"E Deep plume borehole downgradient of the Quarterly Quarterly No. 5 Shaft and associated No. 14 Waste Rock Dump areas BH9DF No Background 26°25'07.50"S 27°29'44.40"E Background borehole replacing GCS9, Biannual Biannual upstream of activities occurring to the South of the Gatsrand Boreholes Drilled in 2019 – to be monitored by FWGR** None BH5DF No Plume 26°23'56.20"S 27°24'24.10"E Plume borehole downgradient of the No. 5 Quarterly Quarterly New boreholes were TSF drilled to fill the gaps BH6DF No Plume 26°24'6.05"S 27°24'22.60"E Plume borehole downgradient of the No. 5 Quarterly Quarterly identified in the TSF Geohydrological specialist studies conducted regularly for Driefontein.

*No boreholes have been identified that would be suitable for the requirements of ICMC monitoring as the active facilities onto which cyanide containing tailings are deposited are located on dewatered dolomitic aquifers. This will be re-evaluated should rewatering occur before the tailing storage facilities have been removed.

** Far West Gold Recoveries (FWGR) have taken over the activities associated with the pollution sources potentially influencing these boreholes and therefore monitoring will be implemented by them and not Sibanye-Stillwater. The points are included in the Driefontein Monitoring Programme only to provide a record of the requirements.

Figure 5-11: Boreholes North-West of the Gatsrand

Figure 5-12Boreholes North-East of the Gatsrand

Figure 5-13: Boreholes South of the Gatsrand

5.8.1 Quality

Groundwater monitoring is performed quarterly at Driefontein mine. Table 5-6 lists the groundwater quality monitoring parameters and specified limits as set out in the current WUL.

Table 5-6: Groundwater Quality Parameters Variable Limit pH 6.5 – 8.5 Electrical conductivity (mS/m) 170 Total dissolved solids (mg/l) 1200 Sulphate (mg/l) 400 Nitrate (mg/l) 11 Calcium (mg/l) 150 Chloride (mg/l) 300 Flouride (mg/l) 1.5 Magnesium (mg/l) 70 Sodium (mg/l) 200 Aluminium (mg/l) 0.3 Cadmium (mg/l) 0.003 Copper (mg/l) 1.0 Iron (mg/l) 0.3 Lead (mg/l) 0.01 Manganese (mg/l) 0.1 Nickel (mg/l) 0.07 Uranium (µg/l) 0.03

Variable Limit Zinc (mg/l) 5.0

5.8.2 Sampling and Analysis

Groundwater sampling and analyses at Driefontein mine are undertaken in accordance with methods stipulated by and obtained from the SABS, in terms of the Standards Act (Act No. 30 of 1982). Other internationally or nationally accepted scientific protocols and practices are adopted for any sampling and analysis performed.

5.9 Biomonitoring

Sibanye has developed a biomonitoring programme (2019-20) which involves the measuring of biological indicators to assess the condition of rivers. Biomonitoring is undertaken biannually, in the high and low flow periods, by an aquatic scientist that has been accredited as per the DWS SASS5 accreditation programme. The programme includes evaluating the physical features of a river such as water quality, quantity and habitat. Biological indices are used to assign classes and categories to describe the state of the river reaches. In turn this informs mitigation, management and rehabilitation strategies. The monitoring programmes are also kept updated so as to ensure they are fit-for-purpose and utilise the best available monitoring methods. During the biomonitoring cycles toxicity sampling of effluent streams, up- and downstream points is also undertaken and sent for screening toxicity analyses for at least three taxonomic groups. The toxicity monitoring programme is also kept updated.

5.9.1 Methods and Materials

As part of Sibanye’s standard monitoring requirements set by the WULs of several of Sibanye’s operations the South African Scoring System version 5 (SASS5) as per Dickens and Graham (2002) and interpreted as per Dallas (2007) as well as the Invertebrate Habitat Assessment System (IHAS) as per McMillan (1998) will be implemented for all sites. Additionally, due to the limitations and inadequacy of IHAS the SASS biotopes as per Tate and Husted (2015), as well as the Intermediate Habitat Integrity Assessment (IHIA) as per DWAF (1999) are also performed to properly assess the habitat impacts on each of the sites. The Macroinvertebrate Response Assessment Index (MIRAI) as per Thirion (2008) and an assessment of key physico-chemical determinants based on the WUL and the risk to the receiving environment are also included such that systems can be assessed per reach which allows for more holistic management of the freshwater systems within which Sibanye operates. Biomonitoring is performed biannually in the high and low flow seasons

5.9.2 Assessment sites

Site selection was based on the location of Driefontein infrastructure in relation to the surrounding lotic systems that may experience impacts from unforeseen events at the operations. Sites were selected both up- and downstream of the Driefontein Operations and included the river systems indicated in Table 5-7 and Figure 5-14.

Table 5-7: Biomonitoring assessment sites Biomonitoring Site Surface water Coordinates River Sub- quaternary name sampling point name Reach DB1 DSW44 26°19'02.66"S; Lower Wonderfonteinspruit C23E-01368

27°23'17.43"E DB2 DSW38 26°18'57.01"S; Lower Wonderfonteinspruit C23E-01368

27°22'54.83"E DB 3 None 26°24'43.56"S; Upper West Loopspruit C23J-not assigned

27°30'51.05"E DB 4 Kraalkopspruit @ N12 26°26'18.29"S; Kraalkopspruit C23J-01507

27°29'54.12"E DB 5 Kraalkopspruit @ 26°28'46.08"S; Kraalkopspruit C23J-01507 R500 27°32'20.29"E DB 7 LE001 26°26'42.47"S; Upper West Loopspruit C23J-not assigned

27°32'31.67"E DB 8 LP007 26°28'46.08"S; Loopspruit main C23J-01487

27°32'20.29"E

Figure 5-14: Loopspruit biomonitoring points

Figure 5-15: Wonderfonteinspruit biomonitoring points

5.10 Waste Monitoring

The recovery and reduction of waste material is managed as part of the waste management system. The salvage yard is the main waste management site for non-mine residue (general waste) related waste at the Driefontein mine. This general waste management includes waste separation, re-use options, recycling and responsible disposal in compliance with the laws of South Africa.

A Waste Management Plan (2018) is in place to improve the management of waste at their various operations. This is regularly evaluated to ensure it include best practice considerations and remains fit-for- purpose.

All waste generated, transported off-site for recycling and disposal must be weighed at the weigh-bridge by the Waste Management Contractor. The salvage yard supervisor shall ensure that all waste records at the salvage yard are forwarded to the Environmental Department on a monthly basis for reporting. Waste figures will be reported on a monthly basis to Sibanye head office. The contractor removing the hazardous waste shall provide a certificate of safe disposal upon disposal of the waste to the Environmental Department . The contractor removing the hazardous waste shall provide a certificate of safe disposal to the salvage yard supervisor for record keeping upon disposal. The waste contractor shall generate and submit a signed-off monthly report of waste bins, sorting area inspections, and waste disposed or recycle.

5.11 Auditing

Sibanye undertakes an alternating schedule of internal and external audits annually, such that one audit is conducted per annum. The auditing schedule allows time for actions arising from audits to be implemented without resulting in duplicate audit findings.

5.12 Risk Assessment / Best Practice Assessment

Sibanye’s Risk Management policy statement is:

“Sibanye strives to manage risk effectively in order to protect the company’s assets, stakeholders, environment and reputation and to ensure achievement of the business objectives."

The aim is to achieve a fuller understanding of the reward/risk balance and seek to reduce the likelihood and consequences of adverse effects to acceptable levels and to achieve continual improvement in the management of risk, thereby enhancing the degree of certainty in achieving the objective.

Sibanye’s Board and its various Sub Committees have undertaken to address the need for enterprise wide risk management within the Group and have tasked management with developing and maintaining the necessary systems to give effect to this responsibility. The company will endeavour to develop, implement and maintain sound risk management practices and systems that are consistent with international best practice and that will address the following objectives:

❖ Identify, assess and manage risks in an effective and efficient manner; ❖ Make decisions based on a comprehensive view of the reward to risk balance; ❖ Provide greater certainty on the delivery of objectives; and ❖ Satisfy Sibanye’s corporate governance requirements.

In pursuing these objectives Sibanye will endeavour to:

❖ Implement a comprehensive and systematic risk assessment and reporting process across the Group; ❖ Create an environment that controls and mitigates risks within the accepted Sibanye Risk tolerance; ❖ Integrate the outputs of specialist risk functions to provide an informed view of the risks associated with our business activities; ❖ Heighten risk management awareness in business processes, with an emphasis of risk management instilled in all associated stakeholders; ❖ Foster a culture of continuous improvement in risk management through audit and review processes; and ❖ Create an appropriate risk financing programme based on the risk profiles developed in the assessment process.

5.12.1 Safety, Health, Environment and Community Policy

This policy seeks to pursue the objective of zero harm guided by the following statements:

❖ Safety is the number one priority; ❖ Every employee has the right and responsibility to understand the risks inherent in the task to be performed; ❖ Every employee has the right and responsibility to withdraw from a dangerous situation;

❖ Every employee must be provided with the required training, resources and personal protective equipment; and ❖ Every employee must be provided with the required information to enable the employee to mine safely.

5.12.2 Environmental Policy Statement

The Sibanye Environmental Vision can be described as “…creating value for all our stakeholders through responsible environmental management practices that includes inter alia verifiable compliance, risk management and environmental footprint management in anticipation of post closure socio-economic and environmental impacts.”

Sibanye is committed to achieving its Environmental Management vision through:

❖ Responsible compliance to all legal, regulatory and generally accepted standards applicable to our mining operations in different jurisdictions; ❖ Proactive environmental incident management supported by enabling technologies and comprehensive reporting, in order to minimise or prevent pollution; ❖ Implementation of sound environmental management practices and systems, and the development of fit-for-purpose environmental standards and procedures that promote continual improvement; ❖ Proactive air quality management using nationally prescribed methodologies; ❖ Efficient and responsible use of natural resources including water and energy, and the responsible management of all waste and effluent streams emanating from our mining operations; ❖ Implementation of a sustainable closure strategy, and concurrent rehabilitation for the environmentally-responsible and effective socio-economic closure of our mining operations; ❖ Continual assessment of our water, land and carbon footprint - developing resource conservation programmes to effectively manage and reduce our footprint; ❖ Developing environmental training and awareness programmes for employees and communities; ❖ Communicating openly and transparently with all our stakeholders insofar as our environmental impacts and environmental management programmes are concerned.

5.12.3 Risk Assessment Methodology

As stated in the DWS guideline for the development of Environmental Risk Assessment (ERA), certain criteria have to be applied with regard to the development of IWWMPs. This criteria is set out in Table 5-8 below.

Table 5-8: Risk Assessment Criteria Criteria Rating Description Probability 3 >90% sure of a particular fact or the likelihood of that impact occurring 2 70% – 90% sure of a particular fact or the likelihood of that impact occurring.

Criteria Rating Description 1 40% - 70% sure of a particular fact or the likelihood of that impact occurring 0 <40% sure of a particular fact or the likelihood of that impact occurring Extent 1 Immediate project site 2 Up to 5km from the project site 3 20 km radius from the project site 4 Provincial 5 South African 6 Neighbouring countries / overseas Duration 1 <1 year 2 1 – 5 years 3 5 – 10 years 4 10 – 15 years 5 >15 year 6 Permanent Intensity 0 Where the impact affects the environment in such a way that natural, cultural and social functions are not affected 1 Where the impact affects the environment in such a way that natural, cultural and social functions are only marginally affected 2 Where the impact affects the environment in such a way that natural, cultural and social functions and processes continue albeit in a modified way 3 Where natural, cultural and social functions or processes are altered to the extent that it will temporarily cease 4 Where natural, cultural and social functions or processes are altered to the extent that it will permanently cease

5.12.4 Significance of Possible Impacts

The significance of the possible impacts from the impact assessment were scored according to the ratings set out in Table 5-9.

Table 5-9: Significance rating Score Significance Rating 2 -4 Low 5 – 7 Low – Moderate 8 – 10 Moderate 11 – 13 Moderate – High 14 – 16 High >17 Very High

5.12.5 Possible Impacts on the Environment

The findings of the risk assessment that reflect the possible threat to the water components of the environment are presented in Table 5-10 and include:

❖ Surface water: o Contamination of surface water run-off from the dirty mine areas and from discharges; o Wash down of contaminated soils into clean areas; and o Alteration of drainage patterns due to mine activities. ❖ Groundwater: o Deterioration of groundwater quality due to seepage of contaminated water from tailings dams, rock dumps and return water dams; o Lowering of groundwater levels due to dewatering from the active shafts; and o Impacts on water supply due to both dewatering and contamination. ❖ Sensitive landscapes: o Contamination of wetland areas on the mine; o Destruction of wetland areas due to the placement of mine infrastructure; o Creation of wetlands due to seepage and discharges; o Drying up of wetland areas due to dewatering.

5.12.6 Risk to the Environment

Results of the screening level risk assessment are set out in Table 5-10. The impacts range from moderate to very high, however with mitigation these risks can be removed in certain cases and reduced considerably in others.

Table 5-10: Results of the Screening Level Risk Assessment Potential Impact Discussion Significa Water Quality Management Actions Areas nce Prevention Re-use/ Discharge/Disposal Rating Reclamation/Treatment Surface Water Excessive flow due Discharges during 18 LONG TERM: No discharge SHORT TERM: Reclamation of SHORT TERM: Discharge of to discharge operations may be in except for the human (including water for re-use on the mine excess acceptable quality excess of the flow the continuation of safe mining and treatment of water to water according to the Water required in the water conditions) and ecological acceptable standards for Conservation and Water resource leading to Reserve requirements and in potable and process water Demand requirements. erosion and emergency cases. on the mine and discharge to sedimentation, and a water resource for the LONG TERM: Water will be alteration of drainage human and ecological treated to acceptable patterns, especially at the Reserve requirements standard; Discharge to a water discharge points. Ensure appropriate specialist resource for the human and However post closure, no studies are performed to ecological Reserve discharge will occur. inform wetland and floodline requirements. Discharge extent changes as a result of systems will be designed, changes to the discharge. maintained and rehabilitated to ensure ecological function is LONG TERM: Ensure maintained in relation to the management of natural surrounding catchment uses. water systems that provide natural critical functions, this includes erosion and sedimentation management. Deteriorating water The quality of the water 16 LONG TERM: No discharge SHORT TERM: Treatment of SHORT TERM: Discharge of quality due to discharge being discharged may not except for the human (including water to acceptable standard excess acceptable quality be acceptable when the continuation of safe mining for disposal ,reuse (potable and water according to the r Water considered against the conditions) and ecological process water on the mine) and Conservation and Water potential human health Reserve requirements and in discharge to a water resource Demand requirements and environmental risks, emergency cases where the for the human and ecological and the appropriate water would be treated to an Reserve requirements. LONG TERM: Excess Resource water quality acceptable standard before discharge only during objectives. discharge LONG TERM: Investigate emergency situations and in potential passive/active water which case water will be treatment alternative for use on treated to acceptable the mine and distribution to the standard; and Discharge to a Page |173 Driefontein Operations IWWMP © 2020 Kongiwe Environmental (Pty) Ltd

Potential Impact Discussion Significa Water Quality Management Actions Areas nce Prevention Re-use/ Discharge/Disposal Rating Reclamation/Treatment municipality; and Discharge to a water resource for the human water resource for the human and ecological Reserve and ecological Reserve requirements. Discharge requirements. systems will be designed, maintained and rehabilitated to ensure ecological function is maintained in relation to the surrounding catchment uses. Deteriorating water Contaminated storm 8 LONG TERM: To prevent SHORT and LONG TERM: n/a quality due to diffuse water from areas such as contaminated storm water Treatment of contaminated storm water runoff haul road crossings; entering the water resources, storm water for re-use in the chemical stores; waste adequate storm water systems process. sites (domestic, industrial (in alignment with GN704) and mine waste related): must be in place to collect may find its way to the contaminated storm water; water resource causing Well maintained bunded areas deterioration of the in the chemical stores areas; water quality and adequately designed return water dams/storm water containment dams. A maintenance plan for all water infrastructure should be implemented to prevent a reduction in their efficacy. Water availability Increased readily 12 LONG TERM: No discharge SHORT TERM: Reclamation of SHORT TERM: Discharge of accessible water except for the human water for re-use on the mine excess acceptable quality availability in the (including the continuation of and treatment of water to water according to the Water catchment as the mine safe mining conditions) and acceptable standards for Conservation and Water pumps water from deep ecological Reserve potable and process water Demand requirements underground and requirements and in on the mine and discharge to discharges this to emergency cases where the a water resource for the accessible surface water water would be treated to an human and ecological resources; The increased acceptable standard before Reserve requirements discharge also increases discharge Ensure appropriate specialist

Potential Impact Discussion Significa Water Quality Management Actions Areas nce Prevention Re-use/ Discharge/Disposal Rating Reclamation/Treatment wetland extent, thus also studies are performed to making it more inform wetland and floodline ecologically accessible. extent changes as a result of changes to the discharge.

LONG TERM: Ensure management of natural water systems that provide natural critical functions, this includes erosion and sedimentation management. Water Quality Dilution of upstream poor 12 SHORT and LONG TERM: SHORT TERM: Discharge of improvement water quality inputs, Treatment of contaminated excess acceptable quality specifically related to water for re-use in the water according to the rWater poorly managed sewage process or dicharge. Conservation and Water management and Demand requirements treatment. Groundwater Impacts on ground and • Abstraction of 16 SHORT TERM: Not possible to SHORT and LONG TERM: SHORT/LONG TERM: Discharge surface water due to groundwater has to stop dewatering unless the Treatment of water to to all water resources that are dewatering continue to ensure a mine was to close down; acceptable standard for reuse impacted on by the dewatering safe mine working however where viable (potable and process water to implement the human and environment, rewatering should occur on the mine) ecological Reserve requirements however has the progressively as part of the as soon as this has been following impacts: footprint reduction and LONG TERM: Investigate determined by the DWS as long • concurrent rehabilitation plans. potential passive/active as consultation from the DWS water treatment alternative was adequately performed on LONG TERM: Dewatering may for use on the mine and the Reserve to ensure the decrease after closure. Over discharge to the Rand Water protection of the environment time the compartments will system for broader and humans, including the recharge and the distribution in the area; and requirements for the mining eyes/fountains will flow again. Discharge to a water operations. The water table should resource for the human and therefore normalise over the ecological Reserve longer term.

Potential Impact Discussion Significa Water Quality Management Actions Areas nce Prevention Re-use/ Discharge/Disposal Rating Reclamation/Treatment Loss and deterioration of • Loss and 21 LONG TERM: LONG TERM: Should LONG TERM: Ensure adequate groundwater sources for deterioration of Perform a hydrocensus to unacceptable impacts be planning is performed to identify water users in the groundwater sources determine water user identified to other water users risks and mitigation measures catchment for water users in the requirements in the catchment. resulting from the mining upon rewatering and to identify catchment. activities on the groundwater potential decant points if any. resources suitable mitigation measures must be implemented. Sensitive Areas Deteriorating water • Contaminated storm 8 LONG TERM: To prevent SHORT and LONG TERM: n/a qualities in the wetland water from areas contaminated storm water Treatment (passive and/or areas such as haul road entering the sensitive areas, active) of contaminated storm crossings; chemical adequate storm water systems water for re-use in the process stores; waste sites (in alignment with GN704) (domestic, industrial must be in place to collect and mine waste contaminated storm water; related): may find its way to the sensitive Well maintained bunded areas causing deterioration in the chemical stores areas; of the water quality and adequately designed return and ecology water dams/storm water containment dams. Deterioration of sensitive • Discharges may be in 8 LONG TERM: No discharge SHORT TERM: Reclamation of SHORT TERM: Discharge of areas (watercourses and excess of the flow except for the human water for re-use on the mine excess acceptable quality groundwater aquifers) required in the water (including the continuation of and treatment of water to water until reclamation due to incidents, seepage, resource leading to safe mining conditions) and acceptable standards for scheme is in place erosion and erosion and ecological Reserve potable and process water on sedimentation from sedimentation, and requirements and in the mine and discharge to a LONG TERM: Excess discharge excessive flows, dirty alteration of drainage emergency cases. Discharge water resource for the human only during emergency water (including tailings) patterns, especially systems will be designed, and ecological Reserve situations and water will be spills and waste at the discharge maintained and rehabilitated requirements. treated to an acceptable management points. to ensure ecological function is LONG TERM: Investigate passive standard; Discharge to a water infrastructure. maintained in relation to the water treatment alternative for resource for the human and surrounding catchment uses. use on the mine and distribution ecological Reserve requirements Regular groundwater to the Rand Water distribution Page |176 Driefontein Operations IWWMP © 2020 Kongiwe Environmental (Pty) Ltd

Potential Impact Discussion Significa Water Quality Management Actions Areas nce Prevention Re-use/ Discharge/Disposal Rating Reclamation/Treatment modelling on seepage potential system; discharge to a water should be performed to resource for the human and monitor seepage and mitigate ecological Reserve requirements potential impacts on sensitive receptors. Implement and maintain an appropriate occurrence procedure. Ensure dirty water systems have appropriate bunded areas in case of maintenance and emergency situations to prevent spills into the sensitive receptors. Ensure all dirty water storage areas have adequate capacity.

5.13 Assessment of Level and Confidence of Information

All infrastructure and operations discussed in the IWWMP update are within the existing Driefontein mine area hence numerous sources of information were available to develop it. It can be stated that the extent and level of information available is adequate to support the development of the IWWMP update. The information is considered to be at a medium to high level of confidence.

CHAPTER 6: ISSUES AND RESPONSES FROM PUBLIC CONSULTATION PROCESS

The Public Participation Process (PPP) offers stakeholders a fair opportunity to be informed about the Proposed Project, to raise issues of concern and to make suggestions for enhanced project benefits.

The public participation process (PPP) has been developed to ensure compliance with the Environmental processes for Driefontein Environmental Management Programme and Water Use License amendment. In addition, COVID-19 has a major influence on the development and implementation of the PPP, as such the process is designed to adhere to strict measures to prevent and avoid the spread of COVID-19. Accordingly, the PPP will use a variety of engagement methods and tools to meaningfully consult with stakeholders and ensure that measures to prevent the spread of COVID-19 are observed and implemented. The engagement approach and methods are discussed in detail in the subsequent sections.

The objectives of the PP Process

❖ Comply with the legal requirements. ❖ Ensure that stakeholders are informed about the proposed project. ❖ Provide stakeholders the opportunity to participate in the process and provide comment. ❖ Involve stakeholders in identifying way in which concerns can be addressed; and ❖ Verify that stakeholder comments have been recorded.

The PPP has three phases of consultation with Interested and affected Parties (I&APs) during the environmental regulatory process. These are presented in Table 6-1 below:

Table 6-1: Activities undertaken and to be undertaken during the public participation process Project Description of activities Proposed Timeframe phase Pre ❖ Identification of stakeholders; October 2020- November Application ❖ Providing project information to stakeholders; 2020 Phase ❖ Consultation with stakeholders; and ❖ Obtaining comments, suggestions and concerns from stakeholders. Amendment ❖ Distribution and placement of project announcement 13 November 2020- 10 Phase materials; February 2021 ❖ Consultations with the directly affected landowners ❖ Updating of the stakeholder database; ❖ Availability of the IWWMP for public review and comment; ❖ Providing stakeholders with further details on the Proposed Project and associated specialist studies; ❖ Consultation with stakeholders; ❖ Obtaining further comments, suggestions and concerns from stakeholders;

Project Description of activities Proposed Timeframe phase ❖ Inform specialists and the applicant about stakeholder comments; and ❖ Verify that comments raised by stakeholders have been accurately recorded. Decision ❖ Once the competent authority has come to a decision 26 April 2021 Making regarding the authorisation of the project, all registered Phase stakeholders will be notified of the decision made and the appeal process to be followed.

6.1 Summary of Issues Raised by I&AP’s

All comments raised by stakeholders will be captured into the Comment and Response Report (CRR). Responses to comments will be provided in line with the overall project scope and available information.

The CRR will be appended to the Final Report which will be made available for public review.

6.2 Submission of the Application

An application for the IWUL will be submitted to the DWS on 20 November 2020.

6.3 Identification of Stakeholders

To ensure representation of stakeholders, the methods below were utilised to develop a comprehensive stakeholder database.

❖ WinDeed searches were undertaken for farm portions in and around the project site to verify land ownership and obtain contact details; ❖ Desktop and online research; ❖ Stakeholder networking and discussions to source additional stakeholder details: o This will entaile telephonic consultations and meetings with landowners, National, Provincial and Local Government, key Non-Governmental Organisations (NGOs) and other representatives. o Consultation with ward councillors; and o A query to the Surveyor General’s and deeds office on where we do not have property ownership details.

Stakeholders identified who are affected by or interested in the Proposed Project are grouped into the following broad categories:

❖ Government: National, Provincial, District and Local Authorities; ❖ Parastatals: Various semi-Government entities, Organs of State; ❖ Landowners: Directly or indirectly affected and adjacent;

❖ Land occupiers: Directly or indirectly affected and adjacent; ❖ Surrounding communities; ❖ Non-Governmental Organisations (NGOs): Environmental organisations, community-based organisations; ❖ Business and industry: small to medium enterprises, mines, industrial and large business organisations; and ❖ Environmental Forums ❖ Community Based Organisations

A stakeholder database has been compiled and will be updated throughout the environmental regulatory process (Appendix C1).

6.4 Land Claims Enquiry

A formal enquiry, which contained a list of all the directly affected properties for the project will be submitted to the Land Claims Commission, Gauteng Department of Agriculture, Land Reform and Rural Development (DALRRD) on Thursday, 12 November 2020 (Appendix C2). Awaiting feedback from the department.

6.5 Public Participation Materials

Considering the legislative requirements and good practice, the following documents below have been developed and distributed to stakeholders. The various PPP information materials which were used as part of the Amendment Process are included as appendices to this report.

Background Information Document: The BID (Appendix C3) provided important information regarding the following:

❖ A project description of the mining operation; ❖ The IWULA Process and the Public Participation Process to be undertaken and relevant contact details of the public participation practitioners; ❖ An Integrated Water Use Licence Application process; ❖ Details about how stakeholders can register as an Interested and Affected party (I&AP) and be kept informed about the project developments; ❖ The public review and comment period for the Draft Assessment Report and EMPr; and

The BIDS were distributed as follows:

❖ Emailed to all stakeholders on the database and the affected and surrounding landowners. ❖ The BID is available on Kongiwe’s website www.kongiwe.co.za/publication-view/public-documents (under public documents). ❖ The BID is also available on the Ulwazi platform https://ulwazi.datafree.co/#/pub/login

Newspaper advertisements: A newspaper advert (Appendix C4) was placed in Carletonville Herald, on 05 November 2020. The advert included the following details:

❖ Brief project description; ❖ Legal framework, the competent authorities and details of the appointed EAP; ❖ The venues where the draft documents could be accessed; ❖ Registration as I&APs; ❖ The contact details of the stakeholder engagement office.

Site notice: Similar to the advertisement, the site notice provided an overview of the project, and highlighted the applicable legislation for the IWULA process. It also stipulated the PPP to be followed and where relevant information could be obtained from. Moreover, the site notice invited stakeholders to formally register as an Interested and Affected Party on the project. Site notices were placed at prominent places in and around the project area. See (Appendix C5) for the site notice report and site notice map.

Notification Letter with a Comment and Registration Form: An email was sent to stakeholders on 13 November 2020 to inform them about the proposed project, applicable legislation and competent authorities. The email also invited stakeholders to register formally as Stakeholders. A Comment and Registration Form was also provided for stakeholders to use for formal registration as Stakeholders or to submit comments. (See Appendix C6). The email also indicated the availability of the Draft IWWMP for public review.

Telephonic discussions: Stakeholders were also consulted by means of telephonic discussions. Furthermore, these discussions will aid with the process of invitations to the Focus Group Meeting.

6.6 Draft IWWMP Phase

Pre-Application Meeting

Pre-application meetings consultation were held with key stakeholders (Competent and Commenting authorities) regarding the proposed project to obtain initial comments which informed specialist studies and project planning. The project team presented an overview of the proposed project and the process to be followed. Refer to Appendix C7 for a list of meetings and consultations that were undertaken. Minutes of these meetings have been compiled and distributed to stakeholders (Appendix C7).

All comments raised by stakeholders during these meetings will be captured into the Comment and Response Report (CRR) (Appendix C9).

Focus Group Meetings

Focus group meetings are scheduled to be held with stakeholders, during the public review period of the EMPr and WUL report. The purpose of these focus groups are to provide stakeholders with an opportunity to meet with the project team, raise their issues of concern and seek clarity regarding the proposed amendment process.

All comments raised by stakeholders will be captured in the CRR (Appendix C9). Stakeholder comments will be closely considered and addressed.

The Draft IWWMP will be made available to stakeholders on the Kongiwe Environmental website as well as on the data Free Ulwazi Platform for a 60-day comment period from 20 November 2020 to 110 February 2021. Notification of the availability of the documentation for review was distributed on 13 November2020.

Table 6-2: Public places where the Draft Amendment Report and EMPr can be accessed Location Website Link Contact Person Electronic copies Ulwazi platform https://ulwazi.datafree.co/#/pub/login How to access Ulwazi data free platform: Step 1: Log onto: ulwazi.datafree.co Step 2: Register on the portal by completing all required fields. Step 3: A pin will be sent to your mobile number, to confirm your registration Step 4: Once you have completed the registration process you will have access to project related documents- data charges will be incurred by Sibanye. Kongiwe Environmental website www.kongiwe.co.za/publication- Sibongile Bambisa / Vanessa view/public-documents Viljoen Due to the continued risk of COVID-19 and as agreed with regulators, the reports will only be made available in hard copy upon request. For a hard copy or CD or if you should have any issues in accessing the information please contact the stakeholder engagement team (Sibongile Bambisa/ Vanessa Viljoen), Tel: (012) 003 6627, Email: [email protected]

The Draft IWWMPwill be distributed to the following stakeholders:

❖ Department of Water and Sanitation (DWS); ❖ Gauteng Department of Agriculture and Rural Development; ❖ City of Merafong Local Municipality; ❖ West Rand District Municipality.

Stakeholders are encouraged to download electronic copies of the report om Kongiwe’s website or Sibanye’s data free portal.

Table 6-3 overleaf provides details of the activities that formed part of the Amendment Phase.

Table 6-3: Summary of PP activities during the Amendment Phase Reference in the Amendment Activity Details report Pre-Amendment phase Stakeholders, were identified by means of WinDeed Appendix C1 Identification of stakeholders searches, stakeholder networking and research for the compilation of a stakeholder database. Stakeholder database A formal enquiry, which contained a list of all the directly affected properties for the project will be submitted to Appendix C2 the Land Claims Commission, Gauteng Department of Identification of land claims Agriculture, Land Reform and Rural Development Land Claims letter (DALRRD) on Thursday, 12 November 2020. Awaiting feedback from the department. The BID was developed and emailed to the full Distribution of the Appendix C3 stakeholder database on Thursday 12th November 2020. Background Information The BID will also be distributed at Focus Group meetings Document BID and is available on Kongiwe’s website. An advertisement was placed in Carltoneville Appendix C4 Placement of media Herald(Regional Newspaper) on Thursday 05th advertisements November 2020. Advertisements Site notices were put up in publicly accessible places Appendix C5 within proximity of the project area. A site notice Placement of site notices placement report and map has been developed, Site notice report and indicating the exact locations where site notices were placement map placed, with photos and GPS coordinates. A notification email was sent to the full database on Thursday 12th November 2020 to:

❖ Announce availability of the Draft IWWMP ❖ Share details of the Focus Group meeting; ❖ Indicate where the Draft IWWMP were made Appendix C6 available for public review and comment; and Announcement of the ❖ Communicate the public review and comment Announcement Letter project and Draft period. Amendment Report EMPr The Draft OWWMP and the BID were made available on Appendix C3 Kongiwe’s website www.kongiwe.co.za/publication- view/public-documents as well as on the data free BID Ulwazi.datafree.co Platform.

Copies of the Draft IWWMP were submitted to the Competent authority and relevant Commenting Authorities for their review and comment.

Reference in the Amendment Activity Details report Focus group meetings are scheduled to be held with Appendix C8 stakeholders during the public review period of the EMPr and WUL report. The purpose of these focus groups are List of meetings & Meeting to provide stakeholders with an opportunity to meet Minutes with the project team, raise their issues of concern and Focus Group meetings seek clarity regarding the proposed amendment process. Appendix C9

An overview of the Proposed Project was discussed, and Comment and Response stakeholder comments were captured and responded to Report in the CRR.

6.7 Final Amendment Report EMPr Consultation

The aim of consultation during the Final IWWMP Phase is to focus on the formal amendment process and addressing stakeholder comments already submitted.

Stakeholders will be notified that the Final AIWWMP is submitted to the DWS. Stakeholders will be provided the opportunity to verify that their comments which were captured during the Amendment phase, and to review responses provided by the project team. The Final IWWMP will be available on Kongiwe’s website (under public documents) and Sibanye’s data free portal (Ulwazi).

Table 6-4: Summary of PPP activities that will be undertaken during the Final Amendment Report & EMPr Phase Activity Details Reference The FinalIWWMP for the proposed project will be made available on Kongiwe Environmental website www.kongiwe.co.za/publication-view/public- Placement of the Final documents Amendment Report and EMPr Copies of the Final IWWMP will be submitted to the Competent authorities as well as relevant commenting authorities. Announcement of the Final Appendix C5 Announcement letter of availability of the Final IWWMP Amendment Report and will be emailed to the full stakeholder database. EMPr Announcement letter

6.8 Consultation during the decision-making phase

Once the competent authority has come to a decision regarding the authorisation of the project, all registered stakeholders will be notified of the decision made and the appeal process to be followed.

CHAPTER 7: WATER AND WASTE MANAGEMENT

7.1 Water and Waste Management Philosophy (process water, storm water, groundwater, waste)

, Sibanye and its Driefontein mine operation are committed to undertaking their activities in a manner that minimises or eliminates negative impacts and maximises positive impacts of an environmental or socio- economic nature. The Driefontein mine also commits to responsible stewardship of natural resources and the ecological environment for the present and future generations.

The Driefontein mine encompasses the hierarchy of water management:

❖ Pollution prevention; ❖ Minimisation of impacts; ❖ Re-use and treatment/reclamation; and ❖ Discharge or disposal of water containing waste in accordance with the laws of South Africa.

In this regard the Driefontein mine has several high level ISO 14001 objectives based on Senior Management’s commitment to continual improvement, prevention of pollution and compliance with legislation and other requirements:

❖ Maintain legal compliance; ❖ Establish and maintain a good and transparent relationship with all stakeholders; ❖ Strive to improve the environmental management system and implementation of ISO 14001; ❖ Optimise usage of resources; ❖ Prevent and minimise air, ground and water pollution; ❖ Minimise the production of waste and separate waste at source; and ❖ Mine Closure and Rehabilitation - to align all activities such that total mine closure, including rehabilitation, is ultimately achieved.

7.1.1 Environmental Management Systems

The Driefontein mine employs the principles of the ISO 14001 Environmental Management System (EMS). The Driefontein mine aims to continuously improve on the EMS by implementing systems that contribute towards pollution prevention and by continually improving the management of its activities, products and services

7.2 Strategies

IWWMP are presented in this section. The issues, management objective and strategies are presented Table 7-1, Table 7-2 and Table 7-3. The strategies will be realised through implementation of Operational Action Plans specific for each business unit. The Operational Action Plans give effect to the IWWMP and enables the Operational Action Plans to be used as checklists for auditing purposes and working documents that can be revised and updated as implementation progresses.

In order to give effect to the water and waste philosophy for Driefontein mine, the strategies in Table 7-1 are implemented.

Table 7-1: Key performance areas and objectives/goals Theme Description Process water ❖ The Driefontein mine makes use of fissure water for the majority of their mining and metallurgical processes requirements however other means of water supply are also used; and ❖ Where possible, water that does not need to meet strict water quality standards on the mine premises should be connected to the fissure/groundwater water system.

Surface water ❖ Construct and maintain adequate storm water control measures to keep clean and dirty water separate; and ❖ Monitor water quality at the monitoring locations identified on the mines WUL. L, and aim for continual improvement to ensure the monitoring remains fit-for-purpose

Groundwater ❖ Minimise the impact on groundwater resource through the design and construction of engineered barriers; and ❖ Implement ongoing monitoring of groundwater quality and levels to inform the detailed geochemical impact predictions and to validate groundwater models for potential pollution sources.

Storm water ❖ Separation of clean and dirty water in accordance with the requirements of GN 704; ❖ Collection, containment and conveyance of both clean and dirty water in adequately sized water management infrastructure as stipulated in GN 704; and ❖ On-going monitoring and measurement of water quantity and quality to support the site wide water balance and water management.

Waste ❖ Implement ongoing waste separation at source; ❖ Maximise recycling and reuse of waste streams; ❖ Investigate measures to reduce waste to landfill, such as utilising appropriate waste streams for rehabilitation requirements; ❖ Dispose of waste on authorised waste disposal facilities in accordance with legal requirements; ❖ Implement on-going waste monitoring to inform waste management; and ❖ Identify and rehabilitate contaminated land.

7.3 Performance Objectives / Goals

Driefontein mine has an environmental policy statement which outlines environmental management and provides the framework for all environmental activities at the site. There is an ongoing process of continual review to assess the impacts of Driefontein’s mine’s activities, products and services on the environment. All internal and external legal and other requirements pertaining to Kloof mine operations are identified and regularly reviewed. Legal compliance audits are conducted annually. The key performance areas and respective objectives goals is shown in Table 7-2 to deal with the main impact areas.

Table 7-2: Key performance areas and objectives/goals Performance Objectives Management Measures Process Water Water and salt balance ❖ Operational mine water balance and salt loads according to: DWS, 2006: Best Practice Guideline G2: Water and Salt Balances. ❖ Development of Water Demand and Conservation Management Strategy.

Surface Water Storm water system/drainage lines ❖ Adequate storm water control measures in all areas of the mine as described in the DWS, 2006 Best Practice Guidelines G1 Storm Water Management

Erosion Control ❖ Adequate erosion control in all areas of the mine and especially on the steep slopes of the tailings dams.

Pollution prevention ❖ Well maintained return water dams; ❖ Rehabilitated areas; ❖ Re-use of stored domestic wastewater onsite for irrigation; and ❖ Treatment of dirty mine water for re-use in the process

Surface water quality ❖ Dedicated water quality monitoring programme for monitoring points; ❖ Assessment of existing surface water monitoring programme to identify gaps; ❖ Updated water quality monitoring programme designed and implemented; ❖ Water quality data for surface water monitoring points for input to the DHSWS Water Management System (WMS) once operational. ❖ A resource management database system that flags water quality concerns and trends so that management is timeously informed and can address any concerns; and ❖ Water quality analysis reports submitted to DHSWS as per the Water Monitoring Programme Requirements.

Groundwater Groundwater quality ❖ Dedicated groundwater quality monitoring programmes for points sets out in Table 5-7. ❖ Assessment of existing groundwater monitoring programme to identify gaps; ❖ Updated groundwater monitoring programme designed and implemented; ❖ Water quality data for groundwater monitoring points for input to the DHSWS Water Management System (WMS). ❖ A resource management database system that flags water quality concerns and trends so that management is timeously informed and can address any concerns; and ❖ Quarterly analysis reports submitted to DWS as per the Water Monitoring Programme Requirements.

Groundwater levels ❖ Dedicated groundwater monitoring to determine water levels on an annual basis or as required by the regulator.

Hydro-census ❖ External verification of surface and groundwater undertaken annually by a SABS certified laboratory as far as practically possible ❖

Rehabilitation ❖ Rehabilitation plan for disturbed areas.

Waste Waste minimisation ❖ Develop and implement a waste management procedure ❖ All waste must be separated from source (general and hazardous waste) ❖ Waste disposal undertaken at appropriate landfill /disposal site according to waste type.

Sensitive Areas Minimise impact on the wetlands ❖ Implement a wetland monitoring programme to assess the ongoing impacts from the site on the wetlands within the mining area and to determine changes and loss of vulnerable wetland types; and ❖ Remediate disturbed areas as mining is discontinued in certain areas.

7.4 Measures to Achieve and Sustain Performance Objectives

The performance measures to achieve the set performance objectives is given inTable 7-3

Table 7-3: Measures to achieve and sustain performance objectives Performance Objectives Management Measures Process Water Operational mine water balance and salt ❖ Implementation and update of the water demand and water loads according to: DWS, 2006: Best conservation strategy. Practice Guideline G2: Water and Salt ❖ Update water balance on an ongoing basis based on monitoring Balances. records. Development of Water Demand and Conservation Management Strategy. Surface Water Adequate storm water control measures ❖ Construct and maintain adequate storm water control measures in all areas of the mine as described in to keep clean and dirty water separate; the DWS, 2006 Best Practice Guideline G1 ❖ Maintain pollution control dams and re-use stored water on site Storm Water Management where possible; ❖ Monitor water quality at the surface water monitoring points identified and compare them with the baseline water qualities to assess the effectiveness of the implemented water pollution control measures; and ❖ Interpret results and institute remedial action as required.

Groundwater Dedicated groundwater monitoring to ❖ Implement dedicated groundwater quality monitoring determine water levels and water quality programme; on an annual basis or as required by the ❖ Implement the required monitoring to confirm the success of the regulator. implemented groundwater protection/mitigation measures; and

❖ Implement dedicated groundwater monitoring to determine water levels compared to baseline water levels.

Waste Develop and implement a waste ❖ Recovery and reduction of waste material managed as part of the management procedure. waste management system. ❖ Development and implementation of general waste management includes waste separation, re-use options, recycling and responsible disposal in compliance with the laws of South Africa.

Sensitive Areas Minimise impact on the wetlands in the ❖ Implement a wetland monitoring programme to assess the area outside the mining boundary ongoing impacts from the site on the wetlands within the mining area and to determine changes and loss of vulnerable wetland types; and ❖ Remediate disturbed areas as mining is discontinued in certain areas.

7.5 IWWMP Action Plan

Table 7-4: IWWMP Action Plan Performance Objectives Management Measures Responsible Person / Timeframe Department Process Water Operational mine water balance and ❖ Implementation and update of the water demand and water Environemnt Annually or as salt loads according to: DWS, 2006: Best conservation strategy. required by DHSWS Practice Guideline G2: Water and Salt ❖ Updated water balance on an annual basis; and/or Balances. Development of Water ❖ Implement a water balance model that can be updated as Demand and Conservation necessary. Management Strategy Surface Water Adequate storm water control ❖ Construct and maintain adequate storm water control measures Engineering/Environmental/ Ongoing measures in all areas of the mine as to keep clean and dirty water separate; described in the DWS, 2006 Best ❖ Maintain pollution control dams and re-use stored water on site Geology/Hydrology Practice Guidelines G1 Storm Water where possible; Management ❖ Monitor water quality at the surface water monitoring points identified and compare them with the baseline water qualities to assess the effectiveness of the implemented water pollution control measures; and ❖ Interpret results and institute remedial action as required

Dedicated surface water monitoring to ❖ Implement dedicated surface water quality monitoring as Hydrology / environmental Ongoing determine water quality on an annual required; and basis or as required by the regulator. ❖ Implement the required monitoring to confirm the success of the implemented surface water protection/mitigation measures.

Performance Objectives Management Measures Responsible Person / Timeframe Department

Groundwater Dedicated groundwater monitoring to ❖ Implement dedicated groundwater quality monitoring as Hydrology / Environmental Ongoing determine water levels and water required; quality on an annual basis or as required ❖ Implement the required monitoring to confirm the success of the by the regulator. implemented groundwater protection/mitigation measures; and ❖ Implement dedicated groundwater monitoring to determine water levels compared to baseline water levels

Waste Develop and implement a waste ❖ Recovery and reduction of waste material managed as part of the Environmental Ongoing management procedure. waste management system. ❖ Development and implementation of general waste management includes waste separation, re-use options, recycling and responsible disposal in compliance with the laws of South Africa.

Sensitive Areas Minimise impact on the wetlands in the Environmental Ongoing ❖ Implement a wetland monitoring programme to assess the area outside the mining boundary ongoing impacts from the site on the wetlands within the mining area and to determine changes and loss of vulnerable wetland types; and

❖ Remediate disturbed areas as mining is discontinued in certain areas.

7.6 Control and Monitoring 7.6.1 Monitoring of Change in Environmental Baseline Information

Water monitoring at the Driefontein operation is undertaken according to the WUL, EMPr, BPG G3 (DWAF, 2006) and the water and salt balance requirements (BPG G2, DWAF, 2006). The monitoring program is reviewed annually. The data for each monitoring point is stored in the REMIS/ Qlikview database from which trends, seasonality and any elevated levels are detected and managed.

The objectives of water monitoring are thus to:

❖ Ensure that the mine is in compliance with relevant legislation and/or commitments made in the EMPr; ❖ Assess (qualify) potential impacts that the mine may be having on the surrounding environment, and in particular, the downstream users of water; ❖ Assess potential liabilities that the mine may face as a result of contamination that may be derived from the mine; ❖ Provide information on developing pollution plumes to allow the mine to take timely preventative action designed to minimise closure liabilities; and ❖ Proactively identify and implement the actions needed to manage the water related risks of the mining operation throughout the mine’s life cycle.

The location of the monitoring points is given in Section 5.7 and 5.8. The monitoring points are reviewed on an annual basis.

Solid waste monitoring in the form of recorded disposal volumes, all waste removal documents, waste manifests and certificates of safe disposal will be kept for audit purposes for the life of mine and beyond as required by law.

7.6.2 Audit and Report on Performance Measures

Audits are conducted as follows:

❖ Biennial EMPr audits; ❖ Routine Environmental Inspections, auditing continuous environmental compliance requirements; ❖ Alternating annual internal and external WUL audits.

The reports are submitted to DHSWS. The need for any further WUL revisions or amendments are evaluated during the audits. DHSWS conducts scheduled site visits to assess compliance to the NWA Implementation of the actions identified to rectify non-compliances should be monitored to ensure continual environmental improvement.

7.6.3 Audit and Report on Relevance of IWWMP Action Plan

No audits against this IWWMP have previously been conducted, implementation progress will be reported on in the annual updates. It should be noted that the IWWMP will be reviewed for relevance and updates will only be submitted should changes need to occur.

CHAPTER 8: CONCLUSION

8.1 Regulatory Status of Activity

Driefontein mine has been operating under WUL (Licence No. 10/C23E/ACEFGIJ/4527) granted on 09 March 2017. This IWWMP serves as supporting documentation for the updating of the WUL.

8.2 Statement on Water Uses requiring Authorisation, dispensing with licencing requirement and possible exemption from regulation

Exemptions in terms of GN704 are detailed in the applications made in terms of Section 21 (c) and (i) activities, as infrastructure was located within regulated areas prior to the promulgation of the regulations.

All Water uses, licenced, existing lawful uses, General Authorisations and 704 Exemptions are included in Table 3-1.

8.3 Section 27 Motivation

Section 27 of the NWA specifies the following factors regarding water use authorisation that must be taken into consideration:

❖ The efficient and beneficial use of water in the public interest; ❖ The socio-economic impact of the decision whether or not to issue a licence; ❖ Alignment with the catchment management strategy; ❖ The impact of the water use, resource directed measures; and ❖ Investments made by the applicant in respect of the water use in question.

The motivation in terms of Section 27 of the NWA for the foreseen water uses is set out in Table 8-1.

Table 8-1: Section 27 Motivation Section Content Description 27(1)(a) Existing lawful water use Existing Lawful uses have been outlined and summarised in Section 3.3 Unlawful use All water uses are included in the existing IWUL or have been included in the Section 52 amendment application. Uses which now require licensing Described in section 3.6. 27(1)(b) Need to redress the results of past Sibanye is committed to transformation and is guided by racial and gender discrimination the Broad-Based Socio-Economic Empowerment Charter for the South African Mining and Minerals Industry (Mining Charter).

Driefontein Gold Mine supports the principles and objectives of the Mineral Petroleum and Resources Development Act (28 of 2002) (“the MPRDA”) and to achieving the targets associated with the Mining Charter. Driefontein Gold Mine is committed to broad based black economic empowerment and to expand opportunities

Section Content Description for historically disadvantaged persons to enter the South African mineral industry and for them to benefit from the exploitation of the country’s mineral resources by promoting employment and the advancement of social and economic welfare for all South Africans. A copy of the Driefontein Social and Labour Plan is attached as Appendix I and a copy of the converted mining right is attached as Appendix J.

As a leading South African company, Driefontein embraces the challenge to transform the composition of the company’s workforce and management to reflect the demographics of the country. The following Sibanye principles guide the way in which employment equity is implemented at Driefontein, and to further comply with Ethics and Human Rights policies:

• We aim to build a workforce that reflects the demographics of our host regions and that supports and proactively attracts women at all levels in the organisation. In South Africa we have implemented a number of initiatives to identify, attract, develop and retain historically disadvantaged South Africans (HDSAs). In Southern Africa, 45% of our board and 73% of our core and critical skills workforce is comprised of HDSAs, while women represent 13% of the workforce with 9% of core mining roles held by women. We fully subscribe to the intent and spirit of transformation and continue to advance all elements of transformation across our Southern African operations, including employment equity, gender equality, enterprise development, preferential procurement and community engagement and development.

Driefontein’s employment practices and policies emphasise equal opportunity for all, and aim to identify, develop and reward those employees who demonstrate qualities of individual initiative, enterprise, commitment and competencies.

Employment equity policy guidelines provide for:

Bursary schemes;

• Study assistance programmes; • Input-based targets; • Training programmes; • Development programmes;

Section Content Description • Mentoring; and • Career development.

Employment equity policies also aim to create an inclusive organisational culture in which all employees feel comfortable and accepted. The implementation of employment equity is overseen by senior management and is at the core of the mine’s strategy.

Sibanye’s target is:

• 50% HDSA – Board • 50% HDSA- Executive Management • 60% HDSA – Senior Management • 60% HDSA – Middle Management • 70% HDSA – Junior Management • 60% HDSA – Core and Critical skills • 1,5% HDSA – Persons with disabilities •

Sibanye-Stillwater has targeted a doubling of female employees by 2025 and 40% to 50% over time in line with a similar target being rolled out by the Minerals Council which is behind the Women in Mining Leadership Forum.Contractors

As part of the transformation process at Driefontein, all prospective contractors will be required to submit the following documentation as proof of compliance with all transformation related legislation such as the Employment Equity Act, the Skills Development Act, the Minerals and Petroleum Resources Act and the BEE Act:

• The latest Workplace Skills Plan as submitted to the relevant SETA; • The latest Annual Training Report as submitted to the relevant SETA; • The latest Employment Equity Report (EEA2 and EEA4) as submitted to the Department of Labour, if designated as per the Employment Equity Act, and • A five-year forward-looking Employment Plan.

Should the prospective contractor not have complied with these legislative requirements before tendering for the contract, the prospective contractor must submit a detailed plan on how the prospective contractor plans to achieve compliance within one year of being awarded the contract.

Section Content Description Contractors already doing business with Driefontein must submit, to mine management, evidence of compliance in the form of:

• The latest Workplace Skills Plan as submitted to the relevant SETA; • The latest Annual Training Report as submitted To the relevant SETA; • The latest Employment Equity Report (EEA2 and EEA4) as submitted to the Department of Labour, if designated as per the Employment Equity Act, and • A five-year forward-looking Employment Plan.

Assessment on the above is undertaken bi-annually by the Driefontein Transformation Manager and the Senior Manager: Human Resources and reporting is done:

• To the Mine Executive Committee on a quarterly basis; • To the Department of Labour annually, if designated as per the Employment Equity Act; • To the relevant SETA as per the SETA’s reporting schedule; and • To the Driefontein Transformation Manager annually.

27(1)(c) Efficient and beneficial use of Reclamation of water for re-use on the mine and water in public interest treatment of water to acceptable standards for potable and process water on the mine (and distribution to the Potable distribution system in the longer term) and discharge to a water resource for the human and ecological Reserve requirements lead to efficient and beneficial use of water in public interest. 27(1)(d)(i) Socio-economic impact of the Current socio-economic impacts water use applied for Driefontein has a SLP.

The current gold mining operations provide direct employment to approximately 9 711 employees and contractors.

The employees are divided into two categories:

❖ Employees who are from and stay within the mine’s host community, the Merafong City Local Municipality; and ❖ Migrant employees who are recruited from Labour Source Communities such as Alfred Nzo District Municipality in the Eastern Cape and

Section Content Description from other SADC countries such as Mozambique.

Migrant employees are recruited from Labour Source Communities, and come to the mine for the purpose of employment only, and return to their home communities when they are on leave and when their services with Driefontein are terminated. These employees normally reside in mine accommodation or accommodation found in the surrounding community.

Mine closure

Mine closure will inject approximately R900 000 000 into the regional and local economy; largely through use of contractors involved in dismantling surface infrastructure and finalising the rehabilitation process of existing infrastructure such as tailings dams, rock dumps and shafts. 27(1)(d)(ii) Socio-economic impact of failure Should mining cease to continue, the ability of to authorise water use or uses Driefontein mine to invest in the development of communities that are directly and indirectly affected by its operations will be hampered. This will impact on the socio-economics of the area. 27(1)(e) Alignment with catchment The management of mining activities in the WMA is management strategy crucial to the management of water quality both in the short term to alleviate the current salt loads being released and long term to manage the impacts of mine closure and potential mine decants.

One of the major risks in the WMA is the impact of Acid Mine Drainage (AMD). Sibanye have identified the potential risk and have adopted a proactive approach to mitigate this risk by initiating projects, and by acquiring and developing innovative treatment technologies and regional mine closure models to predict water quality impacts.

A comprehensive water quality monitoring programme that includes biomonitoring has been compiled to allow early detection of potential AMD. AMD, if managed this way, will not develop into a material risk for Sibanye or the broader community in the Far West Rand Basin (Acid Mine Drainage Fact Sheet 2017).

Driefontein is a member of the Wonderfonteinspruit / Loopspruit forum and participates in the various working sessions related to RWQO’s setting and other related projects for the catchment. Any activities on the mine that may have an impact on the catchment, and requiring

Section Content Description authorisation are presented at the relevant forums. The existing and proposed water uses are therefore aligned 27(1)(f) Likely effect of the water use to be The authorisation of the water uses will benefit both the authorised on the water resource water resource in terms of quality and quantity in that and other water users (quality and only treated water required for the ecological and human quantity) Reserve will be returned to the water resource. Excess treated water will be used for process water and potable water (both on the mine and in the longer term distribution to the broader community).

There are a number of benefits that will emanate from the water treatment scheme:

❖ Removal of salt from the mine service water circuit and from mine fissure water to minimise salt build-up in working areas. ❖ and in discharge streams therefore sustaining river ecosystems and minimising human health impacts, should water releases be required; ❖ Removal of metals from mine service and mine fissure water and in so doing reducing future pollution potential especially related to river ecosystems and human health impacts, should water releases be required; ❖ Production of salts (nitrate salts and lime) that can be sold as by-products and thereby extending socio-economic benefits to local communities; ❖ Supplying the mines current and future water needs; ❖ Controlling the mine service water circuit at < 750 mS/m; ❖ Optimising the reuse of water within the mine water circuit by maximizing water recovery

27(1)(g) Likely effect of the water use on It is unlikely that the water uses will impact negatively on the class and resource quality the class of the resource. It is expected that the water objectives uses will impact positively on the RWQO’s. 27(1)(h) Investments already made and to Current annual expenditure for the operational phase is be made by the water users in approximately R3.5 billion and includes costs such as respect of the water use equipment, mining costs, employee salaries and telephone costs.

Mine closure – Mine closure will inject approximately R 9000 000 000 into the regional and local economy largely through use of contractors in dismantling surface infrastructure and finalising the rehabilitation process of existing infrastructure such as tailings dams, rock dumps and shafts. 27(1)(i) Strategic importance of the water The water uses include treatment of polluted mine use to be authorised water. This will alleviate pollution loads to the local water

Section Content Description resources. In addition, water treated to potable standards could be sold to the Water Board which turn would alleviate a portion of the water being supplied from the Vaal catchment which could then be used in that catchment for supply to other areas of Gauteng. 27(1)(j) Quality and quantity of the water As water resources management in the Vaal River System in the water resource which may impacts to some degree on the water quantity and be required for the Reserve, quality in all the interlinked WMAs, management of the including water for international Vaal River System is to be controlled at a national level obligation (DWA, 2002).

The following reservations need to be made with respect to water for transfer into the water management area:

• The is an transfer of 570 million m³ per year from Lesotho. • Existing transfers from the Thukela WMA up to the installed capacity of 630 million m³ per year, with a yield benefit of 736 million m³ per year. • Water requirement upstream of the Vaal dam indicates a negative balance of 50 million m³ per year, with an equivalent potential for development (DWA, 2002)

27(1)k The probable duration of any The water uses will continue until close of mine and post undertaking for which a water use closure for those water uses needed to keep water from is to be authorised decanting.

8.4 Key Commitments

Refer to the existing WUL in Appendix 7 for the WUL conditions (Licence No. 10/C23E/ACEFGIJ/4527).

CHAPTER 9: REFERENCING

Acoustech, 2019. Sibanye-Stillwater – Driefontein Environmental Management Programme – Environmental Noise Monitoring.

Ecopartners, 2010. Driefontein Mine Environmental Management Programme.

Groundwater Abstract (Pty) Ltd, 2020. Driefontein Dumps. Groundwater Quality and Geochemistry Assessment.

Hydropatial. 2020. Surface Water Study for the Driefontein Operations Environmental Management Programme and Water Use Licence Update.

PGS Heritage, 2016. Heritage Audit: Archival and Historical Desktop Study for the Heritage Management Policy for the Kloof and Driefontein Mining Areas of Sibanye Gold, Around Carletonville, West Rand District, Gauteng Province.

Shultze, B R (1974): Climate of South Africa, Part 8, General Survey WB28, South African Weather Bureau.

Sibanye-Stillwater , 2016. Air Quality Management Plan.

Sibanye-Stillwater, 2017. Driefontein Operations Social and Labour Plan 2017-2021.

Sibanye-Stillwater, 2019. Quarterly Dose Report for Underground Employees for the Period Ending June 2019 (RD 011) - DR• N-R012 7-0.

Sibanye. 2020. Driefontein Water Quality Monitoring Programme 2019-2020. Sibanye-Stillwater Environmental Department.

SRK Consulting, 2018. Visual Impact Assessment in compliance with the Environmental Management Plan for the Driefontein Gold Mine, Gauteng Province. Report Number 534303.

Page |201